2011 Chevrolet Cruze Manual en CA

Chevrolet Cruze Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (1,1)
2011 Chevrolet Cruze Owner Manual M
In Brief . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1 Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1 Driving and Operating . . . . . . . . 9-1

Instrument Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2 Storage Compartments . . . . . . . . 4-1 Driving Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-2
Initial Drive Information . . . . . . . . 1-4 Additional Storage Features . . . 4-2 Starting and Operating . . . . . . . 9-17
Vehicle Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-16 Engine Exhaust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-24
Performance and Instruments and Controls . . . . 5-1 Automatic Transmission . . . . . . 9-26
Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-20 Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-2 Manual Transmission . . . . . . . . . 9-29
Warning Lights, Gauges, and Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-31
Keys, Doors and Windows . . . 2-1 Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-7 Ride Control Systems . . . . . . . . 9-33
Keys and Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2 Information Displays . . . . . . . . . . 5-24 Cruise Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-36
Doors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8 Vehicle Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-27 Object Detection Systems . . . . 9-38
Vehicle Security. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-9 Vehicle Personalization . . . . . . . 5-34 Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-40
Exterior Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-11 Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-45
Interior Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-12 Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-1
Exterior Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-1 Conversions and Add-Ons . . . 9-52
Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-13
Roof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-17 Interior Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-5 Vehicle Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-1
Lighting Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-6 General Information . . . . . . . . . . 10-2
Seats and Restraints . . . . . . . . . 3-1 Vehicle Checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-4
Head Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2 Infotainment System . . . . . . . . . 7-1
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-1 Headlamp Aiming . . . . . . . . . . . 10-30
Front Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3 Bulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . 10-30
Rear Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-8 Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-11
Audio Players . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-18 Electrical System . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-36
Safety Belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-9 Wheels and Tires . . . . . . . . . . . 10-42
Airbag System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-25 Phone . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-23
Jump Starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-84
Child Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-40 Climate Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-1 Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-87
Climate Control Systems . . . . . . 8-1 Appearance Care . . . . . . . . . . . 10-90
Air Vents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-6
2011 Chevrolet Cruze Owner Manual M
Service and Maintenance . . . 11-1

General Information . . . . . . . . . . 11-1
Scheduled Maintenance . . . . . . 11-2
Recommended Fluids,
Lubricants, and Parts . . . . . . . 11-6
Maintenance Records . . . . . . . . 11-9
Technical Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-1
Vehicle Identification . . . . . . . . . 12-1
Vehicle Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-2
Customer Information . . . . . . . 13-1
Customer Information . . . . . . . . 13-1
Reporting Safety Defects . . . . 13-13
Vehicle Data Recording and
Privacy. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-14
Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . i-1
Introduction iii
This manual describes features that Canadian Vehicle Owners

may or may not be on your specific
vehicle either because they are Propriétaires Canadiens
options that you did not purchase or A French language copy of this
due to changes subsequent to the manual can be obtained from your
printing of this owner manual. dealer or from:
Please refer to the purchase
The names, logos, emblems, documentation relating to your On peut obtenir un exemplaire de
slogans, vehicle model names, and specific vehicle to confirm each of ce guide en français auprès du
vehicle body designs appearing in the features found on your vehicle. concessionnaire ou à l'adresse
this manual including, but not limited For vehicles first sold in Canada, suivante:
to, GM, the GM logo, CHEVROLET, substitute the name “General
the CHEVROLET Emblem, and Helm, Incorporated
Motors of Canada Limited” for P.O. Box 07130
CRUZE are trademarks and/or Chevrolet Motor Division wherever it
service marks of General Motors Detroit, MI 48207
appears in this manual.
LLC, its subsidiaries, affiliates, 1-800-551-4123
or licensors. Keep this manual in the vehicle for Numéro de poste 6438 de langue
quick reference. française
www.helminc.com
Litho in U.S.A.
©
Part No. 20883227 A First Printing 2010 General Motors LLC. All Rights Reserved.
iv Introduction
Using this Manual Symbols

{ WARNING
To quickly locate information about The vehicle has components and
the vehicle, use the Index in the These mean there is something labels that use symbols instead of
back of the manual. It is an that could hurt you or other text. Symbols are shown along with
alphabetical list of what is in the people. the text describing the operation or
manual and the page number where information relating to a specific
it can be found. component, control, message,
Notice: This means there is
gauge, or indicator.
something that could result in
Danger, Warnings, and property or vehicle damage. This M : This symbol is shown when
Cautions would not be covered by the you need to see your owner manual
vehicle's warranty. for additional instructions or
Warning messages found on vehicle
information.
labels and in this manual describe
hazards and what to do to avoid or * : This symbol is shown when
reduce them. you need to see a service manual
for additional instructions or
Danger indicates a hazard with a
information.
high level of risk which will result in
serious injury or death.
Warning or Caution indicates a A circle with a slash through it is a
hazard that could result in injury or safety symbol which means “Do
death. Not,” “Do not do this,” or “Do not let
this happen.”
Introduction v
Vehicle Symbol Chart # : Fog Lamps

Here are some additional symbols . : Fuel Gauge
that may be found on the vehicle
and what they mean. For more + : Fuses
information on the symbol, refer to 3 : Headlamp High/Low-Beam
the Index. Changer
9 : Airbag Readiness Light j : LATCH System Child
# : Air Conditioning Restraints
! : Antilock Brake System (ABS) * : Malfunction Indicator Lamp
g : Audio®Steering Wheel Controls : : Oil Pressure
or OnStar } : Power
$ : Brake System Warning Light / : Remote Vehicle Start
" : Charging System > : Safety Belt Reminders
I : Cruise Control 7 : Tire Pressure Monitor
B : Engine Coolant Temperature d : Traction Control
O : Exterior Lamps M : Windshield Washer Fluid
vi Introduction
2 NOTES
In Brief 1-1
In Brief Vehicle Features

Radio(s) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-16
Satellite Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-17
Instrument Panel Portable Audio Devices . . . . . . 1-17
Bluetooth® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-17
Instrument Panel Overview . . . . 1-2
Steering Wheel Controls . . . . . 1-18
Initial Drive Information Cruise Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-18
Initial Drive Information . . . . . . . . 1-4 Navigation System . . . . . . . . . . . 1-19
Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) Driver Information
System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-4 Center (DIC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-19
Remote Vehicle Start . . . . . . . . . 1-5 Power Outlets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-19
Door Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-5
Seat Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-6
Performance and Maintenance
Heated Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-8 Traction Control
Head Restraint Adjustment . . . . 1-9 System (TCS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-20
Safety Belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-9 StabiliTrak® System . . . . . . . . . 1-20
Sensing System for Passenger Tire Pressure Monitor . . . . . . . . 1-20
Tire Sealant and
Airbag . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-9
Compressor Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-21
Mirror Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-10
Engine Oil Life System . . . . . . 1-21
Steering Wheel
Driving for Better Fuel
Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-11
Economy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-22
Interior Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-11
Roadside Assistance
Exterior Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-12
Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-22
Windshield Wiper/Washer . . . . 1-13
OnStar® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-23
Climate Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-14
Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-15
1-2 In Brief
Instrument Panel
Instrument Panel Overview
In Brief 1-3
A. Exterior Lamp Controls on H. Windshield Wiper/Washer on Q. Steering Wheel Adjustment on

page 6‑1. page 5‑3. page 5‑2.
Front Fog Lamps on page 6‑4 I. Infotainment on page 7‑1. R. Driver Airbag. See Where Are
(If Equipped). Satellite Radio on page 7‑13 the Airbags? on page 3‑27.
Instrument Panel Illumination (If Equipped). S. Ignition Switch. See Ignition
Control on page 6‑5. J. Infotainment Display Screen. Positions on page 9‑18.
B. Air Vents on page 8‑6. K. Light Sensor. See Automatic T. Driver Knee Airbag. See Where
C. Headlamps High-Low Beam. Headlamp System on page 6‑3. Are the Airbags? on page 3‑27.
See Headlamps High-Low L. Passenger Airbag. See Where U. Power Door Locks on page 2‑7.
Beam on page 6‑2. Are the Airbags? on page 3‑27. V. Hazard Warning Flashers on
Turn and Lane‐Change Lever. M. Hood Release. See Hood on page 6‑3.
See Turn and Lane-Change page 10‑4. W. Shift Lever. See Automatic
Signals on page 6‑4. Transmission on page 9‑26 or
N. Data Link Connector (DLC).
Driver Information Center (DIC) See Malfunction Indicator Lamp Manual Transmission on
Buttons. See Driver Information on page 5‑13. page 9‑29.
Center (DIC) on page 5‑24. X. Traction Control System (TCS)
O. Instrument Panel Fuse Block on
D. Instrument Cluster on page 5‑8. page 10‑41. on page 9‑33.
E. Horn on page 5‑3. P. Cruise Control on page 9‑36. StabiliTrak® System on
F. Driver Information Center (DIC) page 9‑34.
on page 5‑24.
G. Steering Wheel Controls on
page 5‑2.
1-4 In Brief
Y. Climate Control Systems on Initial Drive

page 8‑1 (If Equipped).
Automatic Climate Control
Information
System on page 8‑3 (If This section provides a brief
Equipped). overview about some of the
Heated Front Seats on page 3‑7 important features that may or may
(If Equipped). not be on your specific vehicle.
Z. Passenger Airbag Status For more detailed information, refer

Indicator on page 5‑12. to each of the features which can be
found later in this owner manual.
AA. Glove Box on page 4‑1.
AB. Passenger Knee Airbag. See Remote Keyless Entry RKE Transmitter with Remote
Where Are the Airbags? on (RKE) System Start Shown
page 3‑27.
The Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) Press the key release button to
transmitter will work up to 20 m extend the key blade. The key can
(65 ft) away from the vehicle. be used for the ignition and all
locks.
Press K to unlock the driver door or
all doors.
Press Q to lock all doors.
Lock and unlock feedback can be
personalized. See Vehicle
Personalization on page 5‑34.
In Brief 1-5
Press and hold V briefly to open 3. Immediately after completing Door Locks
the trunk. Step 2, press and hold / until
To lock or unlock a door from
the turn signal lamps flash, or for
Press and hold 7 briefly to locate about 2 seconds if the vehicle is
outside the vehicle, use the Remote
the vehicle. Keyless Entry (RKE) transmitter.
not in view. From inside the vehicle, use the
Press and hold 7 for at least When the vehicle starts, the parking power door lock switch.
two seconds to sound the panic lamps will turn on and remain on as See Door Locks on page 2‑6.
alarm. long as the engine is running. The
doors will be locked and the climate Power Door Locks
Press 7 again to cancel the panic control system may come on.
alarm. The power door lock switches are
The engine will continue to run for located on the instrument panel.
See Keys on page 2‑2 and Remote 10 minutes. Repeat the steps for a
Keyless Entry (RKE) System 10-minute time extension. Remote
K: Press to unlock the doors.
Operation on page 2‑3. start can be extended only once. Q: Press to lock the doors.
Canceling a Remote Start See Power Door Locks on page 2‑7.
Remote Vehicle Start
For vehicles with this feature, the To cancel a remote start: Safety Locks
engine can be started from outside . Aim the RKE transmitter at the Safety locks will lock the rear
of the vehicle. vehicle and press and hold / windows and not allow the rear
until the parking lamps turn off. doors to be opened from the inside.
Starting the Vehicle
1. Aim the Remote Keyless Entry
. Turn on the hazard warning
transmitter at the vehicle. flashers.
. Turn the vehicle on and then off.
2. Press Q.
See Remote Vehicle Start on
page 2‑5.
1-6 In Brief
Seat Adjustment Seat Height Adjuster
Manual Front Seats
Press v to activate the safety locks

on the rear doors. The LED will
illuminate. If available, move the lever up or
down to manually raise or lower
This switch also disables the power To adjust a manual seat: the seat.
window controls on the rear doors.
1. Pull the handle at the front of
Press v again to deactivate the the seat.
safety locks on the rear doors. The 2. Slide the seat to the desired
LED will turn off. position and release the handle.
If the LED flashes, the feature may 3. Try to move the seat back and
not be working properly. forth to be sure it is locked in
See Safety Locks on page 2‑7. place.
In Brief 1-7
Seat Cushion Tilt Feature Reclining Seatbacks To return the seatback to an upright
position:
1. Lift the lever fully without
applying pressure to the
seatback, and the seatback
returns to the upright position.
2. Push and pull on the seatback to
make sure it is locked.
See Reclining Seatbacks on
page 3‑5.
If available, move the lever up or To recline the seatback:

down to raise or lower the front of 1. Lift the lever.
the seat cushion.
2. Move the seatback to the
See Seat Adjustment on page 3‑3. desired position, then release
the lever to lock the seatback in
place.
1-8 In Brief
Power Driver Seat See Power Seat Adjustment on Press L or M to heat the driver or
page 3‑4. passenger seat cushion and
Rear Seats seatback.
The rear seatbacks can be folded. Press the control once for the
highest setting. With each press of
For detailed instructions, see Rear the control, the heated seat will
Seats on page 3‑8. change to the next lower setting,
and then the off setting. Three lights
Heated Seats indicate the highest setting and one
light the lowest.
See Heated Front Seats on
page 3‑7 for more information.
To adjust a power driver seat,

if equipped:
. Move the seat forward or
rearward by sliding the control
forward or rearward.
. Raise or lower the front part of
the seat cushion by moving the
front of the control up or down.
On vehicles with heated front seats,
. Raise or lower the entire seat by the controls are on the center
moving the rear of the control up console. The engine must be
or down. running to operate the heated seats.
In Brief 1-9
Head Restraint Safety Belts Sensing System for

Adjustment Passenger Airbag
Do not drive until the head restraints
for all occupants are installed and
adjusted properly.
To achieve a comfortable seating
position, change the seatback
recline angle as little as necessary
while keeping the seat and the head United States
restraint height in the proper
position.
For more information see Head
Restraints on page 3‑2 and Seat
Adjustment on page 3‑3. Refer to the following sections for
important information on how to use
safety belts properly. Canada
. Safety Belts on page 3‑9. The passenger sensing system will
. How to Wear Safety Belts turn off the right front passenger
Properly on page 3‑13. frontal airbag and the passenger
knee airbag under certain
. Lap-Shoulder Belt on page 3‑18. conditions. The driver airbags,
. Lower Anchors and Tethers for seat‐mounted side impact airbags,
Children (LATCH System) on and roof‐rail airbags are not affected
page 3‑49. by the passenger sensing system.
See Passenger Sensing System on
1-10 In Brief
The passenger airbag status 2. Move the control to adjust the Interior
indicator will be visible on the mirror.
Adjust the inside rearview mirror by
instrument panel when the vehicle is 3. Turn the selector switch to the moving it up and down or side to
started. See Passenger Airbag O position to deselect the mirror. side. Adjust the mirror to avoid glare
Status Indicator on page 5‑12.
See Power Mirrors on page 2‑12. from the headlamps behind you.
Push the tab forward for daytime
Mirror Adjustment If the vehicle has heated mirrors, use and pull it for nighttime use.
see Heated Mirrors on page 2‑12.
Exterior See Manual Rearview Mirror on
page 2‑12.
The vehicle may have an automatic
dimming inside rearview mirror.
Automatic dimming reduces the
glare of lights from behind the
vehicle. The dimming feature and
indicator light come on each time
the vehicle is started.
See Automatic Dimming Rearview
Mirror on page 2‑13.
Vehicles with a manual mirror

Controls for the outside power adjustment have controls next to
mirrors are on the driver door. each mirror.
1. Turn the selector switch to See Manual Mirrors on page 2‑11.
L (left) or R (right) to choose the
driver or passenger mirror.
In Brief 1-11
Steering Wheel Interior Lighting Reading Lamps

Adjustment Dome Lamps
The reading lamps are located in

the overhead console.
# / $ : Press the button near
each lamp to turn it on or off.
To adjust the steering wheel: The dome lamp controls are located
1. Pull the lever (A) down. in the overhead console.
2. Move the steering wheel up (: Press to turn the lamps off,
or down. even when a door is open.
3. Pull or push the steering wheel H : Press to turn the lamps on
closer or away from you. automatically when a door is
opened.
4. Push the lever (A) up to lock the
steering wheel in place. ' : Press to turn on the dome
lamps.
Do not adjust the steering wheel
while driving.
1-12 In Brief
Instrument Panel Illumination Exterior Lighting ; : Turns on the parking lamps,

Control taillamps, license plate lamps, side
marker lamps, and instrument panel
lights.
5 : Turns on the headlamps,
parking lamps, taillamps, license
plate lamps, side marker lamps, and
instrument panel lights. A warning
chime sounds if the driver door is
opened when the ignition switch is
off and the headlamps are on.
The exterior lamps control is located
on the instrument panel to the # : For vehicles with fog lamps,
outboard side of the steering press to turn the lamps on or off.
column. For more information, see:
This feature controls the brightness O: Briefly turn to this position to . Exterior Lamp Controls on
of the instrument panel controls and turn the automatic light control off or page 6‑1.
infotainment display screen. The on again.
thumbwheel is located to the left of
. Daytime Running Lamps (DRL)
the steering column on the AUTO: Turns the headlamps on on page 6‑2.
instrument panel. automatically at normal brightness, . Front Fog Lamps on page 6‑4.
together with the parking lamps,
D (Instrument Panel taillamps, license plate lamps, side
Brightness): Turn the thumbwheel marker lamps, and instrument panel
up or down and hold, to brighten or lights.
dim the instrument panel controls
and infotainment display screen.
In Brief 1-13
Windshield Wiper/Washer Windshield Washer

Pull the windshield wiper lever
toward you to spray windshield
washer fluid and activate the wipers.
The wipers will continue until the
lever is released or the maximum
& : Turn the band up for more wash time is reached.
frequent wipes or down for less See Windshield Wiper/Washer on
With the ignition in ACC/ frequent wipes. page 5‑3.
ACCESSORY or ON/RUN, move
the windshield wiper lever to select 9 : Turns the windshield
the wiper speed. wipers off.
2: Fast wipes. 3 : Single wipe, briefly move the
wiper lever down. Several wipes,
1: Slow wipes. hold the wiper lever down.
1-14 In Brief
Climate Controls G. Rear Window Defogger G. Rear Window Defogger

The heating, cooling, defrosting, and H. Defog H. Recirculation
ventilation for the vehicle can be I. Defrost I. Defog
controlled with these systems.
Vehicles With Air Conditioning J. Air Conditioning
Vehicles Without Air Conditioning K. Defrost
Automatic Climate Control System
A. Temperature Control
B. Bi-level Air Mode
C. Floor Air Mode A. Temperature Control
C. Floor Air Mode
D. Vent Air Mode B. Rear Window Defogger
D. Vent Air Mode
E. Fan Control C. AUTO
E. Fan Control
F. Driver and Passenger Heated D. Defrost
F. Driver and Passenger Heated Seats (If Equipped)
Seats (If Equipped) E. Fan Control
In Brief 1-15
F. Driver and Passenger Heated Transmission Up‐Shift Light

Seats (If Equipped)
G. Power
Driver Shift Control (DSC)
Driver Shift Control (DSC) allows
H. Recirculation
you to shift an automatic
I. MODE (Air Delivery Mode) transmission similar to a manual
J. AQS (Air Quality Sensor) transmission. To use the DSC
feature:
K. Air Conditioning If the vehicle has a manual
1. Move the shift lever from
See Climate Control Systems on D (Drive) to the left into the (+) or transmission, it will have an up-shift
page 8‑1 (If Equipped). (−) manual position. light that indicates when to shift to
the next higher gear for the best fuel
2. Press the shift lever forward (+) economy.
to upshift or rearward (−) to
downshift. An M and the current See Manual Transmission on
gear will be displayed in the page 9‑29.
Driver Information Center (DIC).
See Manual Mode on page 9‑28.
1-16 In Brief
Vehicle Features Storing a Favorite Station 4. Press the MENU or MENU/SEL

knob to select the next number.
Stations from all bands can be
Radio(s) stored in the favorite lists in any 5. To save the time and return to
order. Up to six stations can be the Time Settings menu, press
O : Press to turn the system on stored in each favorite page and the the BACK button at any time or
and off. Turn to increase or number of available favorite pages press the MENU or MENU/SEL
decrease the volume. can be set. knob after adjusting the minutes.
BAND: Press to choose between To store the station to a position in Setting the 12/24 Hour Format
FM, AM, or XM™, if equipped. the list, press the corresponding
1. Press the CONFIG button and
MENU or MENU/SEL: Turn to numeric button 1 to 6 until a beep is
select Time Settings.
select radio stations. Press to select heard.
a menu. 2. Highlight 12/24 Hour Format.
For more information, see “Storing a
g: Press to seek the previous Station as a Favorite” in AM-FM 3. Press the MENU or MENU/SEL
station or track. Radio on page 7‑11. knob to select the 12 hour or
24 hour display format.
l : Press to seek the next station Setting the Clock
or track. For detailed instructions on setting
Adjusting the Time the clock, see Clock on page 5‑5.
Buttons 1 to 6: Press to save and
select favorite stations. 1. Press the CONFIG button and
select Time Settings.
INFO: Press to show available
information about the current station 2. Select Set Time.
or track. 3. Turn the MENU or MENU/SEL
For more information about these knob to adjust the highlighted
and other radio features, see number.
Operation on page 7‑6.
In Brief 1-17
Satellite Radio Portable Audio Devices Bluetooth®

Vehicles with an XM™ Satellite This vehicle may have a 3.5 mm The Bluetooth® system allows users
Radio tuner and a valid XM Satellite (1/8 in) auxiliary input and a USB with a Bluetooth-enabled cell phone
Radio subscription can receive XM port located in the center console. to make and receive hands-free
programming. External devices such as iPods®, calls using the vehicle audio
laptop computers, MP3 players, CD system, microphone, and controls.
XM Satellite Radio Service changers, and USB storage devices The Bluetooth-enabled cell phone
XM is a satellite radio service based may be connected, depending on must be paired with the in-vehicle
in the 48 contiguous United States the audio system. Bluetooth system before it can be
and 10 Canadian provinces. XM For more information, see Auxiliary used in the vehicle. Not all phones
Satellite Radio has a wide variety of Devices on page 7‑20. will support all functions.
programming and commercial-free
music, coast to coast, and in See Bluetooth (Overview) on
digital-quality sound. A fee is page 7‑23 or Bluetooth
required to receive the XM service. (Infotainment Controls) on
page 7‑24 or Bluetooth (Voice
For more information refer to: Recognition) on page 7‑28.
. www.xmradio.com or call
1-800-929-2100 (U.S.).
. www.xmradio.ca or call
1-877-438-9677 (Canada).
For more information, see Satellite
Radio on page 7‑13.
1-18 In Brief
Steering Wheel Controls $ i: Press to silence the Cruise Control

vehicle speakers only. Press again
to turn the sound on. For vehicles
with OnStar or Bluetooth systems,
press to reject an incoming call,
or to end a current call.
_ SRC ^ : Press _ or ^ to select a
radio band or audio source.
Press _ or ^ to select the next or
previous favorite radio station, CD,
DVD track/chapter, or MP3 track.
+ x −: Press + to increase or − to
decrease the volume.
For vehicles with audio steering
wheel controls, some audio controls For more information, see Steering 5 : Press to turn the cruise control
can be adjusted at the steering Wheel Controls on page 5‑2. system on and off.
wheel. RES/+ : Move the thumbwheel up
b g: Press to interact with the to resume a previously set speed or
available Bluetooth, OnStar, to accelerate.
or navigation system. SET/− : Move the thumbwheel
down to set a speed or to make the
vehicle decelerate.
*: Press to disengage cruise
control without erasing the set
speed from memory.
In Brief 1-19
See Cruise Control on page 9‑36. Driver Information C. MENU: Press to get to the Trip/
Fuel Menu and the Vehicle
Navigation System Center (DIC) Information Menu. This button is
The DIC display is located in the also used to return to or exit the
If the vehicle has a navigation center of the instrument panel last screen displayed on
system, there is a separate cluster. It shows the status of many the DIC.
navigation system manual that vehicle systems. The controls for
includes information on the radio, For more information, see Driver
the DIC are located on the turn Information Center (DIC) on
audio players, and navigation signal lever.
system. page 5‑24.
The navigation system provides
detailed maps of most major
Power Outlets
freeways and roads. After a The accessory power outlets can be
destination has been set, the used to plug in electrical equipment,
system provides turn-by-turn such as a cell phone or MP3 player.
instructions for reaching the There is one accessory power outlet
destination. In addition, the system A. SET/CLR: Press to set or clear located on the center floor console
can help locate a variety of points of the menu item when it is and one on the rear of the center
interest (POI), such as banks, displayed. floor console. These outlets are
airports, restaurants, and more. powered when the key is in ON/
See the Navigation System manual B. w x: Use the thumbwheel to RUN or ACC/ACCESSORY, or until
for more information. scroll through the items in the driver door is opened within
each menu. 10 minutes of turning off the vehicle.
See Retained Accessory Power
(RAP) on page 9‑21.
See Power Outlets on page 5‑5.
1-20 In Brief
Performance and StabiliTrak® System Tire Pressure Monitor

Maintenance The StabiliTrak system assists with This vehicle may have a Tire
directional control of the vehicle in Pressure Monitor System (TPMS).
difficult driving conditions. The
Traction Control system is on when the vehicle is
System (TCS) started.
The traction control system limits . To turn off both Traction Control
wheel spin. The system is on when and StabiliTrak, press and hold
the vehicle is started. g until g and i illuminate and
. To turn off traction control, press the appropriate DIC message
displays. See Vehicle Messages The TPMS warning light alerts you
and release g located on the to a significant loss in pressure of
(Canada Base Level) on
console. i illuminates and the page 5‑27 or Vehicle Messages one of the vehicle's tires. If the
appropriate DIC message (Canada Uplevel and United warning light comes on, stop as
displays. See Vehicle Messages States) on page 5‑28. soon as possible and inflate the
(Canada Base Level) on tires to the recommended pressure
page 5‑27 or Vehicle Messages
. Press g again to turn on both shown on the Tire and Loading
(Canada Uplevel and United systems. Information label. See Vehicle Load
States) on page 5‑28. For more information, see Limits on page 9‑12. The warning
StabiliTrak® System on page 9‑34. light will remain on until the tire
. Press and release g again to pressure is corrected.
turn traction control back on.
For more information, see Traction
Control System (TCS) on
page 9‑33.
In Brief 1-21
During cooler conditions, the low tire If the vehicle came with a jack and Resetting the Oil Life System
pressure warning light may appear spare tire, see If a Tire Goes Flat on 1. Using the DIC MENU button and
when the vehicle is first started and page 10‑65. thumbwheel, scroll until you
then turn off. This may be an early reach REMAINING OIL LIFE on
indicator that the tire pressures are Engine Oil Life System the DIC (oil can symbol with
getting low and the tires need to be % sign for Canada).
inflated to the proper pressure. The engine oil life system calculates
engine oil life based on vehicle use 2. Press the SET button to reset
The TPMS does not replace normal and displays the CHANGE ENGINE the oil life at 100%. When
monthly tire maintenance. It is the OIL SOON DIC message or prompted, use the thumbwheel
driver’s responsibility to maintain Code 82 DIC message when it is to highlight YES or NO. Press
correct tire pressures. necessary to change the engine oil the SET/CLEAR button to
See Tire Pressure Monitor System and filter. confirm.
on page 10‑52. Remember, the Oil Life display must Be careful not to reset the oil life
be reset after each oil change. It will display accidentally at any time
Tire Sealant and not reset itself. Also, be careful not other than after the oil is changed.
Compressor Kit to reset the Oil Life display It cannot be reset accurately.
accidentally at any time other than
This vehicle may come with a jack when the oil has just been changed. See Engine Oil Life System on
and spare tire or a tire sealant and It cannot be reset accurately until page 10‑12.
compressor kit. The kit can be used the next oil change. To reset the
to temporarily seal small punctures engine oil life system press the SET
in the tread area of the tire. button while the Oil Life display is
See Tire Sealant and Compressor active.
Kit on page 10‑68 for complete
operating information.
1-22 In Brief
. Replace the vehicle's tires with
Driving for Better Fuel the same TPC Spec number
Roadside Assistance and OnStar
Economy molded into the tire's sidewall If you have a current OnStar
Driving habits can affect fuel near the size. subscription, press the Q button
mileage. Here are some driving tips and the current GPS location will be
. Follow recommended scheduled
to get the best fuel economy sent to an OnStar advisor who will
maintenance.
possible. assess your problem, contact
Roadside Assistance, and relay
. Avoid fast starts and accelerate Roadside Assistance your exact location to get the help
smoothly. Program you need.
. Brake gradually and avoid U.S.: 1-800-243-8872 Online Owner Center
abrupt stops.
TTY Users: 1-888-889-2438 The Online Owner Center is a
. Avoid idling the engine for long complimentary service that includes
periods of time. Canada: 1-800-268-6800
online service reminders, vehicle
. When road and weather As the owner of a new Chevrolet, maintenance tips, online owner
conditions are appropriate, use you are automatically enrolled in the manual, special privileges,
cruise control. Roadside Assistance program. This and more.
program provides technically trained
. Always follow posted speed advisors who are available 24 hours Sign up today at:
limits or drive more slowly when a day, 365 days a year, to give www.chevyownercenter.com
conditions require. minor repair information or make (U.S.) or www.gm.ca (Canada).
. Keep vehicle tires properly towing arrangements.
inflated. For more information see Roadside
. Combine several trips into a Assistance Program on page 13‑6.
single trip.
In Brief 1-23
OnStar® ] : Push this red emergency For a full description of OnStar

button to get priority help from services and system limitations, see
specially trained OnStar Emergency the OnStar Owner's Guide in the
Advisors. glove box.
X : Push this button for hands‐free, OnStar service is subject to the
voice‐activated calling and to give OnStar Terms and Conditions
voice commands for Hands‐Free included in the OnStar Glove
Calling and Turn‐by‐Turn Box Kit.
For vehicles with an active OnStar Navigation. OnStar service requires wireless
subscription, OnStar uses several Automatic Crash Response, communication networks and the
innovative technologies and live Emergency Services, Crisis Assist, Global Positioning System (GPS)
Advisors to provide a wide range of Stolen Vehicle Assistance, Vehicle satellite network. Not all OnStar
safety, security, navigation, Diagnostics, Remote Door Unlock, services are available everywhere
diagnostics, and calling services. Roadside Assistance, Turn‐by‐Turn or on all vehicles at all times.
Automatic Crash Response Navigation, and Hands‐Free Calling OnStar service can’t work unless
are available on most vehicles. Not the vehicle is in a place where
In a crash, built‐in sensors can all OnStar services are available on OnStar has an agreement with a
automatically alert an OnStar all vehicles. For more information, wireless service provider for service
Advisor who is immediately see the OnStar Owner's Guide; in that area, and the wireless
connected to the vehicle to see if visit www.onstar.com (U.S.) or service provider has coverage,
you need help. www.onstar.ca (Canada); contact network capacity, reception, and
OnStar at 1-888-4-ONSTAR technology compatible with OnStar's
How OnStar Service Works (1‐888‐466‐7827) or TTY service. Service involving location
Q : Push this blue button to 1‐877‐248‐2080; or push the Q information about the vehicle can’t
connect to a specially trained button to speak with an OnStar work unless GPS signals are
OnStar Advisor to verify your Advisor 24 hours a day, 7 days available, unobstructed, and
account information and to answer a week. compatible with the OnStar
questions.
1-24 In Brief
hardware. The vehicle has to have a See Radio Frequency Statement on Your Responsibility
working electrical system and page 13‑16 for information
Increase the volume of the radio if
adequate battery power for the regarding Part 15 of the Federal
the OnStar Advisor cannot be
OnStar equipment to operate. Communications Commission (FCC)
heard.
OnStar service may not work if the rules and Industry Canada
OnStar equipment isn’t properly Standards RSS-210/220/310. If the light next to the OnStar
installed or you haven’t maintained buttons is red, the system may not
OnStar Steering Wheel
it and the vehicle is in good working be functioning properly. Push the Q
order and in compliance with all Controls
button and request a vehicle
government regulations. If you try to This vehicle may have a b g / $ diagnostic. If the light appears clear
add, connect, or modify any (no light appears), your OnStar
equipment or software in the
i Talk/Mute button that can be
used to interact with OnStar subscription has expired and all
vehicle, OnStar service may not services have been deactivated.
Hands-Free calling. See Steering
work. Other problems OnStar can’t
Wheel Controls on page 5‑2 for Push the Q button to confirm that
control may prevent service to you,
more information. the OnStar equipment is active.
such as hills, tall buildings, tunnels,
weather, electrical system design On some vehicles, the $ i to dial
and architecture of the vehicle, phone extensions. See the OnStar
damage to important parts of the Owner's Guide for more information.
vehicle in a crash, or wireless phone
network congestion or jamming.
Keys, Doors and Windows 2-1
Keys, Doors and Exterior Mirrors

Convex Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-11
Windows Manual Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-11
Power Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-12
Folding Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-12
Keys and Locks Heated Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-12
Keys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2 Interior Mirrors
Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) Manual Rearview Mirror . . . . . . 2-12
System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-3 Automatic Dimming Rearview
Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) Mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-13
System Operation . . . . . . . . . . . 2-3
Remote Vehicle Start . . . . . . . . . 2-5 Windows
Door Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-6 Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-13
Power Door Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7 Power Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-14
Automatic Door Locks . . . . . . . . . 2-7 Sun Visors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-16
Safety Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7
Roof
Doors Sunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-17
Trunk . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8
Vehicle Security
Vehicle Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-9
Vehicle Alarm System . . . . . . . . . 2-9
Immobilizer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-10
Immobilizer Operation . . . . . . . 2-10
2-2 Keys, Doors and Windows
Keys and Locks

Keys
{ WARNING
Leaving children in a vehicle with
the ignition key is dangerous for
many reasons. Children or others
could be badly injured or even
killed. They could operate the
power windows or other controls
The key that is part of the Remote Press the key release button on the
or even make the vehicle move.
Keyless Entry (RKE) transmitter can RKE transmitter to extend the key
The windows will function with the be used for the ignition and all blade. Press the button and the key
keys in the ignition and children locks. blade to retract the key.
could be seriously injured or killed
if caught in the path of a closing See your dealer if a new key is
window. Do not leave the keys in needed.
a vehicle with children. Notice: If the keys get locked in
the vehicle, it may have to be
damaged to get them out. Always
carry a spare key.
If you are locked out of the vehicle,
see Roadside Assistance Program
on page 13‑6.
Remote Keyless Entry Remote Keyless Entry The following may be available:
(RKE) System (RKE) System Operation Q (Lock): Press to lock all doors.
See Radio Frequency Statement on The Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) The turn signal indicators may flash
page 13‑16 for information transmitter will work up to 20 m and/or the horn may sound to
regarding Part 15 of the Federal (65 ft) away from the vehicle. indicate locking. See “Locking
Communications Commission (FCC) Feedback” under Vehicle
Other conditions can affect the Personalization on page 5‑34.
rules and Industry Canada performance of the transmitter. See
Standards RSS-210/220/310. Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) If the driver door is open when Q is
If there is a decrease in the RKE System on page 2‑3. pressed and Unlocked Door Anti
operating range: Lock Out is enabled through vehicle
. Check the distance. The personalization, all doors will lock
transmitter may be too far from and then the driver door will unlock.
the vehicle. See “Unlocked Door Anti Lock Out”
under Vehicle Personalization on
. Check the location. Other page 5‑34.
vehicles or objects may be
blocking the signal. Pressing Q may also arm the
. Check the transmitter's battery. theft-deterrent system. See Vehicle
Alarm System on page 2‑9.
See “Battery Replacement” later
in this section.
. If the transmitter is still not
working correctly, see your RKE Transmitter With Remote
dealer or a qualified technician Start Shown
for service.
K (Unlock): Press to unlock the or until 7 is pressed again or the Battery Replacement
driver door or all doors. See “Door key is placed in the ignition and The battery is not rechargeable. To
Unlock Options” under Vehicle turned to ON/RUN. replace the battery:
Personalization on page 5‑34.
/ (Remote Vehicle Start): For 1. Extend the key blade and open
The turn signal indicators may flash vehicles with this feature, press Q the battery cover on the back of
and/or the horn may sound to the transmitter by prying with
indicate unlocking. See “Unlock and then press and hold / to start
the engine from outside the vehicle finger.
Feedback” under Vehicle
Personalization on page 5‑34. using the RKE transmitter. See 2. Remove the used battery by
Remote Vehicle Start on page 2‑5 pushing on battery and sliding
Pressing K will disarm the for additional information. toward the key blade.
theft-deterrent system. See Vehicle 3. Insert the new battery, positive
Alarm System on page 2‑9. Programming Transmitters to
the Vehicle side facing up. Push the battery
V (Remote Trunk Release): down to until it is held in place.
Press and hold briefly to open the Only RKE transmitters programmed Replace with a CR2032 or
trunk. to this vehicle will work. If a equivalent battery.
transmitter is lost or stolen, a
7 (Vehicle Locator/Panic replacement can be purchased and 4. Snap the battery cover back on
Alarm): Press and hold briefly to programmed through your dealer. to the transmitter.
locate the vehicle. The exterior When the replacement transmitter is
lamps flash and the horn chirps. programmed to this vehicle, all
Press and hold 7 for at least remaining transmitters must also be
two seconds to sound the panic reprogrammed. Any lost or stolen
alarm. The horn sounds and the transmitters will no longer work
turn signals flash for 30 seconds, once the new transmitter is
programmed.
Remote Vehicle Start Laws in some local communities The engine will shut off after
may restrict the use of remote 10 minutes unless a time
The vehicle may have this feature starters. For example, some laws extension is done or the key is
that allows you to start the engine require a person using remote start inserted and turned to ON/RUN.
from outside the vehicle. to have the vehicle in view. Check 3. The key must be inserted and
/ (Remote Vehicle Start): This local regulations for any turned to ON/RUN before
button will be on the RKE requirements. driving.
transmitter if the vehicle has remote There are other conditions which
start. can affect the performance of the Extending Engine Run Time
Vehicles with an automatic climate transmitter. See Remote Keyless For a 10-minute extension, repeat
control system will default to a Entry (RKE) System on page 2‑3 for Steps 1 and 2 while the engine is
heating or cooling mode depending additional information. still running. The remote start can
on the outside temperature during a be extended once.
Starting the Engine Using Remote
remote start. A vehicle without Start When the remote start is extended,
automatic climate control will default the second 10 minutes will start
to the last used heating or cooling To start the engine using the remote immediately.
mode. Once the key is turned to start feature:
ON/RUN, the climate control system For example, if the engine has been
will turn on at the setting the vehicle
1. Press Q on the RKE transmitter. running for 5 minutes, and
was last set to. If the vehicle has 2. Press and hold / for about 10 minutes are added, the engine
heated seats, they may come on two seconds. The turn signal will run for a total of 15 minutes.
during a remote start. See Heated lamps will briefly flash to confirm A maximum of two remote starts,
Front Seats on page 3‑7 for more the command was received. or a single start with an extension,
information. When the engine starts, the are allowed between ignition cycles.
parking lamps will turn on and
remain on as long as the engine
is running. The vehicle's doors
will be locked.
After which, the vehicle's ignition Conditions in Which Remote Start Door Locks
switch must be turned to ON/RUN Will Not Work
and then back to LOCK/OFF using
the key, before the remote start
The remote vehicle start feature will
not operate if:
{ WARNING
procedure can be used again. Unlocked doors can be
. The key is in the ignition.
Shutting the Engine Off After a dangerous.
Remote Start
. The hood is not closed. . Passengers, especially
To shut off the engine, do one of the
. The hazard warning flashers children, can easily open the
following: are on. doors and fall out of a moving
. The malfunction indicator lamp vehicle. The chance of being
. Press / until the parking lamps
is on. thrown out of the vehicle in a
turn off.
crash is increased if the
. Turn on the hazard warning
. The engine coolant temperature doors are not locked. So, all
flashers. is too high. passengers should wear
. Insert the key and turn it to ON/
. The oil pressure is low. safety belts properly and the
RUN and then back to doors should be locked
. Two remote vehicle starts, or a
LOCK/OFF. whenever the vehicle is
single remote start with an
driven.
extension, have already
. Young children who get into
been used.
unlocked vehicles may be
. The vehicle is not in P (Park).
unable to get out. A child can
be overcome by extreme heat
and can suffer permanent
injuries or even death from
heat stroke. Always lock the
vehicle whenever leaving it.
(Continued)
WARNING (Continued)
Power Door Locks Automatic Door Locks
Automatic Door Lock
. Outsiders can easily enter
through an unlocked door The doors are programmed to
when slowing or stopping the automatically lock when the shift
vehicle. Lock the doors to lever is moved out of (P) Park.
help prevent this from The automatic door lock feature
happening. cannot be disabled.
Automatic Door Unlock
To lock or unlock a door from
outside the vehicle, use the Remote The doors will automatically unlock
Keyless Entry (RKE) transmitter. when the shift lever is moved
From inside the vehicle, use the into (P) Park.
power door lock switch. See Vehicle Personalization on
The power door lock switches are page 5‑34.
The doors can also be unlocked located on the instrument panel.
from the inside by pulling the door
handle. Pulling the door handle Q (Lock): Press to lock the doors. Safety Locks
again unlatches the door. K (Unlock): Press to unlock the Safety locks will lock the rear
doors. windows and not allow the rear
doors to be opened from the inside.
Doors WARNING (Continued)

Trunk . Adjust the Climate Control
system to a setting that
{ WARNING brings in only outside air and
set the fan speed to the
Exhaust gases can enter the highest setting. See Climate
vehicle if it is driven with the Control System in the Index.
liftgate, trunk/hatch open, or with . If the vehicle has a power
any objects that pass through the liftgate, disable the power
seal between the body and the liftgate function.
trunk/hatch or liftgate. Engine For more information about
Press v to activate the safety locks exhaust contains Carbon
on the rear doors. The LED will carbon monoxide, see Engine
Monoxide (CO) which cannot be Exhaust on page 9‑24.
illuminate. seen or smelled. It can cause
The rear door power windows are unconsciousness and even death.
also disabled. If the vehicle must be driven with
Press v again to deactivate the the liftgate, or trunk/hatch open:
safety locks on the rear doors. The . Close all of the windows.
LED will turn off. . Fully open the air outlets on
If the LED flashes, the feature may or under the instrument
not be working properly. panel.
(Continued)
Remote Trunk Release as it could damage the handle. Vehicle Security

The emergency trunk release
handle is only intended to aid a This vehicle has theft-deterrent
person trapped in a latched trunk, features; however, they do not make
enabling them to open the trunk it impossible to steal.
from the inside.
Vehicle Alarm System
This vehicle has a theft alarm
system.
Arming the System
To arm the system, use the power
door lock switch or the RKE
transmitter to lock the vehicle while
To open the trunk from outside the exiting with the vehicle turned off.
vehicle, press the V button on the The alarm arms after about
Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) 30 seconds after all the doors have
transmitter, or by pressing the been closed.
touchpad above the license plate
when the doors are unlocked. There is an emergency trunk Press Q again and the system arms
release handle located inside the immediately.
Emergency Trunk Release trunk. The release handle can be
accessed by folding the rear The security light, located in the
Handle center of the instrument panel, will
seatback. See Rear Seats on
Notice: Do not use the page 3‑8. Pull the release handle to flash slowly.
emergency trunk release handle open the trunk from the inside.
as a tie-down or anchor point
when securing items in the trunk
Disarming the System Immobilizer Operation

To disarm the system press K on This vehicle has a passive
the RKE transmitter. theft-deterrent system.
Turning off the System Alarm The system does not have to be
manually armed or disarmed.
If there is an attempt to open the The security light, located in the
doors, trunk, or hood without first The vehicle is automatically
immobilized when the key is instrument panel cluster, comes on
pressing K on the transmitter, the removed from the ignition. if there is a problem with arming or
system alarm will be activated. The disarming the theft-deterrent
exterior lamps will flash and the The system is automatically system.
horn will sound for about disarmed when the vehicle is
started with the correct key. The key When trying to start the vehicle, the
30 seconds.
uses a transponder that matches an security light comes on briefly when
To turn off the system alarm press immobilizer control unit in the the ignition is turned on.
K on the RKE transmitter. vehicle and automatically disarms If the engine does not start and the
the system. Only an authorized key security light stays on, there is a
Immobilizer starts the vehicle. The vehicle may problem with the system. Turn the
See Radio Frequency Statement on not start if the key is damaged. ignition off and try again.
page 13‑16 for information
regarding Part 15 of the Federal
Communications Commission (FCC)
rules and Industry Canada
Standards RSS-210/220/310.
If the engine still does not start, and Exterior Mirrors Manual Mirrors
the key appears to be undamaged
or the light continues to stay on, try Some vehicles have outside mirrors
another ignition key. If the engine Convex Mirrors that can be manually adjusted.
does not start with the other key, the
vehicle needs service. If the vehicle { WARNING
does start, the first key may be
damaged. See your dealer who can A convex mirror can make things,
service the theft-deterrent system like other vehicles, look farther
and have a new key made. away than they really are. If you
cut too sharply into the right lane,
Do not leave the key or device that
disarms or deactivates the you could hit a vehicle on the
theft-deterrent system in the vehicle. right. Check the inside mirror or
glance over your shoulder before
changing lanes.
The passenger side mirror is convex

shaped. A convex mirror's surface is Controls for the outside manual
curved so more can be seen from mirrors are located next to each
the driver seat. mirror.
Power Mirrors Folding Mirrors Interior Mirrors

Manual Foldaway Mirrors
Manual Rearview Mirror
The vehicle has manual folding
mirrors. These mirrors can be folded Hold the mirror in the center to
inward to prevent damage when move it for a clearer view of behind
going through an automatic car your vehicle. Adjust the mirror to
wash. To fold, pull the mirror toward avoid glare from the headlamps
the vehicle. Push the mirror outward behind you. Push the tab at the
to return it to the original position. bottom of the mirror forward for
daytime use and pull it for
Heated Mirrors nighttime use.
The vehicle may have heated

mirrors.
Controls for the outside power
mirrors are located on the
= (Rear Window Defogger):
Press to heat the outside rearview
driver door.
mirrors. See “Rear Window
To adjust the mirror: Defogger” under Automatic Climate
1. Turn the selector switch to Control System on page 8‑3 for
L (left) or R (right) to choose the more information.
driver or passenger mirror.
2. Move the control to adjust the
mirror.
3. Turn the selector switch to the
O position to deselect the mirror.
Automatic Dimming Windows

Rearview Mirror
The vehicle may have an automatic { WARNING
dimming inside rearview mirror.
Automatic dimming reduces the Leaving children, helpless adults,
glare from the headlamps of the or pets in a vehicle with the
vehicle behind you. The dimming windows closed is dangerous.
feature and the indicator light come They can be overcome by the
on each time the vehicle is started. extreme heat and suffer
permanent injuries or even death
Vehicles with OnStar® have three from heat stroke. Never leave a
additional control buttons located at
child, a helpless adult, or a pet
the bottom of the mirror. See your The vehicle aerodynamics are
alone in a vehicle, especially with
dealer for more information about designed to improve fuel economy
OnStar and how to subscribe to it. the windows closed in warm or
performance. This may result in a
See the OnStar Owner's Guide for hot weather.
pulsing sound when either rear
more information about the services window is down and the front
OnStar provides. windows are up. To reduce the
sound, open either a front window
Cleaning the Mirror or the sunroof (if equipped).
Do not spray glass cleaner directly
on the mirror. Use a soft towel
dampened with water.
Power Windows The switches work when the ignition

is in ON/RUN, ACC/ACCESSORY,
or in Retained Accessory Power
{ WARNING (RAP). See Retained Accessory
Leaving children in a vehicle with Power (RAP) on page 9‑21.
the keys is dangerous for many Express Window Operation
reasons. Children or others could
Your vehicle may have windows
be badly injured or even killed.
with an express-up or down feature.
They could operate the power
This feature allows the window to be
windows or other controls or even lowered or raised without holding
make the vehicle move. The the switch. Passenger side and rear
windows will function and they windows only have express down.
could be seriously injured or killed The power window switches on the
Pull a window switch up or push it
if caught in the path of a closing driver door control all four windows.
down all the way, release it, and the
window. Do not leave keys in a The passenger doors have a
window goes down or up
vehicle with children. window switch that controls that
automatically. Stop the window by
window. Push the switch down to
When there are children in the pushing or pulling the switch.
open the window. Pull the front of
rear seat use the window lockout the switch up to close it.
button to prevent unintentional
operation of the windows.
Obstacle Detection Feature the switch from the partially pulled To program each front window,
up position will cause the window to follow these steps:
If equipped with express-up, and an
stop. Release of the switch from the 1. With the ignition in ACC/
object is in the path of the window
fully pulled up position will activate ACCESSORY or ON/RUN,
when closing, the window will stop
the express-up and related obstacle or when Retained Accessory
at the obstruction and auto-reverse
detection features. Power (RAP) is active, close all
to a preset factory position. Weather
conditions such as severe cold and/ Programming the Power doors.
or ice may also cause the window to Windows 2. Press and hold the power
auto-reverse. The window will return window switch until the window
to normal operation once the If the battery on the vehicle has
been recharged, disconnected, or is is fully open.
obstruction or condition is removed.
not working, you will need to 3. Pull the power window switch up
If conditions prevent the window reprogram each front power window until the window is fully closed.
from closing and the window for the express-up feature to work.
continues to auto-reverse, it is 4. Continue holding the switch up
Before reprogramming, replace or
possible to close the window with for approximately two seconds
recharge the vehicle's battery.
the ignition in ON/RUN by holding after the window is completely
the window switch in the partially or closed.
fully pulled up position. Release of The window is now reprogrammed.
Repeat the process for the other
windows.
Window Lockout can still be raised or lowered using Sun Visors

the driver window switches when
the lockout feature is active. To
restore power to the rear windows,
press the button again. The light on
the button goes out. If the light
flashes, the feature may not be
working properly.
Overload Feature
If the windows are operated
repeatedly in short intervals, the
window operation is disabled for a
short time.
The rear window lockout button v Pull the sun visor down to block
is on the driver door. Press the glare. Detach the sun visor from the
button to disable the rear window center mount to pivot to the side
controls and turn on the rear door window, or to extend along the rod
power safety locks. The light on the if, available.
button comes on indicating the
feature is in use. The rear windows
Roof To open or close the sunroof, press

the open or close sunroof switch (A)
to the first detent position.
Sunroof
To express open or close the
sunroof with the safety function
enabled, press the open or close
sunroof switch (A) to the second
detent position and release. To stop
the movement, press the switch
again.
To automatically tilt or close the
sunroof, press the tilt open or close
sunroof switch (B). Dirt and debris may collect on the
sunroof seal or in the track. This
If an object is in the path of the could cause an issue with sunroof
sunroof while it is closing, the operation, noise, or plugging the
anti-pinch feature will detect the water drainage system. Periodically
On vehicles with a sunroof, the object and stop the sunroof. open the sunroof and remove any
switches are on the overhead The sunroof glass panel cannot be obstacles or loose debris. Wipe the
console. opened or closed if the vehicle has sunroof seal and roof sealing area
The sunroof only operates when the an electrical failure. using a clean cloth, mild soap, and
ignition is in ON/RUN or ACC/ water. Do not remove grease from
ACCESSORY. the sunroof.
Sunshade To initialize the sunroof:

The sunshade is manually operated. 1. Press the close sunroof switch
Close or open the sunshade by to the first detent position. Hold
sliding. When the sunroof is the switch in this position for
opened, the sunshade is 10 seconds after the sunroof has
always open. fully closed.
Safety Function 2. Press the open sunroof switch to
the first detent position. Release
If the sunroof has any resistance the switch when the sunroof is
during automatic closing, it will fully opened.
immediately stop and reverse.
3. Press the open sunroof switch to
To override the safety function, the first detent position and hold
press and hold the close sunroof for 10 seconds. The sunroof will
switch. The sunroof closes without automatically close. The switch
safety function. To stop the can be released when the
movement, release the switch. sunroof stops.
Initializing the Sunroof
If the sunroof cannot be fully closed,
or the express open or close feature
does not function, the sunroof may
need to be initialized. This can
happen if the battery has been
disconnected or the sunroof has
been serviced.
Seats and Restraints 3-1
Seats and Airbag System

Airbag System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-25
Lower Anchors and Tethers
for Children (LATCH
Restraints Where Are the Airbags? . . . . . 3-27
When Should an Airbag
System) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Replacing LATCH System
3-49
Inflate? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-29 Parts After a Crash . . . . . . . . . 3-56

Head Restraints What Makes an Airbag Securing Child Restraints
Head Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2 Inflate? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-30 (Rear Seat) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-56
How Does an Airbag Securing Child Restraints
Front Seats Restrain? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-31 (Front Passenger Seat) . . . . 3-58
Seat Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3 What Will You See After an
Power Seat Adjustment . . . . . . . 3-4 Airbag Inflates? . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-31
Reclining Seatbacks . . . . . . . . . . 3-5 Passenger Sensing
Heated Front Seats . . . . . . . . . . . 3-7 System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-33
Servicing the Airbag-Equipped
Rear Seats Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-38
Rear Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-8 Adding Equipment to the
Safety Belts Airbag-Equipped Vehicle . . . 3-38
Safety Belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-9 Airbag System Check . . . . . . . . 3-39
How to Wear Safety Belts Replacing Airbag System
Properly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-13 Parts After a Crash . . . . . . . . . 3-40
Lap-Shoulder Belt . . . . . . . . . . . 3-18 Child Restraints
Safety Belt Use During Older Children . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-40
Pregnancy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-23 Infants and Young
Safety Belt Extender . . . . . . . . . 3-23 Children . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-43
Safety System Check . . . . . . . . 3-23 Child Restraint Systems . . . . . 3-45
Safety Belt Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-24 Where to Put the Restraint . . . 3-47
Replacing Safety Belt System
Parts After a Crash . . . . . . . . . 3-24
3-2 Seats and Restraints
Head Restraints
The vehicle's front and rear seats
have adjustable head restraints in
the outboard seating positions.
{ WARNING
With head restraints that are not
installed and adjusted properly,
there is a greater chance that
occupants will suffer a neck/
spinal injury in a crash. Do not Adjust the head restraint so that the The height of the head restraint can
drive until the head restraints for top of the restraint is at the same be adjusted. Pull the head restraint
all occupants are installed and height as the top of the occupant's up to raise it. Try to move the head
adjusted properly. head. This position reduces the restraint to make sure that it is
chance of a neck injury in a crash. locked in place.
To lower the head restraint, press
the button, located on the top of the
seatback, and push the head
restraint down. Try to move the
head restraint after the button is
released to make sure that it is
locked in place.
The vehicle's rear seat may be Front Seats

equipped with an adjustable
headrest in the center seating
position that can be adjusted the Seat Adjustment
same way as the head restraints.
The front seat outboard head { WARNING
restraints and the center seat rear You can lose control of the
headrest, if equipped, are not vehicle if you try to adjust a
designed to be removed.
manual driver seat while the
If you are installing a child restraint vehicle is moving. The sudden
in the rear seat, see “Securing a movement could startle and
Child Restraint Designed for the confuse you, or make you push a
LATCH System” under Lower To adjust a manual seat:
pedal when you do not want to.
Anchors and Tethers for Children Adjust the driver seat only when 1. Pull the handle at the front of
(LATCH System) on page 3‑49. the vehicle is not moving. the seat.
2. Slide the seat to the desired
position and release the handle.
3. Try to move the seat back and
forth to be sure it is locked in
place.
Seat Height Adjuster Seat Cushion Tilt Feature Power Seat Adjustment
If available, move the lever up or If available, move the lever up or To adjust the power driver seat,
down to manually raise or lower down to raise or lower the front of if equipped:
the seat. the seat cushion. . Move the seat forward or
rearward by sliding the control
forward or rearward.
. Raise or lower the front part of
the seat cushion by moving the
front of the control up or down.
. Raise or lower the entire seat by
moving the rear of the control up
or down.
To adjust the seatback, see

Reclining Seatbacks on page 3‑5 for { WARNING
more information.
If either seatback is not locked, it
could move forward in a sudden
Reclining Seatbacks stop or crash. That could cause
injury to the person sitting there.
{ WARNING Always push and pull on the
seatbacks to be sure they are
You can lose control of the
locked.
vehicle if you try to adjust a
manual driver seat while the
vehicle is moving. The sudden
movement could startle and To recline the seatback:
confuse you, or make you push a
1. Lift the lever.
pedal when you do not want to.
Adjust the driver seat only when If necessary, move the safety
the vehicle is not moving. belt out of the way to access the
lever.
2. Move the seatback to the
desired position, then release
the lever to lock the seatback in
place.
To return the seatback to an upright

position: WARNING (Continued)
1. Lift the lever fully without The lap belt cannot do its job
applying pressure to the either. In a crash, the belt could
seatback, and the seatback go up over your abdomen. The
returns to the upright position. belt forces would be there, not at
2. Push and pull on the seatback to your pelvic bones. This could
make sure it is locked. cause serious internal injuries.
For proper protection when the
{ WARNING vehicle is in motion, have the
seatback upright. Then sit well
Sitting in a reclined position when
back in the seat and wear the Do not have a seatback reclined if
the vehicle is in motion can be
safety belt properly. the vehicle is moving.
dangerous. Even when buckled
up, the safety belts cannot do
their job when reclined like this.
The shoulder belt cannot do its
job because it will not be against
your body. Instead, it will be in
front of you. In a crash, you could
go into it, receiving neck or other
injuries.
(Continued)
Heated Front Seats The passenger seat may take

longer to heat up.
{ WARNING Remote Start Heated Seats
If you cannot feel temperature When it is cold outside, the heated

seats can be turned on
change or pain to the skin, the
automatically during a remote
seat heater may cause burns
vehicle start. The heated seats will
even at low temperatures. To be canceled when the ignition is
reduce the risk of burns, people turned on. Press the control to use
with such a condition should use the heated seats after the vehicle is
care when using the seat heater, started.
especially for long periods of
time. Do not place anything on On vehicles with heated front seats, The heated seat indicator lights on
the seat that insulates against the controls are on the center the control do not turn on during a
console. The engine must be remote start.
heat, such as a blanket, cushion,
cover or similar item. This may running to operate the heated seats. The temperature performance of an
cause the seat heater to Press L or M to heat the driver or unoccupied seat may be reduced.
overheat. An overheated seat This is normal.
passenger seat cushion and
heater may cause a burn or may seatback. The heated seats will not turn on
damage the seat. during a remote start unless the
Press the control once for the
heated seat feature is enabled in
highest setting. With each press of
the vehicle personalization menu.
the control, the heated seat will
See Remote Vehicle Start on
change to the next lower setting,
page 2‑5 and “Remote Start Auto
and then the off setting. Three lights
Heat Seats” under Vehicle
indicate the highest setting and one
Personalization on page 5‑34 for
light the lowest.
more information.
Rear Seats To raise the seatback:
Either side of the rear seatback can

be folded.
{ WARNING
To fold the rear seatbacks: A safety belt that is improperly
routed, not properly attached,
Notice: Folding a rear seat with or twisted will not provide the
the safety belts still fastened may
protection needed in a crash. The
cause damage to the seat or the
person wearing the belt could be
safety belts. Always unbuckle the
safety belts and return them to seriously injured. After raising the
their normal stowed position rear seatback, always check to be
before folding a rear seat. sure that the safety belts are
2. Make sure the safety belt is in properly routed and attached, and
1. Unbuckle the rear safety belts the guide on top of the seatback. are not twisted.
and put the front seatback in an Then, reach under the safety
upright position. belt and pull the lever to release
1. Make sure the safety belt is in
the seatback.
the guide on the top of the
3. Fold the seatback forward. seatback.
2. Lift the seatback up and push it
rearward until it clicks. Keep the
safety belts clear of the seatback
and untwisted.
The center rear safety belt may
lock when you raise the
seatback. If this happens, let the
belt go back all the way and
start again.
The seatback is engaged when Safety Belts

the red marks near the release { WARNING
lever are not visible. This section of the manual
describes how to use safety belts It is extremely dangerous to ride
in a cargo area, inside or outside
{ WARNING properly. It also describes some
things not to do with safety belts. of a vehicle. In a collision, people
If the seatback is not locked, it riding in these areas are more
could move forward in a sudden { WARNING likely to be seriously injured or
killed. Do not allow people to ride
stop or crash. That could cause
injury to the person sitting there. Do not let anyone ride where a in any area of your vehicle that is
Always pull forward on the top of safety belt cannot be worn not equipped with seats and
the seatback at the area of the properly. In a crash, if you or your safety belts. Be sure everyone in
latch to be sure it is locked. passenger(s) are not wearing your vehicle is in a seat and using
safety belts, the injuries can be a safety belt properly.
much worse. You can hit things
3. Push and pull on the seatback to inside the vehicle harder or be
make sure it is locked in place. This vehicle has indicators as a
ejected from the vehicle. You and reminder to buckle the safety belts.
Keep the seat in the upright locked your passenger(s) can be See Safety Belt Reminders on
position when not in use. seriously injured or killed. In the page 5‑10 for additional information.
same crash, you might not be,
In most states and in all Canadian
if you are buckled up. Always provinces, the law requires wearing
fasten your safety belt, and check safety belts. Here is why:
that your passenger(s) are
restrained properly too. You never know if you will be in a
crash. If you do have a crash, you
do not know if it will be a
serious one.
A few crashes are mild, and some Why Safety Belts Work
crashes can be so serious that even
When you ride in or on anything,
buckled up, a person would not
you go as fast as it goes.
survive. But most crashes are in
between. In many of them, people
who buckle up can survive and
sometimes walk away. Without
safety belts they could have been
badly hurt or killed.
After more than 40 years of safety
belts in vehicles, the facts are clear.
In most crashes buckling up does
matter ... a lot! Put someone on it.
Take the simplest vehicle. Suppose

it is just a seat on wheels.
Get it up to speed. Then stop the The person keeps going until or the instrument panel...
vehicle. The rider does not stop. stopped by something. In a real
vehicle, it could be the windshield...
or the safety belts!

With safety belts, you slow down as Q: If my vehicle has airbags, why Q: If I am a good driver, and I
the vehicle does. You get more time should I have to wear safety never drive far from home,
to stop. You stop over more belts? why should I wear safety
distance, and your strongest bones A: Airbags are supplemental belts?
take the forces. That is why safety systems only; so they work with A: You may be an excellent driver,
belts make such good sense. safety belts — not instead of but if you are in a crash — even
Questions and Answers About them. Whether or not an airbag one that is not your fault — you
Safety Belts is provided, all occupants still and your passenger(s) can be
have to buckle up to get the hurt. Being a good driver does
Q: Will I be trapped in the vehicle most protection. That is true not not protect you from things
after a crash if I am wearing a only in frontal collisions, but beyond your control, such as
safety belt? especially in side and other bad drivers.
A: You could be — whether you are collisions. Most accidents occur within
wearing a safety belt or not. But 40 km (25 miles) of home. And
your chance of being conscious the greatest number of serious
during and after an accident, so injuries and deaths occur at
you can unbuckle and get out, is speeds of less than
much greater if you are belted. 65 km/h (40 mph).
And you can unbuckle a safety Safety belts are for everyone.
belt, even if you are
upside down.
How to Wear Safety Belts First, before you or your to slide under the lap belt. If you slid
passenger(s) wear a safety belt, under it, the belt would apply force
Properly there is important information you on your abdomen. This could cause
This section is only for people of should know. serious or even fatal injuries. The
adult size. shoulder belt should go over the
shoulder and across the chest.
Be aware that there are special
These parts of the body are best
things to know about safety belts
able to take belt restraining forces.
and children. And there are different
rules for smaller children and The shoulder belt locks if there is a
infants. If a child will be riding in the sudden stop or crash.
vehicle, see Older Children on
page 3‑40 or Infants and Young
Children on page 3‑43. Follow those
rules for everyone's protection.
It is very important for all occupants
to buckle up. Statistics show that
unbelted people are hurt more often
in crashes than those who are Sit up straight and always keep your
wearing safety belts. feet on the floor in front of you. The
lap part of the belt should be worn
Occupants who are not buckled up low and snug on the hips, just
can be thrown out of the vehicle in a touching the thighs. In a crash, this
crash. And they can strike others in applies force to the strong pelvic
the vehicle who are wearing safety bones and you would be less likely
belts.
Q: What is wrong with this? Q: What is wrong with this?

{ WARNING
You can be seriously hurt if the
shoulder belt is too loose. In a
crash, you would move forward
too much, which could increase
injury. The shoulder belt should fit
snugly against your body.
A: The shoulder belt is too loose. A: The lap belt is too loose. It will
It will not give as much not give nearly as much
protection this way. protection this way.
Q: What is wrong with this?

{ WARNING { WARNING
You can be seriously hurt if the You can be seriously injured if the
lap belt is too loose. In a crash, belt is buckled in the wrong place
you could slide under the lap belt like this. In a crash, the belt would
and apply force on your go up over your abdomen. The
abdomen. This could cause belt forces would be there, not on
serious or even fatal injuries. The the pelvic bones. This could
lap belt should be worn low and cause serious internal injuries.
snug on the hips, just touching Always buckle the belt into the
the thighs. buckle nearest you.
A: The belt is buckled in the wrong

buckle.
Q: What is wrong with this? Q: What is wrong with this?

{ WARNING
You can be seriously injured if the
belt goes over an armrest like
this. The belt would be much too
high. In a crash, you can slide
under the belt. The belt force
would then be applied on the
abdomen, not on the pelvic
bones, and that could cause
serious or fatal injuries. Be sure
the belt goes under the armrests.
A: The belt is over an armrest. A: The shoulder belt is worn under

the arm. It should be worn over
the shoulder at all times.

{ WARNING { WARNING
You can be seriously injured if You can be seriously injured by
you wear the shoulder belt under not wearing the lap-shoulder belt
your arm. In a crash, your body properly. In a crash, you would
would move too far forward, not be restrained by the shoulder
which would increase the chance belt. Your body could move too
of head and neck injury. Also, the far forward increasing the chance
belt would apply too much force of head and neck injury. You
to the ribs, which are not as might also slide under the lap
strong as shoulder bones. You belt. The belt force would then be
could also severely injure internal applied right on the abdomen.
organs like your liver or spleen. That could cause serious or fatal
The shoulder belt should go over A: The belt is behind the body. injuries. The shoulder belt should
the shoulder and across the go over the shoulder and across
chest. the chest.

{ WARNING
You can be seriously injured by a
twisted belt. In a crash, you would
not have the full width of the belt
to spread impact forces. If a belt
is twisted, make it straight so it
can work properly, or ask your
dealer to fix it.
Lap-Shoulder Belt
2. Pick up the latch plate and pull
All seating positions in the vehicle the belt across you. Do not let it
A: The belt is twisted across have a lap-shoulder belt. get twisted.
the body. The following instructions explain The lap-shoulder belt may lock if
how to wear a lap-shoulder belt you pull the belt across you very
properly. quickly. If this happens, let the
1. Adjust the seat, if the seat is belt go back slightly to unlock it.
adjustable, so you can sit up Then pull the belt across you
straight. To see how, see “Seats” more slowly.
in the Index. If the shoulder portion of a
passenger belt is pulled out all
the way, the child restraint
locking feature may be engaged.
If this happens, let the belt go
back all the way and start again.
If equipped with a shoulder belt

height adjuster, move it to the
height that is right for you. See
“Shoulder Belt Height Adjuster”
later in this section for
instructions on use and
important safety information.
3. Push the latch plate into the To unlatch the belt, push the button
buckle until it clicks. on the buckle. The belt should
Pull up on the latch plate to return to its stowed position.
make sure it is secure. If the belt Before a door is closed, be sure the
is not long enough, see Safety safety belt is out of the way. If a
Belt Extender on page 3‑23. door is slammed against a safety
Position the release button on belt, damage can occur to both the
the buckle so that the safety belt safety belt and the vehicle.
4. To make the lap part tight, pull
could be quickly unbuckled if up on the shoulder belt.
necessary.
Shoulder Belt Height Adjuster Safety Belt Pretensioners

The vehicle has a shoulder belt This vehicle has safety belt
height adjuster for the driver and pretensioners for front outboard
right front passenger seating occupants. Although the safety belt
positions. pretensioners cannot be seen, they
Adjust the guide so the shoulder are part of the safety belt assembly.
portion of the belt is on the shoulder They can help tighten the safety
and not falling off of it. The belt belts during the early stages of a
should be close to, but not moderate to severe frontal and near
contacting, the neck. Improper frontal crash if the threshold
shoulder belt height adjustment conditions for pretensioner
could reduce the effectiveness of activation are met.
the safety belt in a crash. See How Press the release button (A) and Pretensioners work only once. If the
to Wear Safety Belts Properly on move the height adjuster to the pretensioners activate in a crash,
page 3‑13. desired position. The adjuster can they will need to be replaced, and
be moved up by pushing the slide/ probably other new parts for the
trim up. After the adjuster is set to vehicle's safety belt system. See
the desired position, try to move it Replacing Safety Belt System Parts
down without pushing the release After a Crash on page 3‑24.
button to make sure it has locked
into position.
Rear Safety Belt Comfort There is one guide, if equipped, for

Guides each outboard passenger position in
the rear seat. To install a comfort
This vehicle may have rear shoulder guide to the safety belt:
belt comfort guides. If not, they are
available through the dealer. The
guides may provide added safety
belt comfort for older children who
have outgrown booster seats and
for some adults. When installed and
properly adjusted, the comfort guide
positions the belt away from the
neck and head.
2. Place the guide over the belt,
and insert the two edges of the
belt into the slots of the guide.
1. Remove the guide from its

storage pocket on the side of
the seat.
{ WARNING
A safety belt that is not properly
worn may not provide the
protection needed in a crash. The
person wearing the belt could be
seriously injured. The shoulder
belt should go over the shoulder
and across the chest. These parts
of the body are best able to take
belt restraining forces.
3. Be sure that the belt is not 4. Buckle, position, and release the
twisted and it lies flat. The safety belt as described
elastic cord must be under the previously in this section. Make
belt and the guide on top. sure the shoulder portion of the
belt is on the shoulder and not
falling off of it. The belt should
be close to, but not contacting,
the neck.
5. To remove and store the comfort
guide, squeeze the belt edges
together so that the safety belt
can be removed from the guide.
Store the guide in its storage
pocket on the seatback.
Safety Belt Use During The best way to protect the fetus is Safety System Check
to protect the mother. When a safety
Pregnancy belt is worn properly, it is more likely Now and then, check that the safety
Safety belts work for everyone, that the fetus will not be hurt in a belt reminder light, safety belts,
including pregnant women. Like all crash. For pregnant women, as for buckles, latch plates, retractors, and
occupants, they are more likely to anyone, the key to making safety anchorages are working properly.
be seriously injured if they do not belts effective is wearing them Look for any other loose or
wear safety belts. properly. damaged safety belt system parts
that might keep a safety belt system
Safety Belt Extender from doing its job. See your dealer
to have it repaired. Torn or frayed
If the vehicle's safety belt will fasten safety belts may not protect you in a
around you, you should use it. crash. They can rip apart under
But if a safety belt is not long impact forces. If a belt is torn or
enough, your dealer will order you frayed, get a new one right away.
an extender. When you go in to Make sure the safety belt reminder
order it, take the heaviest coat you light is working. See Safety Belt
will wear, so the extender will be Reminders on page 5‑10 for more
long enough for you. To help avoid information.
personal injury, do not let someone
Keep safety belts clean and dry.
else use it, and use it only for the
See Safety Belt Care on page 3‑24.
seat it is made to fit. The extender
A pregnant woman should wear a has been designed for adults. Never
lap-shoulder belt, and the lap use it for securing child seats. To
portion should be worn as low as wear it, attach it to the regular safety
possible, below the rounding, belt. For more information, see the
throughout the pregnancy. instruction sheet that comes with
the extender.
Safety Belt Care Replacing Safety Belt After a minor crash, replacement of
safety belts may not be necessary.
Keep belts clean and dry. System Parts After a But the safety belt assemblies that
Crash were used during any crash may
{ WARNING have been stressed or damaged.
Do not bleach or dye safety belts.

{ WARNING See your dealer to have the safety
belt assemblies inspected or
It may severely weaken them. In A crash can damage the safety replaced.
a crash, they might not be able to belt system in the vehicle. New parts and repairs may be
provide adequate protection. A damaged safety belt system necessary even if the safety belt
Clean safety belts only with mild may not properly protect the system was not being used at the
soap and lukewarm water. person using it, resulting in time of the crash.
serious injury or even death in a
Have the safety belt pretensioners
crash. To help make sure the
checked if the vehicle has been in a
safety belt systems are working
crash, or if the airbag readiness light
properly after a crash, have them stays on after you start the vehicle
inspected and any necessary or while you are driving. See Airbag
replacements made as soon as Readiness Light on page 5‑11.
possible.

. A roof-rail airbag for the driver
Airbag System and the passenger seated
With knee airbags, the word
AIRBAG will appear on the lower
The vehicle has the following directly behind the driver. portion of the instrument panel.
airbags: . A roof-rail airbag for the right With seat-mounted side impact
. A frontal airbag for the driver. front passenger and the airbags, the word AIRBAG will
passenger seated directly appear on the side of the seatback
. A frontal airbag for the right front behind the right front passenger.
passenger. closest to the door.
All of the airbags in the vehicle will With roof-rail airbags, the word
. A knee airbag for the driver. have the word AIRBAG embossed AIRBAG will appear along the
. A knee airbag for the right front in the trim or on an attached label headliner or trim.
passenger. near the deployment opening.
Airbags are designed to supplement
. A seat-mounted side impact For frontal airbags, the word the protection provided by safety
airbag for the driver and the AIRBAG will appear on the middle belts. Even though today's airbags
passenger seated directly part of the steering wheel for the are also designed to help reduce
behind the driver. driver and on the instrument panel the risk of injury from the force of an
for the right front passenger. inflating bag, all airbags must inflate
. A seat-mounted side impact
airbag for the right front very quickly to do their job.
passenger and the passenger
seated directly behind the right
front passenger.
Here are the most important things

to know about the airbag system: { WARNING { WARNING
Airbags inflate with great force, Children who are up against,
{ WARNING faster than the blink of an eye. or very close to, any airbag
You can be severely injured or Anyone who is up against, or very when it inflates can be seriously
killed in a crash if you are not close to, any airbag when it injured or killed. Airbags plus
wearing a safety belt — even if inflates can be seriously injured lap-shoulder belts offer protection
the vehicle has airbags. Airbags or killed. Do not sit unnecessarily for adults and older children, but
are designed to work with safety close to the airbag, as you would not for young children and infants.
belts, but do not replace them. be if you were sitting on the edge Neither the vehicle's safety belt
Also, airbags are not designed to of the seat or leaning forward. system nor its airbag system is
deploy in every crash. In some Safety belts help keep you in designed for them. Young
crashes safety belts are the only position before and during a children and infants need the
restraint. See When Should an crash. Always wear a safety belt, protection that a child restraint
Airbag Inflate? on page 3‑29. even with airbags. The driver system can provide. Always
should sit as far back as possible secure children properly in the
Wearing a safety belt during a while still maintaining control of vehicle. To read how, see Older
crash helps reduce your chance the vehicle. Children on page 3‑40 or Infants
of hitting things inside the vehicle and Young Children on
or being ejected from it. Airbags Occupants should not lean on or
sleep against the door or side page 3‑43.
are “supplemental restraints” to
the safety belts. Everyone in the windows in seating positions with
vehicle should wear a safety belt seat-mounted side impact airbags
properly — whether or not there is and/or roof-rail airbags.
an airbag for that person.
Where Are the Airbags?
There is an airbag readiness light

on the instrument panel cluster,
which shows the airbag symbol. The
system checks the airbag electrical
system for malfunctions. The light
tells you if there is an electrical
problem. See Airbag Readiness The driver knee airbag is below the
Light on page 5‑11 for more steering column. The front
information. passenger knee airbag is below the
The driver frontal airbag is in the glove box.
middle of the steering wheel.
The right front passenger frontal
airbag is in the instrument panel on
the passenger side.
WARNING (Continued)
or even death. The path of an
inflating airbag must be kept
clear. Do not put anything
between an occupant and an
airbag, and do not attach or put
anything on the steering wheel
hub or on or near any other
airbag covering.
Do not use seat accessories that
Driver Side Shown, Passenger Rear Seat Driver Side Shown, block the inflation path of a
Side Similar Passenger Side Similar seat-mounted side impact airbag.
The seat-mounted side impact The second row seat‐mounted side Never secure anything to the roof
airbags for the driver and right front impact airbags are in the sides of of a vehicle with roof-rail airbags
passenger are in the side of the the rear seatback closest to by routing a rope or tie down
seatbacks closest to the door. the door. through any door or window
The roof-rail airbags for the driver, opening. If you do, the path of an
right front passenger, and second { WARNING inflating roof-rail airbag will be
row outboard passengers are in the blocked.
ceiling above the side windows. If something is between an
occupant and an airbag, the
airbag might not inflate properly
or it might force the object into
that person causing severe injury
(Continued)
When Should an Airbag Frontal airbags may inflate at Frontal airbags are not intended to
different crash speeds. For inflate during vehicle rollovers, rear
Inflate? example: impacts, or in many side impacts.
Frontal airbags are designed to . If the vehicle hits a stationary In addition, the vehicle has
inflate in moderate to severe frontal object, the airbags could inflate dual-stage frontal airbags.
or near-frontal crashes to help at a different crash speed than if Dual-stage airbags adjust the
reduce the potential for severe the vehicle hits a moving object. restraint according to crash severity.
injuries mainly to the driver's or right
front passenger's head and chest. . If the vehicle hits an object that Frontal knee airbags are designed
However, they are only designed to deforms, the airbags could to inflate in moderate to severe
inflate if the impact exceeds a inflate at a different crash speed frontal or near frontal impacts that
predetermined deployment than if the vehicle hits an object exceed a predetermined
threshold. Deployment thresholds that does not deform. deployment threshold.
are used to predict how severe a . If the vehicle hits a narrow object The vehicle has electronic frontal
crash is likely to be in time for the (like a pole), the airbags could sensors, which help the sensing
airbags to inflate and help restrain inflate at a different crash speed system distinguish between a
the occupants. than if the vehicle hits a wide moderate frontal impact and a more
Whether the frontal airbags will or object (like a wall). severe frontal impact. For moderate
should deploy depends largely on . If the vehicle goes into an object frontal impacts, dual-stage airbags
what you hit, the direction of the at an angle, the airbags could inflate at a level less than full
impact, and how quickly your inflate at a different crash speed deployment. For more severe frontal
vehicle slows down. than if the vehicle goes straight impacts, full deployment occurs.
into the object.
Thresholds can also vary with
specific vehicle design.
The vehicle has seat-mounted side In any particular crash, no one can What Makes an Airbag
impact airbags and roof-rail airbags. say whether an airbag should have
See Airbag System on page 3‑25. inflated simply because of the
Inflate?
Seat-mounted side impact and damage to a vehicle or because of In a deployment event, the sensing
roof-rail airbags are intended to what the repair costs were. For system sends an electrical signal
inflate in moderate to severe side frontal airbags, inflation is triggering a release of gas from the
crashes. In addition, these roof‐rail determined by what the vehicle hits, inflator. Gas from the inflator fills the
airbags are intended to inflate the angle of the impact, and how airbag causing the bag to break out
during a rollover or in a severe quickly the vehicle slows down. For of the cover and deploy. The inflator,
frontal impact. Seat-mounted side seat-mounted side impact and the airbag, and related hardware are
impact and roof-rail airbags will roof-rail airbags, deployment is all part of the airbag module.
inflate if the crash severity is above determined by the location and
Frontal airbag modules are located
the system's designed threshold severity of the side impact.
inside the steering wheel and
level. The threshold level can vary In a rollover event, roof‐rail airbag instrument panel. For vehicles with
with specific vehicle design. deployment is determined by the knee airbags, there are airbag
Roof‐rail airbags are not intended to direction of the roll. modules below the steering column
inflate in rear impacts. and below the glove box. For
A seat-mounted side impact airbag vehicles with seat-mounted side
is intended to deploy on the side of impact airbags, there are airbag
the vehicle that is struck. Both roof‐ modules in the side of the
rail airbags will deploy when either seatbacks closest to the door. For
side of the vehicle is struck or if the vehicles with roof-rail airbags, there
sensing system predicts that the are airbag modules in the ceiling of
vehicle is about to roll over, or in a the vehicle, near the side windows
severe frontal impact. that have occupant seating
positions.
How Does an Airbag Rollover capable roof‐rail airbags What Will You See After
are designed to help contain the
Restrain? head an chest of occupants in the
an Airbag Inflates?
In moderate to severe frontal or outboard seating positions in the After the frontal airbags and
near frontal collisions, even belted first and second rows. The rollover seat-mounted side impact airbags
occupants can contact the steering capable roof‐rail airbags are inflate, they quickly deflate, so
wheel or the instrument panel. In designed to help reduce the risk of quickly that some people may not
moderate to severe side collisions, full or partial ejection in rollover even realize an airbag inflated.
even belted occupants can contact events, although no system can Roof-rail airbags may still be at least
the inside of the vehicle. prevent all such ejections. partially inflated for some time after
Airbags supplement the protection But airbags would not help in many they deploy. Some components of
provided by safety belts. Frontal types of collisions, primarily the airbag module may be hot for
airbags with knee airbags distribute because the occupant's motion is several minutes. For location of the
the force of the impact more evenly not toward those airbags. See When airbag modules, see What Makes
over the occupant's body, stopping Should an Airbag Inflate? on an Airbag Inflate? on page 3‑30.
the occupant more gradually. page 3‑29 for more information.
Seat-mounted side impact and Airbags should never be regarded
roof-rail airbags distribute the force as anything more than a supplement
of the impact more evenly over the to safety belts.
occupant's upper body.
The parts of the airbag that come

into contact with you may be warm, WARNING (Continued) { WARNING
but not too hot to touch. There may
be some smoke and dust coming problems following an airbag A crash severe enough to inflate
from the vents in the deflated deployment, you should seek the airbags may have also
airbags. Airbag inflation does not medical attention. damaged important functions in
prevent the driver from seeing out of the vehicle, such as the fuel
the windshield or being able to steer The vehicle has a feature that may system, brake and steering
the vehicle, nor does it prevent automatically unlock the doors, turn systems, etc. Even if the vehicle
people from leaving the vehicle. on the interior lamps, turn on the appears to be drivable after a
hazard warning flashers, and shut moderate crash, there may be
{ WARNING off the fuel system after the airbags concealed damage that could
make it difficult to safely operate
inflate. You can lock the doors, turn
When an airbag inflates, there off the interior lamps, and turn off the vehicle.
may be dust in the air. This dust the hazard warning flashers by Use caution if you should attempt
could cause breathing problems using the controls for those to restart the engine after a crash
for people with a history of features.
has occurred.
asthma or other breathing trouble.
To avoid this, everyone in the
vehicle should get out as soon as
it is safe to do so. If you have
breathing problems but cannot
get out of the vehicle after an
airbag inflates, then get fresh air
by opening a window or a door.
If you experience breathing
(Continued)
In many crashes severe enough to

. Let only qualified technicians
inflate the airbag, windshields are work on the airbag systems.
broken by vehicle deformation. Improper service can mean that
Additional windshield breakage may an airbag system will not work
also occur from the right front properly. See your dealer for
passenger airbag. service.
. Airbags are designed to inflate United States
only once. After an airbag
Passenger Sensing
inflates, you will need some new System
parts for the airbag system. The vehicle has a passenger
If you do not get them, the sensing system for the right front
airbag system will not be there passenger position. The passenger
to help protect you in another airbag status indicator will be visible
crash. A new system will include on the instrument panel when the
airbag modules and possibly Canada
vehicle is started.
other parts. The service manual The words ON and OFF, or the
for your vehicle covers the need symbol for on and off, will be visible
to replace other parts. during the system check. If you are
. The vehicle has a crash sensing using remote start, if equipped, to
and diagnostic module which start the vehicle from a distance,
records information after a you may not see the system check.
crash. See Vehicle Data When the system check is
Recording and Privacy on complete, either the word ON or
page 13‑14 and Event Data OFF, or the symbol for on or off, will
Recorders on page 13‑15. be visible. See Passenger Airbag
Status Indicator on page 5‑12.
The passenger sensing system We recommend that children be

turns off the right front passenger secured in a rear seat, including: an WARNING (Continued)
frontal airbag and passenger knee infant or a child riding in a
airbag, under certain conditions. rear-facing child restraint; a child passenger airbag inflates and the
The driver airbag, driver knee riding in a forward-facing child seat; passenger seat is in a forward
airbag, seat‐mounted side impact an older child riding in a booster position.
airbags, and roof‐rail airbags are not seat; and children, who are large Even if the passenger sensing
affected by the passenger sensing enough, using safety belts. system has turned off the right
system. A label on the sun visor says, front passenger frontal airbag(s),
The passenger sensing system “Never put a rear-facing child seat in no system is fail-safe. No one can
works with sensors that are part of the front.” This is because the risk to guarantee that an airbag will not
the right front passenger seat. The the rear-facing child is so great, deploy under some unusual
sensors are designed to detect the if the airbag deploys. circumstance, even though the
presence of a properly seated airbag(s) are off.
occupant and determine if the right
front passenger frontal airbag and
{ WARNING Secure rear-facing child restraints
passenger knee airbag should be in a rear seat, even if the
A child in a rear-facing child
enabled (may inflate) or not. airbag(s) are off. If you secure a
restraint can be seriously injured
forward-facing child restraint in
According to accident statistics, or killed if the right front
the right front seat, always move
children are safer when properly passenger airbag inflates. This is
the front passenger seat as far
secured in a rear seat in the correct because the back of the
back as it will go. It is better to
child restraint for their weight rear-facing child restraint would
secure the child restraint in a
and size. be very close to the inflating
rear seat.
airbag. A child in a forward-facing
child restraint can be seriously
injured or killed if the right front
(Continued)
The passenger sensing system is When the passenger sensing Everyone in the vehicle who
designed to turn off the right front system has turned off the right front has outgrown child restraints
passenger frontal airbag and passenger frontal airbag and should wear a safety belt
passenger knee airbag if: passenger knee airbag, the off properly — whether or not there is
. The right front passenger seat is indicator will light and stay lit to an airbag for that person.
unoccupied. remind you that the airbags are off.
. The system determines that an
See Passenger Airbag Status
Indicator on page 5‑12.
{ WARNING
infant is present in a rear-facing If the airbag readiness light ever
infant seat. The passenger sensing system is
designed to turn on (may inflate) the comes on and stays on, it means
. The system determines that a right front passenger frontal airbag that something may be wrong
small child is present in a child and passenger knee airbag anytime with the airbag system. To help
restraint. the system senses that a person of avoid injury to yourself or others,
. The system determines that a adult size is sitting properly in the have the vehicle serviced right
small child is present in a right front passenger seat. When the away. See Airbag Readiness
booster seat. passenger sensing system has Light on page 5‑11 for more
allowed the airbag to be enabled, information, including important
. A right front passenger takes the on indicator will light and stay lit safety information.
his/her weight off of the seat for to remind you that the airbags are
a period of time. active.
. The right front passenger seat is For some children who have
occupied by a smaller person, outgrown child restraints and for
such as a child who has very small adults, the passenger
outgrown child restraints. sensing system may or may not turn
. Or, if there is a critical problem off the right front passenger frontal
with the airbag system or the airbag and passenger knee airbag,
passenger sensing system. depending upon the person's
seating posture and body build.
If the On Indicator is Lit for a 5. If, after reinstalling the child If the Off Indicator is Lit for an
Child Restraint restraint and restarting the Adult-Size Occupant
vehicle, the on indicator is still lit,
If a child restraint has been installed turn the vehicle off. Then slightly
and the on indicator is lit: recline the vehicle seatback and
1. Turn the vehicle off. adjust the seat cushion,
if adjustable, to make sure that
2. Remove the child restraint from
the vehicle seatback is not
the vehicle.
pushing the child restraint into
3. Remove any additional items the seat cushion.
from the seat such as blankets,
6. Restart the vehicle.
cushions, seat covers, seat
heaters, or seat massagers. If the on indicator is still lit,
secure the child in the child
4. Reinstall the child restraint
restraint in a rear seat position in
following the directions provided
the vehicle, and check with your
by the child restraint
dealer. If a person of adult-size is sitting in
manufacturer and refer to
the right front passenger seat, but
Securing Child Restraints (Rear
the off indicator is lit, it could be
Seat) on page 3‑56 or Securing
because that person is not sitting
Child Restraints (Front
properly in the seat. If this happens,
Passenger Seat) on page 3‑58.
use the following steps to allow the Additional Factors Affecting

system to detect that person and System Operation { WARNING
enable the right front passenger
frontal airbag and passenger knee Safety belts help keep the Stowing of articles under the
airbag: passenger in position on the seat passenger seat or between the
during vehicle maneuvers and passenger seat cushion and
1. Turn the vehicle off. braking, which helps the passenger seatback may interfere with the
2. Remove any additional material sensing system maintain the proper operation of the passenger
from the seat, such as blankets, passenger airbag status. See sensing system.
cushions, seat covers, seat “Safety Belts” and “Child Restraints”
heaters, or seat massagers. in the Index for additional
information about the importance of
3. Place the seatback in the fully proper restraint use.
upright position.
A thick layer of additional material,
4. Have the person sit upright in such as a blanket or cushion,
the seat, centered on the seat or aftermarket equipment such as
cushion, with legs comfortably seat covers, seat heaters, and seat
extended. massagers can affect how well the
5. Restart the vehicle and have the passenger sensing system
person remain in this position for operates. We recommend that you
one minute after the on indicator not use seat covers or other
is lit. aftermarket equipment except when
approved by GM for your specific
vehicle. See Adding Equipment to
the Airbag-Equipped Vehicle on
page 3‑38 for more information
about modifications that can affect
how the system operates.
Servicing the WARNING (Continued)

sensors, or airbag wiring can
affect the operation of the airbag
Airbag-Equipped Vehicle system.
Airbags affect how the vehicle proper service procedures, and
make sure the person performing In addition, the vehicle has a
should be serviced. There are parts passenger sensing system for
of the airbag system in several work for you is qualified to do so.
the right front passenger
places around the vehicle. Your position, which includes sensors
dealer and the service manual have Adding Equipment to the that are part of the passenger
information about servicing the seat. The passenger sensing
vehicle and the airbag system. To Airbag-Equipped Vehicle system may not operate properly
purchase a service manual, see Q: Is there anything I might add if the original seat trim is
Service Publications Ordering to or change about the vehicle replaced with non-GM covers,
Information on page 13‑12. that could keep the airbags upholstery or trim, or with GM
from working properly? covers, upholstery or trim
{ WARNING A: Yes. If you add things that designed for a different vehicle.
change the vehicle's frame, Any object, such as an
For up to 10 seconds after the aftermarket seat heater or a
bumper system, height, front end
ignition is turned off and the comfort enhancing pad or
or side sheet metal, they may
battery is disconnected, an airbag keep the airbag system from device, installed under or on top
can still inflate during improper working properly. Changing or of the seat fabric, could also
service. You can be injured if you moving any parts of the front interfere with the operation of
are close to an airbag when it seats, safety belts, the airbag the passenger sensing system.
inflates. Avoid yellow connectors. sensing and diagnostic module,
They are probably part of the steering wheel, instrument
airbag system. Be sure to follow panel, roof-rail airbag modules,
(Continued) ceiling headliner or pillar garnish
trim, front sensors, side impact
This could either prevent proper Q: Because I have a disability, Airbag System Check
deployment of the passenger I have to get my vehicle
airbag(s) or prevent the modified. How can I find out The airbag system does not need
passenger sensing system from whether this will affect my regularly scheduled maintenance or
properly turning off the airbag system? replacement. Make sure the airbag
passenger airbag(s). See readiness light is working. See
A: If you have questions, call Airbag Readiness Light on
Passenger Sensing System on Customer Assistance. The
page 3‑33. page 5‑11 for more information.
phone numbers and addresses
If you have questions, call for Customer Assistance are in Notice: If an airbag covering is
Customer Assistance. The Step Two of the Customer damaged, opened, or broken, the
phone numbers and addresses Satisfaction Procedure in this airbag may not work properly. Do
for Customer Assistance are in manual. See Customer not open or break the airbag
Step Two of the Customer Satisfaction Procedure on coverings. If there are any
Satisfaction Procedure in this page 13‑1. opened or broken airbag covers,
manual. See Customer have the airbag covering and/or
Satisfaction Procedure on In addition, your dealer and the airbag module replaced. For the
page 13‑1. service manual have information location of the airbag modules,
about the location of the airbag see What Makes an Airbag
If the vehicle has rollover roof‐ sensors, sensing and diagnostic
rail airbags, see Different Size Inflate? on page 3‑30. See your
module and airbag wiring. dealer for service.
Tires and Wheels on page 10‑61
for additional important
information.
Replacing Airbag System If an airbag inflates, you will need to Child Restraints
replace airbag system parts. See
Parts After a Crash your dealer for service.
Older Children
If the airbag readiness light stays on
{ WARNING after the vehicle is started or comes
A crash can damage the on when you are driving, the airbag
airbag systems in the vehicle. system may not work properly. Have
A damaged airbag system may the vehicle serviced right away. See
Airbag Readiness Light on
not work properly and may
not protect you and your
passenger(s) in a crash, resulting
in serious injury or even death. To
help make sure the airbag
systems are working properly
after a crash, have them
inspected and any necessary
replacements made as soon as Older children who have outgrown
possible. booster seats should wear the
vehicle safety belts.
The manufacturer's instructions that

. Does the lap belt fit low and Also see “Rear Safety Belt Comfort
come with the booster seat state the snug on the hips, touching the Guides” under Lap-Shoulder Belt on
weight and height limitations for that thighs? If yes, continue. If no, page 3‑18.
booster. Use a booster seat with a return to the booster seat.
According to accident statistics,
lap-shoulder belt until the child . Can proper safety belt fit be children and infants are safer when
passes the fit test below: maintained for the length of the properly restrained in a child
. Sit all the way back on the seat. trip? If yes, continue. If no, restraint system or infant restraint
Do the knees bend at the seat return to the booster seat. system secured in a rear seating
edge? If yes, continue. If no, Q: What is the proper way to position.
return to the booster seat. wear safety belts?
. Buckle the lap-shoulder belt. A: An older child should wear a
Does the shoulder belt rest on lap-shoulder belt and get the
the shoulder? If yes, continue. additional restraint a shoulder
If no, try using the rear safety belt can provide. The shoulder
belt comfort guide. See “Rear belt should not cross the face or
Safety Belt Comfort Guides” neck. The lap belt should fit
under Lap-Shoulder Belt on snugly below the hips, just
page 3‑18 for more information. touching the top of the thighs.
If the shoulder belt still does not This applies belt force to the
rest on the shoulder, then return child's pelvic bones in a crash.
to the booster seat. It should never be worn over the
abdomen, which could cause
severe or even fatal internal
injuries in a crash.
In a crash, children who are not

buckled up can strike other people WARNING (Continued)
who are buckled up, or can be
thrown out of the vehicle. Older might also slide under the lap
children need to use safety belts belt. The belt force would then be
properly. applied right on the abdomen.
That could cause serious or fatal
injuries. The shoulder belt should
{ WARNING go over the shoulder and across
Never do this. the chest.
Never allow two children to wear
the same safety belt. The safety
belt can not properly spread the
impact forces. In a crash, the two
{ WARNING
children can be crushed together Never do this.
and seriously injured. A safety
belt must be used by only one Never allow a child to wear the
person at a time. safety belt with the shoulder belt
behind their back. A child can be
seriously injured by not wearing
the lap-shoulder belt properly. In a
crash, the child would not be
restrained by the shoulder belt.
The child could move too far
forward increasing the chance of
head and neck injury. The child
(Continued)
Infants and Young Airbags plus lap‐shoulder belts offer

WARNING (Continued)
protection for adults and older
Children children, but not for young children
Everyone in a vehicle needs and infants. Neither the vehicle's 110 kg (240 lb) force on a person's
protection! This includes infants and safety belt system nor its airbag arms. An infant should be
all other children. Neither the system is designed for them. Every secured in an appropriate
distance traveled nor the age and time infants and young children ride restraint.
size of the traveler changes the in vehicles, they should have the
need, for everyone, to use safety protection provided by appropriate
restraints. In fact, the law in every child restraints.
state in the United States and in Children who are not restrained
every Canadian province says properly can strike other people,
children up to some age must be or can be thrown out of the vehicle.
restrained while in a vehicle.
{ WARNING { WARNING
Never do this.
Children can be seriously injured
or strangled if a shoulder belt is Never hold an infant or a child
wrapped around their neck and while riding in a vehicle. Due to
the safety belt continues to crash forces, an infant or a child
tighten. Never leave children will become so heavy it is not
unattended in a vehicle and never possible to hold it during a crash.
allow children to play with the For example, in a crash at only
safety belts. 40 km/h (25 mph), a 5.5 kg (12 lb)
infant will suddenly become a
(Continued)
For most basic types of child

{ WARNING restraints, there are many
different models available. When
Never do this. purchasing a child restraint, be
Children who are up against, sure it is designed to be used in
or very close to, any airbag when a motor vehicle. If it is, the
it inflates can be seriously injured restraint will have a label saying
or killed. Never put a rear-facing that it meets federal motor
child restraint in the right front vehicle safety standards.
seat. Secure a rear-facing child The restraint manufacturer's
restraint in a rear seat. It is also instructions that come with the
better to secure a forward-facing restraint state the weight and
child restraint in a rear seat. If you Q: What are the different types of height limitations for a particular
must secure a forward-facing add-on child restraints? child restraint. In addition, there
child restraint in the right front are many kinds of restraints
A: Add-on child restraints, which
seat, always move the front available for children with
are purchased by the vehicle
passenger seat as far back as it special needs.
owner, are available in four basic
will go. types. Selection of a particular
restraint should take into
consideration not only the child's
weight, height, and age but also
whether or not the restraint will
be compatible with the motor
vehicle in which it will be used.
Child Restraint Systems

{ WARNING { WARNING
To reduce the risk of neck and A young child's hip bones are still
head injury during a crash, infants so small that the vehicle's regular
need complete support. This is safety belt may not remain low on
because an infant's neck is not the hip bones, as it should.
fully developed and its head Instead, it may settle up around
weighs so much compared with the child's abdomen. In a crash,
the rest of its body. In a crash, an the belt would apply force on a
infant in a rear-facing child body area that is unprotected by
restraint settles into the restraint, any bony structure. This alone
so the crash forces can be could cause serious or fatal
distributed across the strongest injuries. To reduce the risk of
part of an infant's body, the back serious or fatal injuries during a (A) Rear‐Facing Infant Seat
and shoulders. Infants should crash, young children should A rear-facing infant seat (A)
always be secured in rear-facing always be secured in appropriate provides restraint with the seating
child restraints. child restraints. surface against the back of the
infant.
The harness system holds the infant
in place and, in a crash, acts to
keep the infant positioned in the
restraint.
Securing an Add-On Child

Restraint in the Vehicle
{ WARNING
A child can be seriously injured or
killed in a crash if the child
restraint is not properly secured in
the vehicle. Secure the child
restraint properly in the vehicle
using the vehicle safety belt or
LATCH system, following the
(B) Forward-Facing Child Seat (C) Booster Seats instructions that came with that
A forward-facing child seat (B) A booster seat (C) is a child restraint child restraint and the instructions
provides restraint for the child's designed to improve the fit of the in this manual.
body with the harness. vehicle's safety belt system.
A booster seat can also help a child To help reduce the chance of injury,
to see out the window. the child restraint must be secured
in the vehicle. Child restraint
systems must be secured in vehicle
seats by lap belts or the lap belt
portion of a lap-shoulder belt, or by
the LATCH system. See Lower
Anchors and Tethers for Children
(LATCH System) on page 3‑49 for
more information. Children can be
endangered in a crash if the child In some areas, Certified Child Where to Put the
restraint is not properly secured in Passenger Safety Technicians
the vehicle. (CPSTs) are available to inspect
Restraint
When securing an add-on child and demonstrate how to correctly According to accident statistics,
restraint, refer to the instructions use and install child restraints. In children and infants are safer when
that come with the restraint which the U.S., refer to the National properly restrained in a child
may be on the restraint itself or in a Highway Traffic Safety restraint system or infant restraint
booklet, or both, and to this manual. Administration (NHTSA) website to system secured in a rear seating
The child restraint instructions are locate the nearest child safety seat position.
important, so if they are not inspection station. For CPST
We recommend that children and
available, obtain a replacement availability in Canada, check with
child restraints be secured in a rear
copy from the manufacturer. Transport Canada or the Provincial
seat, including: an infant or a child
Ministry of Transportation office.
Keep in mind that an unsecured riding in a rear-facing child restraint;
child restraint can move around in a Securing the Child Within the a child riding in a forward-facing
collision or sudden stop and injure Child Restraint child seat; an older child riding in a
people in the vehicle. Be sure to booster seat; and children, who are
large enough, using safety belts.
properly secure any child restraint in
the vehicle — even when no child is
{ WARNING
in it. A child can be seriously injured or
killed in a crash if the child is not
properly secured in the child
restraint. Secure the child
properly following the instructions
that came with that child restraint.
A label on the sun visor says, Child restraints and booster seats
“Never put a rear-facing child WARNING (Continued) vary considerably in size, and some
restraint in the front.” This is may fit in certain seating positions
because the risk to the rear-facing guarantee that an airbag will not better than others. Always make
child is so great if the airbag deploy under some unusual sure the child restraint is properly
deploys. circumstance, even though it is secured.
turned off.
Depending on where you place the
{ WARNING Secure rear-facing child restraints child restraint and the size of the
in a rear seat, even if the child restraint you may not be able
A child in a rear-facing child airbag is off. If you secure a to access adjacent safety belt
restraint can be seriously injured forward-facing child restraint in assemblies or LATCH anchors for
or killed if the right front the right front seat, always move additional passengers or child
passenger airbag inflates. This is the front passenger seat as far restraints. Adjacent seating
because the back of the back as it will go. It is better to positions should not be used if the
rear-facing child restraint would secure the child restraint in a child restraint prevents access to or
be very close to the inflating rear seat. interferes with the routing of the
airbag. A child in a forward-facing safety belt.
child restraint can be seriously See Passenger Sensing System
on page 3‑33 for additional Wherever a child restraint is
injured or killed if the right front installed, be sure to secure the child
passenger airbag inflates and the information.
restraint properly.
passenger seat is in a forward
position. When securing a child restraint in a Keep in mind that an unsecured
rear seating position, study the child restraint can move around in a
Even if the passenger sensing collision or sudden stop and injure
instructions that came with the child
system has turned off the right people in the vehicle. Be sure to
restraint to make sure it is
front passenger frontal airbag, no compatible with this vehicle. properly secure any child restraint in
system is fail-safe. No one can the vehicle — even when no child is
(Continued) in it.
Lower Anchors and In order to use the LATCH system in Lower Anchors
the vehicle, you need a child
Tethers for Children restraint that has LATCH
(LATCH System) attachments. The child restraint
The LATCH system holds a child manufacturer will provide you with
restraint during driving or in a crash. instructions on how to use the child
This system is designed to make restraint and its attachments. The
installation of a child restraint easier. following explains how to attach a
The LATCH system uses anchors in child restraint with these
the vehicle and attachments on the attachments in the vehicle.
child restraint that are made for use Not all vehicle seating positions or
with the LATCH system. child restraints have lower anchors Lower anchors (A) are metal bars
and attachments or top tether built into the vehicle. There are two
Make sure that a LATCH-compatible
anchors and attachments. lower anchors for each LATCH
child restraint is properly installed
seating position that will
using the anchors, or use the
accommodate a child restraint with
vehicle's safety belts to secure the
lower attachments (B).
restraint, following the instructions
that came with that restraint, and
also the instructions in this manual.
When installing a child restraint with
a top tether, you must also use
either the lower anchors or the
safety belts to properly secure the
child restraint. A child restraint must
never be installed using only the top
tether anchor.
Top Tether Anchor The child restraint may have a Lower Anchor and Top Tether
single tether (A) or a dual tether (C). Anchor Locations
Either will have a single
attachment (B) to secure the top
tether to the anchor.
Some child restraints that have a
top tether are designed for use with
or without the top tether being
attached. Others require the top
tether always to be attached. In
Canada, the law requires that
A top tether (A, C) anchors forward-facing child restraints have
the top of the child restraint to the a top tether, and that the tether be
vehicle. A top tether anchor is built attached. Be sure to read and follow
into the vehicle. The top tether the instructions for the child
attachment (B) on the child restraint Rear Seat
restraint.
connects to the top tether anchor in i (Top Tether Anchor): Seating
the vehicle in order to reduce the positions with top tether anchors.
forward movement and rotation of
the child restraint during driving or in
j (Lower Anchor): Seating
positions with two lower anchors.
a crash.
Do not secure a child restraint in a

position without a top tether anchor
if a national or local law requires
that the top tether be attached, or if
the instructions that come with the
child restraint say that the top tether
To assist you in locating the lower must be attached.
anchors, each rear anchor position According to accident statistics,
has a label, near the crease children and infants are safer when
between the seatback and the seat properly restrained in a child
cushion. restraint system or infant restraint
system secured in a rear seating
The top tether anchors are located position. See Where to Put the
under the covers, behind the rear Restraint on page 3‑47 for
seat, on the filler panel. Be sure to additional information.
use an anchor located on the same
side of the vehicle as the seating
position where the child restraint will
To assist you in locating the top be placed.
tether anchors, the top tether anchor
symbol is located on the cover.
Securing a Child Restraint Notice: Do not let the LATCH

Designed for the LATCH WARNING (Continued) attachments rub against the
System vehicle’s safety belts. This may
restraint to a single anchor could damage these parts. If necessary,
cause the anchor or attachment move buckled safety belts to
{ WARNING to come loose or even break avoid rubbing the LATCH
during a crash. A child or others attachments.
If a LATCH-type child restraint is could be injured. To reduce the
not attached to anchors, the child risk of serious or fatal injuries Do not fold the empty rear seat
restraint will not be able to protect with a safety belt buckled. This
during a crash, attach only one
the child correctly. In a crash, the could damage the safety belt or
child restraint per anchor.
child could be seriously injured or the seat. Unbuckle and return the
killed. Install a LATCH-type child safety belt to its stowed position,
restraint properly using the before folding the seat.
anchors, or use the vehicle safety { WARNING If you need to secure more than one
belts to secure the restraint, child restraint in the rear seat, see
following the instructions that Children can be seriously injured Where to Put the Restraint on
came with the child restraint and or strangled if a shoulder belt is page 3‑47 for additional information.
the instructions in this manual. wrapped around their neck and
the safety belt continues to Make sure to attach the child
restraint at the proper anchor
tighten. Buckle any unused safety
location.
belts behind the child restraint so
{ WARNING children cannot reach them. Pull This system is designed to make
the shoulder belt all the way out installation of child restraints easier.
Do not attach more than one child of the retractor to set the lock, When using lower anchors, do not
restraint to a single anchor. if your vehicle has one, after the use the vehicle's safety belts.
Attaching more than one child child restraint has been installed. Instead use the vehicle's anchors
(Continued) and child restraint attachments to
secure the restraints. Some Removal and 2.2. Route, attach, and tighten
restraints also use another vehicle Reinstallation” at the end of the top tether according to
anchor to secure a top tether. this section. the child restraint
1. Attach and tighten the lower 1.3. Attach and tighten the lower instructions and the
attachments to the lower attachments on the child following instructions:
anchors. If the child restraint restraint to the lower
does not have lower anchors.
attachments or the desired 2. If the child restraint manufacturer
seating position does not have recommends that the top tether
lower anchors, secure the child be attached, attach and tighten
restraint with the top tether and the top tether to the top tether
the safety belts. Refer to the anchor. Refer to the child
child restraint manufacturer restraint instructions and the
instructions and the instructions following steps:
in this manual.
2.1. Find the top tether anchor. . If you are using a single
1.1. Find the lower anchors for tether in a rear outboard
the desired rear outboard Open the cover to expose
seating position with an
seating position. the anchor.
adjustable head restraint,
1.2. Put the child restraint on or in the center seating
the seat. position with an adjustable
headrest, route the single
For outboard rear seating
tether under the head
positions, if the head
restraint or headrest. See
restraint interferes with the
Head Restraints on
proper installation of the
page 3‑2 for additional
child restraint, the head
information.
restraint may be removed.
See “Head Restraint
. If you are using a dual . If you are using a single . If you are using a dual
tether in a rear outboard tether in the center seating tether in the center seating
seating position with an position without a headrest, position without a headrest,
adjustable head restraint, or the rear outboard head or the rear outboard head
or in the center seating restraint has been removed, restraint has been removed,
position with an adjustable route the single tether over route the dual tether over
headrest, route the dual the seatback. the seatback.
tether around the head 3. Before placing a child in the
restraint or headrest. See child restraint, make sure it is
Head Restraints on securely held in place. To check,
page 3‑2 for additional grasp the child restraint at the
information. LATCH path and attempt to
move it side‐to‐side and
back‐and‐forth. There should be
no more than 2.5 cm (1 in) of
movement, for proper
installation.
Head Restraint Removal and 4. When the child restraint is

Reinstallation removed, reinstall the head
restraint before the seating
The rear outboard head restraints position is used.
can be removed if they interfere with
the proper installation of the child
restraint. { WARNING
To remove the head restraint: With head restraints that are not
1. Partially fold the seatback installed and adjusted properly,
forward. See Rear Seats on there is a greater chance that
page 3‑8 for additional occupants will suffer a neck/
information. spinal injury in a crash. Do not
2. Press both buttons on the head drive until the head restraints for
restraint posts at the same time, all occupants are installed and
and pull up on the head adjusted properly.
restraint.
3. Store the head restraint in the
trunk of the vehicle.
To reinstall the head restraint: Replacing LATCH System Securing Child Restraints
Parts After a Crash (Rear Seat)
When securing a child restraint in a
{ WARNING rear seating position, study the
instructions that came with the child
A crash can damage the LATCH restraint to make sure it is
system in the vehicle. A damaged compatible with this vehicle.
LATCH system may not properly
secure the child restraint, If the child restraint has the LATCH
resulting in serious injury or even system, see Lower Anchors and
Tethers for Children (LATCH
death in a crash. To help make
System) on page 3‑49 for how and
sure the LATCH system is
where to install the child restraint
working properly after a crash, using LATCH. If a child restraint is
see your dealer to have the secured in the vehicle using a
1. Insert the head restraint posts
system inspected and any safety belt and it uses a top tether,
into the holes in the top of the
seatback. The notches (A) on necessary replacements made as see Lower Anchors and Tethers for
the posts must face the driver soon as possible. Children (LATCH System) on
side of the vehicle. page 3‑49 for top tether anchor
If the vehicle has the LATCH system locations.
2. Push the head restraint all the
way down. and it was being used during a Do not secure a child seat in a
crash, new LATCH system parts position without a top tether anchor
3. Pull up on the head restraint to may be needed. if a national or local law requires
be sure that it locks. that the top tether be anchored, or if
New parts and repairs may be
necessary even if the LATCH the instructions that come with the
system was not being used at the child restraint say that the top strap
time of the crash. must be anchored.
In Canada, the law requires that 2. Pick up the latch plate, and run
forward-facing child restraints have the lap and shoulder portions of
a top tether, and that the tether be the vehicle's safety belt through
attached. or around the restraint. The child
If the child restraint does not have restraint instructions will show
the LATCH system, you will be you how.
using the safety belt to secure the
child restraint in this position. Be
sure to follow the instructions that
came with the child restraint. Secure
the child in the child restraint when
and as the instructions say.
If more than one child restraint 4. Pull the shoulder belt all the way
needs to be installed in the rear out of the retractor to set the
seat, be sure to read Where to Put lock. When the retractor lock is
the Restraint on page 3‑47. set, the belt can be tightened but
not pulled out of the retractor.
1. Put the child restraint on
the seat.
If the head restraint interferes 3. Push the latch plate into the
with the proper installation of the buckle until it clicks. If the latch
child restraint, the head restraint plate will not go fully into the
may be removed. See “Head buckle, check if the correct
Restraint Removal and buckle is being used.
Reinstallation” under Lower Position the release button on
Anchors and Tethers for the buckle so that the safety belt
Children (LATCH System) on could be quickly unbuckled if
page 3‑49. necessary.
6. If the child restraint has a top and Tethers for Children (LATCH
tether, follow the child restraint System) on page 3‑49 for additional
manufacturer's instructions information on installing the head
regarding the use of the top restraint properly.
tether. See Lower Anchors and
Tethers for Children (LATCH Securing Child Restraints
System) on page 3‑49 for more
information.
(Front Passenger Seat)
This vehicle has airbags. A rear
7. Before placing a child in the
seat is a safer place to secure a
child restraint, make sure it is
forward-facing child restraint. See
securely held in place. To check,
Where to Put the Restraint on
grasp the child restraint at the
page 3‑47.
5. To tighten the belt, push down safety belt path and attempt to
on the child restraint, pull the move it side to side and back In addition, the vehicle has a
shoulder portion of the belt to and forth. When the child passenger sensing system which is
tighten the lap portion of the belt, restraint is properly installed, designed to turn off the right front
and feed the shoulder belt back there should be no more than passenger frontal airbag and
into the retractor. When installing 2.5 cm (1 in) of movement. passenger knee airbag under
a forward-facing child restraint, it certain conditions. See Passenger
To remove the child restraint,
may be helpful to use your knee Sensing System on page 3‑33 and
unbuckle the vehicle safety belt and
to push down on the child Passenger Airbag Status Indicator
let it return to the stowed position.
restraint as you tighten the belt. on page 5‑12 for more information,
If the top tether is attached to a top
including important safety
Try to pull the belt out of the tether anchor, disconnect it. If the
information.
retractor to make sure the head restraint was removed,
retractor is locked. If the reinstall it before the seating
retractor is not locked, repeat position is used. See “Head
Steps 4 and 5. Restraint Removal and
Reinstallation” under Lower Anchors
A label on the sun visor says, If the child restraint has the LATCH
“Never put a rear-facing child seat in WARNING (Continued) system, see Lower Anchors and
the front.” This is because the risk to Tethers for Children (LATCH
the rear-facing child is so great, deploy under some unusual System) on page 3‑49 for how and
if the airbag deploys. circumstance, even though it is where to install the child restraint
turned off. using LATCH. If a child restraint is
{ WARNING Secure rear-facing child restraints secured using a safety belt and it
uses a top tether, see Lower
in a rear seat, even if the airbag
A child in a rear-facing child is off. If you secure a Anchors and Tethers for Children
restraint can be seriously injured forward-facing child restraint in (LATCH System) on page 3‑49 for
or killed if the right front the right front seat, always move top tether anchor locations.
passenger airbag inflates. This is the front passenger seat as far Do not secure a child seat in a
because the back of the back as it will go. It is better to position without a top tether anchor
rear-facing child restraint would secure the child restraint in a if a national or local law requires
be very close to the inflating rear seat. that the top tether be anchored, or if
airbag. A child in a forward-facing the instructions that come with the
child restraint can be seriously See Passenger Sensing System child restraint say that the top strap
injured or killed if the right front on page 3‑33 for additional must be anchored.
passenger airbag inflates and the information.
In Canada, the law requires that
passenger seat is in a forward forward-facing child restraints have
position. a top tether, and that the tether be
Even if the passenger sensing attached.
system has turned off the right
front passenger frontal airbag, no
system is fail-safe. No one can
guarantee that an airbag will not
(Continued)
You will be using the lap-shoulder

belt to secure the child restraint in
this position. Follow the instructions
that came with the child restraint.
1. Move the seat as far back as it
will go before securing the
forward-facing child restraint.
When the passenger sensing
system has turned off the right
front passenger frontal airbag
and passenger knee airbag, the
off indicator on the passenger
airbag status indicator should 4. Push the latch plate into the 5. Pull the shoulder belt all the way
light and stay lit when you start buckle until it clicks. out of the retractor to set the
the vehicle. See Passenger Position the release button on lock. When the retractor lock is
Airbag Status Indicator on the buckle, so that the safety set, the belt can be tightened but
page 5‑12. belt could be quickly unbuckled not pulled out of the retractor.
2. Put the child restraint on if necessary.
the seat.
3. Pick up the latch plate, and run
the lap and shoulder portions of
the vehicle's safety belt through
or around the restraint. The child
restraint instructions will show
you how.
7. Before placing a child in the

child restraint, make sure it is
securely held in place. To check,
grasp the child restraint at the
safety belt path and attempt to
move it side‐to‐side and
back‐and‐forth. When the child
restraint is properly installed,
there should be no more than
2.5 cm (1 in) of movement.
If the airbags are off, the off
indicator in the passenger airbag
6. To tighten the belt, push down status indicator will come on and
on the child restraint, pull the stay on when the vehicle is started.
shoulder portion of the belt to If a child restraint has been installed
tighten the lap portion of the belt, and the on indicator is lit, see “If the
and feed the shoulder belt back On Indicator is Lit for a Child
into the retractor. When installing Restraint” under Passenger Sensing
a forward-facing child restraint, it System on page 3‑33 for more
may be helpful to use your knee information.
to push down on the child
restraint as you tighten the belt. To remove the child restraint,
unbuckle the vehicle safety belt and
Try to pull the belt out of the let it return to the stowed position.
retractor to make sure the
retractor is locked. If the
retractor is not locked, repeat
Steps 5 and 6.
2 NOTES
Storage 4-1
Storage Storage Cupholders

Compartments Two cupholders are in the center
console.
Storage Compartments
Instrument Panel Storage . . . . 4-1 Instrument Panel Storage
Glove Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1
Cupholders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1
Center Console Storage . . . . . . 4-2
Additional Storage Features
Cargo Tie Downs . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2
Cupholders may be located in the

second row seat armrest. To
There may be a storage
access, pull the armrest down.
compartment on the instrument
panel. Pull the handle to open.
Glove Box
Open the glove box by lifting up on
the lever.
4-2 Storage
Center Console Storage Additional Storage

Features
Cargo Tie Downs
Pull up on the latch and slide the

center console armrest to adjust the
The center console storage has a position. Return the armrest to the
tray and a main storage area. Pull rear position to access the
up on the latch (A) to access. storage area.
There may be an auxiliary jack
outlet and a USB port located in the On the driver side in the rear
center console. compartment is a retainer to hang
light items on.
See Auxiliary Devices on page 7‑20.
Instruments and Controls 5-1
Instruments and Airbag Readiness Light . . . . . . 5-11

Passenger Airbag Status
Daytime Running Lamps
(DRL) Indicator Light . . . . . . . 5-23
Controls Indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-12
Charging System Light . . . . . . 5-13
Front Fog Lamp Light . . . . . . . .
Lamps On Reminder . . . . . . . . .
5-23
5-23
Malfunction Cruise Control Light . . . . . . . . . 5-23
Controls Indicator Lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-13 Door Ajar Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-24
Steering Wheel Adjustment . . . 5-2 Service Vehicle Soon
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-16 Information Displays
Steering Wheel Controls . . . . . . 5-2 Driver Information
Horn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-3 Brake System Warning
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-16 Center (DIC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-24
Windshield Wiper/Washer . . . . . 5-3
Compass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-4 Antilock Brake System (ABS) Vehicle Messages
Clock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-5 Warning Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-17 Vehicle Messages (Canada
Power Outlets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-5 Up-Shift Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-18 Base Level) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-27
Cigarette Lighter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-6 Power Steering Warning Vehicle Messages (Canada
Ashtrays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-6 Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-18 Uplevel and United
Ultrasonic Parking Sensor States) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-28
Warning Lights, Gauges, and Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-18 Battery Voltage and Charging
Indicators Traction Off Light . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-19 Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-28
Warning Lights, Gauges, and StabiliTrak® OFF Light . . . . . . . 5-19 Brake System Messages . . . . 5-29
Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-7 Traction Control System Compass Messages . . . . . . . . . 5-29
Instrument Cluster . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-8 (TCS)/StabiliTrak® Light . . . . 5-19 Cruise Control Messages . . . . 5-29
Speedometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-9 Tire Pressure Light . . . . . . . . . . 5-20 Door Ajar Messages . . . . . . . . . 5-29
Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-9 Engine Oil Pressure Light . . . . 5-21 Engine Cooling System
Trip Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-9 Low Fuel Warning Light . . . . . . 5-21 Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-30
Tachometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-9 Security Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-22 Engine Oil Messages . . . . . . . . 5-30
Fuel Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-9 Reduced Engine Power Engine Power Messages . . . . 5-31
Engine Coolant Temperature Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-22 Fuel System Messages . . . . . . 5-31
Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-10 High-Beam On Light . . . . . . . . . 5-22 Key and Lock Messages . . . . . 5-31
Safety Belt Reminders . . . . . . . 5-10
5-2 Instruments and Controls
Lamp Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-31 Controls Do not adjust the steering wheel

Object Detection System while driving.
Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-32
Ride Control System Steering Wheel Steering Wheel Controls
Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-32 Adjustment
Airbag System Messages . . . . 5-32
Security Messages . . . . . . . . . . 5-32
Service Vehicle Messages . . . 5-32
Starting the Vehicle
Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-33
Tire Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-33
Transmission Messages . . . . . 5-34
Vehicle Reminder
Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-34
Vehicle Personalization
Vehicle Personalization . . . . . . 5-34
For vehicles with audio steering

To adjust the steering wheel: wheel controls, some audio controls
1. Pull the lever (A) down. can be adjusted at the steering
wheel.
2. Move the steering wheel up
or down. b g (Push to Talk): For vehicles
with a Bluetooth®, OnStar®,
3. Pull or push the steering wheel or navigation system, press to
closer or away from you. interact with those systems. See
4. Push the lever (A) up to lock the Bluetooth (Overview) on page 7‑23
steering wheel in place. or Bluetooth (Infotainment Controls)
on page 7‑24 or Bluetooth (Voice Windshield Wiper/Washer

Recognition) on page 7‑28, the
OnStar Owner's Guide, or the
separate Navigation System Manual
for more information.
$ i (Mute/End Call): Press to
silence the vehicle speakers only.
Press again to turn the sound on. & (Adjustable Interval Wipes):
For vehicles with OnStar or Turn the band up for more frequent
The windshield wiper lever is on the wipes or down for less frequent
Bluetooth systems, press to reject
side of the steering column. With wipes.
an incoming call, or end a
the ignition in ACC/ACCESSORY or
current call. 9 (Off): Turns the windshield
ON/RUN, move the windshield
_ SRC ^ (Rotary Control): Press wiper lever to select the wiper wipers off.
to select an audio source. speed. 3 (Mist): Single wipe, briefly
Toggle up or down to select the next 2: Fast wipes. move the wiper down. Several
or previous favorite radio station, wipes, hold the wiper lever down.
1: Slow wipes.
CD, or MP3 track. Clear ice and snow from the wiper
+ x − (Volume): Press + to blades before using them. If they
increase the volume. Press − to are frozen to the windshield,
decrease the volume. carefully loosen or thaw them.
Damaged wiper blades should be
replaced. See Wiper Blade
Horn Replacement on page 10‑29.
Press near the horn symbols or Heavy snow or ice can overload the
press on the steering wheel pad to wipers. A circuit breaker stops them
sound the horn. until the motor cools.
Wipe Parking Windshield Washer Compass

If the ignition is turned to LOCK/ Pull the windshield wiper lever The vehicle may have a compass
OFF while the wipers are on 1, 2, toward you to spray windshield display in the Driver Information
or &, they will immediately stop. washer fluid and activate the wipers. Center (DIC). The compass receives
If the windshield wiper lever is then The wipers will continue until the its heading and other information
moved to OFF before the driver lever is released or the maximum from the Global Positioning
door is opened, or within wash time is reached. System (GPS) antenna, StabiliTrak,
10 minutes, the wipers will restart and vehicle speed information.
When the windshield wiper lever is
and move to the base of the released, additional wipes may Avoid covering the GPS antenna
windshield. occur depending on how long the located on the roof, for long periods
If the ignition is turned to LOCK/ windshield washer had been of time with objects that may
OFF during a windshield wash, the activated. See Washer Fluid on interfere with the antenna's ability to
wipers will stop when they reach the page 10‑22 for information on filling receive a satellite signal. The
base of the windshield. the windshield washer fluid compass system is designed to
reservoir. operate for a certain number of
miles or degrees of turn before
needing a signal from the GPS
{ WARNING satellites. When the compass
In freezing weather, do not use display shows CAL, drive the
your washer until the windshield vehicle for a short distance in an
is warmed. Otherwise the washer open area where it can receive a
GPS signal. The compass system
fluid can form ice on the
will automatically determine when
windshield, blocking your vision.
the GPS signal is restored and
provide a heading again. See
Compass Messages on page 5‑29
for more information on the 4. Press the MENU or MENU/SEL Power Outlets
messages that may be displayed for knob to select the next number.
the compass. The accessory power outlets can be
5. To save the time and return to used to plug in electrical equipment,
the Time Settings menu, press such as a cell phone or MP3 player.
Clock the BACK button at any time or
press the MENU or MENU/SEL There is one accessory power outlet
The infotainment system controls
knob after adjusting the minutes. located on the center floor console
are used to access the time and
and one on the rear of the center
date settings through the menu Setting the 12/24 Hour Format floor console. These outlets are
system. See Operation on page 7‑6
1. Press the CONFIG button and powered when the key is in ON/
for information about how to use the
select Time Settings. RUN or ACC/ACCESSORY, or until
menu system. For vehicles with a
the driver door is opened within
Navigation System, see the 2. Highlight 12/24 Hour Format. 10 minutes of turning off the vehicle.
separate Navigation System
3. Press the MENU or MENU/SEL See Retained Accessory Power
Manual.
knob to select the 12 hour or (RAP) on page 9‑21.
Setting the Time 24 hour display format. Remove the cover to access and
1. Press the CONFIG button and replace when not in use.
select Time Settings. Notice: Leaving electrical
2. Select Set Time. equipment plugged in for an
extended period of time while the
3. Turn the MENU or MENU/SEL vehicle is off will drain the
knob to adjust the highlighted battery. Always unplug electrical
number. equipment when not in use and
do not plug in equipment that
exceeds the maximum 20 ampere
rating.
Certain electrical accessories may Cigarette Lighter Ashtrays

not be compatible with the
accessory power outlet and could For vehicles with a cigarette lighter, For vehicles with a removable
overload vehicle or adapter fuses. it is located on the front floor ashtray, the ashtray can be placed
If a problem is experienced, see console. into the front console cupholders.
your dealer. To activate the cigarette lighter, To open the ashtray, lift the lid of the
When adding electrical equipment, push it into the heating element and ashtray. After using, close the lid.
be sure to follow the installation let go. When the lighter is ready it To empty the ashtray for cleaning,
instructions included with the will pop back out. slightly turn the upper part of the
equipment. See Add-On Electrical Notice: Holding a cigarette lighter ashtray counterclockwise and
Equipment on page 9‑52. in while it is heating does not let remove it.
Notice: Hanging heavy the lighter back away from the Notice: If papers, pins, or other
equipment from the power outlet heating element when it is hot. flammable items are put in the
can cause damage not covered Damage from overheating can ashtray, hot cigarettes or other
by the vehicle warranty. The occur to the lighter or heating smoking materials could ignite
power outlets are designed for element, or a fuse could be them and possibly damage the
accessory power plugs only, such blown. Do not hold a cigarette vehicle. Never put flammable
as cell phone charge cords. lighter in while it is heating. items in the ashtray.
Warning Lights, Warning lights come on when there

could be a problem with a vehicle
When one of the warning lights
comes on and stays on while
Gauges, and function. Some warning lights come driving, or when one of the gauges
on briefly when the engine is started shows there may be a problem,
Indicators to indicate they are working. check the section that explains what
Warning lights and gauges can Gauges can indicate when there to do. Follow this manual's advice.
signal that something is wrong could be a problem with a vehicle Waiting to do repairs can be costly
before it becomes serious enough function. Often gauges and warning and even dangerous.
to cause an expensive repair or lights work together to indicate a
replacement. Paying attention to the problem with the vehicle.
warning lights and gauges could
prevent injury.
Instrument Cluster
English Automatic Transmission Cluster Shown, Metric Similar

Speedometer Trip Odometer Fuel Gauge

The speedometer shows the The trip odometer can show how far
vehicle's speed in either kilometers the vehicle has been driven since
per hour (km/h) or miles per the trip odometer was last reset.
hour (mph). The trip odometer is accessed and
reset through the Driver Information
Odometer Center (DIC). See Driver
The odometer shows how far the Information Center (DIC) on
vehicle has been driven, in either page 5‑24 for more information.
kilometers or miles.
This vehicle has a tamper‐resistant
Tachometer
odometer. The digital odometer will The tachometer displays the engine
read 999,999 if it is turned back. speed in revolutions per
If the vehicle needs a new odometer minute (rpm). When the ignition is on, the fuel
installed, it must be set to the Notice: If the engine is operated gauge tells you about how much
mileage total of the old odometer. with the tachometer in the shaded fuel you have left in your tank.
If that is not possible, then it must warning area, the vehicle could An arrow on the fuel gauge
be set at zero and a label must be be damaged, and the damages indicates the side of the vehicle the
put on the driver door to show the would not be covered by the fuel door is on.
old mileage reading when the new vehicle warranty. Do not operate
odometer was installed. A FUEL LEVEL LOW message may
the engine with the tachometer in
appear in the Driver Information
the shaded warning area.
Center (DIC) and a single chime
sounds. See Fuel System
Messages on page 5‑31 for more
information.
Here are four things that some Engine Coolant Safety Belt Reminders
owners ask about. None of these
show a problem with your fuel
Temperature Gauge Driver Safety Belt Reminder
gauge: Light
. At the service station, the fuel When the engine is started, a chime
pump shuts off before the gauge sounds for several seconds to
reads full. remind a driver to fasten the safety
. It takes a little more or less fuel belt, unless the driver safety belt is
to fill up than the gauge already buckled.
indicated. For example, the
gauge may have indicated the
tank was half full, but it actually
took a little more or less than
half the tank's capacity to fill
the tank.
. The gauge moves a little while This gauge shows the engine
turning a corner or speeding up. coolant temperature. The safety belt reminder light comes
on for several seconds, then flashes
. The gauge takes a few seconds If the indicator needle moves to the for several more.
to stabilize after the ignition is hot side of the gauge toward the H
turned on, and will go back to or shaded area, the engine is This chime and light sequence are
empty when the ignition is too hot. repeated if the driver remains
turned off. unbuckled and the vehicle is in
If the vehicle has been operated motion. If the driver safety belt is
under normal driving conditions, pull already buckled, neither the chime
off the road, stop the vehicle, and nor the light comes on.
turn off the engine as soon as
possible.
Passenger Safety Belt The front passenger safety belt

Reminder Light warning light and chime may turn on
if an object is put on the seat such
Several seconds after the engine is as a briefcase, handbag, grocery
started, a chime sounds for bag, laptop, or other electronic
several seconds to remind the front device. To turn off the warning light
passenger to buckle their safety and/or chime, remove the object
belt. The passenger safety belt light The airbag readiness light comes on
from the seat or buckle the and stays on for several seconds
comes on and flashes for several safety belt.
seconds. when the vehicle is started. Then
the light goes out.
Airbag Readiness Light
This light shows if there is an { WARNING
electrical problem. The system
check includes the airbag sensor, If the airbag readiness light stays
the pretensioners, the airbag on after the vehicle is started or
modules, the wiring, and the crash comes on while driving, it means
This chime and light sequence is sensing and diagnostic module. For the airbag system might not be
repeated if the passenger remains more information on the airbag working properly. The airbags in
unbuckled and the vehicle is in system, see Airbag System on the vehicle might not inflate in a
motion. page 3‑25. crash, or they could even inflate
without a crash. To help avoid
If the passenger safety belt is injury, have the vehicle serviced
buckled, neither the chime nor the
right away.
light comes on.
Passenger Airbag Status When the vehicle is started, the If, after several seconds, both status
passenger airbag status indicator indicator lights remain on, or if there
Indicator will light ON and OFF, or the symbol are no lights at all, there may be a
The vehicle has a passenger for on and off, for several seconds problem with the lights or the
sensing system. See Passenger as a system check. If you are using passenger sensing system. See
Sensing System on page 3‑33 for remote start, if equipped, to start the your dealer for service.
important safety information. The vehicle from a distance you may not
instrument panel has a passenger
airbag status indicator.
see the system check. Then, after
several seconds, the status
{ WARNING
indicator will light either ON or OFF, If the airbag readiness light ever
or either the on or off symbol to let comes on and stays on, it means
you know the status of the right front that something may be wrong
passenger frontal airbag and with the airbag system. To help
passenger knee airbag. avoid injury to yourself or others,
If the word ON or the on symbol is have the vehicle serviced right
United States lit on the passenger airbag status away. See Airbag Readiness
indicator, it means that the right Light on page 5‑11 for more
front passenger frontal airbag and information, including important
passenger knee airbag are enabled safety information.
(may inflate).
If the word OFF or the off symbol is
lit on the passenger airbag status
indicator, it means that the
Canada passenger sensing system has
turned off the right front passenger
frontal airbag and passenger knee
airbag.
Charging System Light If the light stays on, or comes on emissions are at acceptable levels
while driving, there could be a for the life of the vehicle, helping to
problem with the electrical charging produce a cleaner environment.
system. Have it checked by your
dealer. Driving while this light is on
could drain the battery.
If a short distance must be driven
with the light on, be sure to turn off
The charging system light comes on all accessories, such as the radio
briefly when the ignition is turned and air conditioner.
on, but the engine is not running, as This light should come on when the
a check to show the light is working. Malfunction ignition is on, but the engine is not
running, as a check to show it is
The light turns off when the engine Indicator Lamp working. If it does not, have the
is started. If it does not, have the
vehicle serviced by your dealer. A computer system called OBD II vehicle serviced by your dealer.
(On-Board Diagnostics-Second If the Malfunction Indicator Lamp
Generation) monitors operation of comes on and stays on while the
the fuel, ignition, and emission engine is running, this indicates that
control systems. It ensures that there is an OBD II problem and
service is required.
Malfunctions often are indicated by costly repairs not covered by the If the light continues to flash, when
the system before any problem is vehicle warranty. This could also it is safe to do so, stop the vehicle.
apparent. Being aware of the light result in a failure to pass a Find a safe place to park the
can prevent more serious damage required Emission Inspection/ vehicle. Turn the vehicle off, wait at
to the vehicle. This system assists Maintenance test. See least 10 seconds, and restart the
the service technician in correctly Accessories and Modifications on engine. If the light is still flashing,
diagnosing any malfunction. page 10‑3. follow the previous steps and see
Notice: If the vehicle is This light comes on during a your dealer for service as soon as
continually driven with this light malfunction in one of two ways: possible.
on, after a while, the emission Light Flashing: A misfire condition Light On Steady: An emission
controls might not work as well, has been detected. A misfire control system malfunction has
the vehicle fuel economy might increases vehicle emissions and been detected on the vehicle.
not be as good, and the engine could damage the emission control Diagnosis and service might be
might not run as smoothly. This system on the vehicle. Diagnosis required.
could lead to costly repairs that and service might be required. The following may correct an
might not be covered by the emissions system malfunction:
vehicle warranty. To prevent more serious damage to
the vehicle: . Make sure the fuel cap is fully
Notice: Modifications made installed. See Filling the Tank on
to the engine, transmission, . Reduce vehicle speed.
page 9‑43. The diagnostic
exhaust, intake, or fuel system of . Avoid hard accelerations. system can determine if the fuel
the vehicle or the replacement of cap has been left off or
the original tires with other
. Avoid steep uphill grades.
improperly installed. A loose or
than those of the same Tire . If towing a trailer, reduce the missing fuel cap allows fuel to
Performance Criteria (TPC) can amount of cargo being hauled as evaporate into the atmosphere.
affect the vehicle's emission soon as it is possible. A few driving trips with the cap
controls and can cause this light properly installed should turn the
to come on. Modifications to light off.
these systems could lead to

. Make sure the electrical system If none of the above have made the
is not wet. The system could be light turn off, your dealer can check
wet if the vehicle was driven the vehicle. The dealer has the
through a deep puddle of water. proper test equipment and
The condition is usually diagnostic tools to fix any
corrected when the electrical mechanical or electrical problems
system dries out. A few driving that might have developed.
trips should turn the light off. The DLC is under the instrument
Emissions Inspection and panel to the left of the steering
. Make sure to fuel the vehicle wheel. See your dealer if assistance
with quality fuel. Poor fuel quality Maintenance Programs
is needed.
causes the engine not to run as Some state/provincial and local
efficiently as designed and can governments may have programs to The vehicle may not pass
cause: stalling after start-up, inspect the on-vehicle emission inspection if:
stalling when the vehicle is control equipment. For the . The malfunction indicator lamp is
changed into gear, misfiring, inspection, the emission system test on with the engine running, or if
hesitation on acceleration, equipment is connected to the the light does not come on when
or stumbling on acceleration. vehicle’s Data Link the ignition is turned to ON/RUN
These conditions might go away Connector (DLC). while the engine is off.
once the engine is warmed up.
If one or more of these
conditions occurs, change the
fuel brand used. It will require at
least one full tank of the proper
fuel to turn the light off.
See Recommended Fuel on
page 9‑40.

. The critical emission control
systems have not been
Service Vehicle Soon Brake System Warning
completely diagnosed by the Light Light
system. This can happen if the The vehicle brake system consists
battery has recently been of two hydraulic circuits. If one
replaced or if the battery has run circuit is not working, the remaining
down. The diagnostic system circuit can still work to stop the
evaluates critical emission vehicle. For normal braking
control systems during normal performance, both circuits need to
driving. This can take be working.
several days of routine driving. For vehicles with this light, it comes
If this has been done and the If the warning light comes on, there
on if a condition exists that may
vehicle still does not pass the is a brake problem. Have the brake
require the vehicle to be taken in for
inspection, your dealer can system inspected right away.
service.
prepare the vehicle for
inspection. Vehicles not equipped with a light,
display a SERVICE VEHICLE
SOON message.
See Service Vehicle Messages on
English Metric
If the light comes on, take the
vehicle to your dealer for service as The Brake System Warning Light
soon as possible. should come on briefly as the
engine is started. If it does not come
on, have the vehicle serviced by
your dealer.
Antilock Brake System If the regular brake system warning

{ WARNING (ABS) Warning Light light is not on, the vehicle still has
brakes, but not antilock brakes.
The brake system might not be If the regular brake system warning
working properly if the brake light is also on, the vehicle does not
system warning light is on. have antilock brakes and there is a
Driving with the brake system problem with the regular brakes.
warning light on can lead to a See Brake System Warning Light on
crash. If the light is still on after page 5‑16.
the vehicle has been pulled off
See Brake System Messages on
the road and carefully stopped, The Antilock Brake System (ABS) page 5‑29 for all brake‐related DIC
have the vehicle towed for light comes on briefly when the messages.
service. engine is started.
If the light does not come on, have it
If the light comes on while driving, a fixed so it will be ready to warn if
chime sounds. Pull off the road and there is a problem.
stop. The pedal might be harder to If the ABS light comes on and stays
push or go closer to the floor. on while driving, stop as soon as
It might also take longer to stop. possible and turn the ignition off.
If the light is still on, have the Start the engine again to reset the
vehicle towed for service. See system. If the light stays on after
Towing the Vehicle on page 10‑87. driving at a speed above 20 km/h
(13 mph), see your dealer for
service. A chime may also sound
when the light comes on steady.
Up-Shift Light Power Steering Warning Ultrasonic Parking

Light Sensor Light
The vehicle may have an up-shift

light. It shows when to shift to the This light comes on briefly when the For vehicles equipped with this light,
next higher gear for best fuel ignition is turned to ON/RUN as a it comes on briefly when the ignition
economy. check to show it is working. is turned to ON/RUN and then turns
See Manual Transmission on If it does not come on have the off. Vehicles not equipped with the
page 9‑29 for more information. vehicle serviced by your dealer. light display a SERVICE PARK
ASSIST message in the DIC. See
If this light stays on, or comes on Object Detection System Messages
while driving, the system may not be on page 5‑32 for more information.
working. If this happens, see your
dealer for service. This light comes on to indicate that
there is a malfunction in the system.
See your dealer for service.
See Ultrasonic Parking Assist on
page 9‑38 and Driver Information
Center (DIC) on page 5‑24 for more
information.
Traction Off Light See Traction Control System (TCS) See Traction Control System (TCS)
on page 9‑33 and StabiliTrak® on page 9‑33 and StabiliTrak®
System on page 9‑34 for more System on page 9‑34 for more
information. information
StabiliTrak® OFF Light Traction Control System

(TCS)/StabiliTrak® Light
This light comes on briefly while
starting the engine. If it does not,
have the vehicle serviced by your
dealer. If the system is working
normally, the indicator light then
turns off. This light comes on briefly while
starting the engine. If it does not, The StabiliTrak system or the
The traction off light comes on when
have the vehicle serviced by your Traction Control System (TCS)
the Traction Control System (TCS)
dealer. indicator/warning light come on
has been turned off by pressing and
releasing the traction control button. This light comes on when the briefly when the engine is started.
StabiliTrak system is turned off. If the light does not come on, have
This light and the StabiliTrak Off
If StabiliTrak is off, TCS is also off. the vehicle serviced by the dealer.
light come on when StabiliTrak is
turned off. If the Traction Control System (TCS) If the system is working normally,
is off, the system does not assist in the indicator light turns off.
If the Traction Control System (TCS)
controlling the vehicle. Turn on the
is off, wheelspin is not limited.
TCS and the StabiliTrak systems
Adjust driving accordingly.
and the warning light turns off.
If the light is on and not flashing, the Tire Pressure Light A Driver Information Center (DIC)
TCS, and potentially the StabiliTrak tire pressure message may also
system have been disabled. A DIC display. See Vehicle Messages
message may display. Check the (Canada Base Level) on page 5‑27
DIC messages to determine which or Vehicle Messages (Canada
feature(s) is no longer functioning Uplevel and United States) on
and whether the vehicle requires page 5‑28 for more information.
service. Stop as soon as possible, and
If the indicator/warning light is on inflate the tires to the pressure value
For vehicles with the Tire Pressure shown on the Tire and Loading
and flashing, the TCS and/or the Monitor System (TPMS), this light
StabiliTrak system is actively Information label. See Tire Pressure
comes on briefly when the engine is on page 10‑50 for more information.
working. started. It provides information
See StabiliTrak® System on about tire pressures and the TPMS. When the Light Flashes First and
page 9‑34 and Traction Control Then is On Steady
When the Light is On Steady
System (TCS) on page 9‑33 for This indicates that there may be a
more information. This indicates that one or more of problem with the Tire Pressure
the tires are significantly Monitor System. The light flashes
underinflated. for about a minute and stays on
steady for the remainder of the
ignition cycle. This sequence
repeats with every ignition cycle.
See Tire Pressure Monitor
Operation on page 10‑53 for more
information.
Engine Oil Pressure Light Low Fuel Warning Light
{ WARNING
Do not keep driving if the oil
pressure is low. The engine can
become so hot that it catches fire. The oil pressure light should come
Someone could be burned. Check on briefly as the engine is started.
the oil as soon as possible and If it does not come on have the
have the vehicle serviced. vehicle serviced by your dealer.
If the light comes on and stays on, it
Notice: Lack of proper engine oil means that oil is not flowing through
maintenance can damage the the engine properly. The vehicle
engine. The repairs would not be could be low on oil and might have
some other system problem. See This light comes on for a
covered by the vehicle warranty.
your dealer. few seconds when the ignition is
Always follow the maintenance
turned on as a check to indicate it is
schedule for changing engine oil.
working. If it does not come on,
have it fixed.
The low fuel warning light (A) comes
on and a chime sounds when the
vehicle is low on fuel. The light turns
off when fuel is added to the
fuel tank.
For vehicles with a Driver If the light stays on and the engine for 10 seconds and restart the
Information Center (DIC), see Driver does not start, there could be a vehicle. This might correct the
Information Center (DIC) on problem with the theft-deterrent condition.
page 5‑24 for more information. system. See Immobilizer Operation The vehicle can be driven at a
on page 2‑10 for more information. reduced speed when the reduced
Security Light engine power light is on but
Reduced Engine Power acceleration and speed might be
Light reduced. The performance could be
reduced until the next time the
vehicle is driven. If this light stays
on, see your dealer as soon as
possible for diagnosis and repair.
The immobilizer light should come High-Beam On Light

on briefly as the engine is started.
If it does not come on have the The reduced engine power light
vehicle serviced by your dealer. should come on briefly as the
If the system is working normally the engine is started. If it does not come
indicator light turns off. on have the vehicle serviced by
This light comes on when the your dealer.
ignition is turned from LOCK/OFF to This light, along with the service
ON/RUN and stays on if the vehicle engine soon light, displays when a The high-beam on light comes on
is immobilized. This happens noticeable reduction in the vehicle's when the high-beam headlamps are
when an incorrect key or an performance occurs. Stop the in use.
unprogrammed key is used to start vehicle and turn off the ignition. Wait See Headlamp High/Low-Beam
the vehicle. Changer on page 6‑2 for more
information.
Daytime Running Lamps The light goes out when the front Cruise Control Light
fog lamps are turned off. See Front
(DRL) Indicator Light Fog Lamps on page 6‑4 for more
information.
Lamps On Reminder
The cruise control light is white

This light turns on whenever the whenever the cruise control is set,
Daytime Running Lamps are in use. and turns green when the cruise
control is active.
See Daytime Running Lamps (DRL)
on page 6‑2 for more information. The light turns off when the cruise
The lamps on reminder light comes
control is turned off. See Cruise
on when the lights are in use.
Control on page 9‑36 for more
Front Fog Lamp Light information.
For vehicles with front fog lamps,

this light comes on when the front
fog lamps are in use.
Door Ajar Light Information Displays DIC Buttons
Driver Information
Center (DIC)
The vehicle may have a Driver
Information Center (DIC). The DIC
displays information about your
For vehicles equipped with this light, vehicle. It also displays warning A. SET/CLR: Press to set or clear
it comes on when a door is open or messages if a system problem is the menu item displayed.
not secured. Vehicles not equipped detected. See Vehicle Messages
(Canada Base Level) on page 5‑27
B. w x (Thumbwheel): Use to
with a light display a DIC message. scroll through the menus.
See Door Ajar Messages on or Vehicle Messages (Canada
Uplevel and United States) on A marker will move across the
page 5‑29 for more information. bottom of the page as you
page 5‑28 for more information. All
messages appear in the DIC display scroll.
located in the center of the C. MENU: Press to display the
instrument panel cluster. Trip/Fuel menu and the Vehicle
Information menu. This button is
DIC Operation and Displays also used to return to or exit the
The DIC has different displays last screen displayed on
which can be accessed by using the the DIC.
DIC buttons located on the turn
signal lever located on the left side
of the steering wheel. The DIC
displays trip, fuel, and warning
messages if a system problem is
detected.
Trip/Fuel Menu Items holding the SET/CLR button while The Instantaneous Fuel Economy
the trip odometer display is display shows the current fuel
Press MENU on the turn signal
showing. economy in liters per 100 kilometers
lever until Trip/Fuel Information
(L/100 km) or miles per gallon
menu displays. Use w x to scroll Fuel Range (mpg). This number reflects only the
through the following menu items: This displays the approximate fuel economy that the vehicle has
. Trip 1 or Trip 2 distance the vehicle can be driven right now and changes frequently as
without refueling. The fuel range driving conditions change. Unlike
. Fuel Range estimate is based on an average of average economy, this display
. Average Fuel Economy or the vehicle's fuel economy over cannot be reset.
Average Fuel Economy and recent driving history and the
amount of fuel remaining in the fuel Average Speed
Instantaneous Fuel Economy
tank. Fuel range cannot be reset. This displays the average speed of
. Average Speed
the vehicle in kilometers per hour
. Fuel Used Average Fuel Economy or (km/h) or miles per hour (mph). This
Average Fuel Economy and average is based on the various
. Digital Speed Instantaneous Fuel Economy
vehicle speeds recorded since the
. Navigation The Average Fuel Economy display last reset. Reset the average speed
. Blank Display shows the approximate average by pressing SET/CLR when it is
liters per 100 kilometers (L/100 km) displayed.
Trip 1 or Trip 2 or miles per gallon (mpg). This
This displays the current distance number is based on the number of
traveled, in either kilometers (km) or L/100 km (mpg) recorded since the
miles (mi), from the last reset for the last time this menu item was reset.
trip odometer. The trip odometer can Reset the average consumption by
be reset to zero by pressing and pressing SET/CLR when it is
displayed.
Fuel Used Vehicle Information Menu Tire Pressure

This display shows the approximate Items The display will show a vehicle with
liters (L) or gallons (gal) of fuel that Press MENU on the turn signal the approximate pressures of all
have been used since last reset. lever until Vehicle Information menu four tires. Tire pressure is displayed
The fuel used can be reset by is displayed. Use w x to scroll in either kilopascal (kPa) or in
pressing the SET/CLR button while pounds per square inch (psi). See
through the following menu items:
the Fuel Used display is showing. Tire Pressure Monitor System on
. Units page 10‑52 and Tire Pressure
Digital Speed Monitor Operation on page 10‑53 for
. Tire Pressure
The speedometer shows how fast more information.
the vehicle is moving in either . Remaining Oil Life
kilometers per hour (km/h) or miles Remaining Oil Life
. Battery Voltage
per hour (mph). The speedometer This display shows an estimate of
cannot be reset.
. Blank Display the oil's remaining useful life.
Units If REMAINING OIL LIFE 99% is
Navigation displayed, that means 99% of the
This display is used for the OnStar Move w x to change between current oil life remains.
or Navigation System Turn-by-Turn Metric or US when the Unit display
guidance. See The OnStar Owner's is active. Press SET/CLR to confirm
Guide or the Navigation manual, the setting. This will change the
if the vehicle has navigation, for displays on the cluster and DIC to
more information. either metric or English (US)
measurements.
Blank Display
This display shows no information.
When the remaining oil life is low, Battery Voltage Vehicle Messages
the CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOON This display, available on some
message will appear on the display.
See Engine Oil Messages on
vehicles, shows the current battery Vehicle Messages
voltage. If the voltage is in the
page 5‑30. The oil should be normal range, the value will display.
(Canada Base Level)
changed as soon as possible. See For example, the display may read DIC messages display when the
Engine Oil on page 10‑9. In addition Battery Voltage 15.0 Volts. The status of the vehicle has changed
to the engine oil life system vehicle's charging system regulates and action may be needed to
monitoring the oil life, additional voltage based on the state of the correct the condition. Multiple
maintenance is recommended in the battery. The battery voltage can messages appear one after another.
Maintenance Schedule in this fluctuate while viewing this
manual. See Scheduled Press any of the DIC buttons on the
information on the DIC. This is
Maintenance on page 11‑2 for more turn signal lever to acknowledge
normal. See Charging System Light
information. and clear them from the display.
on page 5‑13 for more information.
More urgent messages cannot be
Remember, the Oil Life display must If there is a problem with the battery
cleared from the DIC display. All
be reset after each oil change. It will charging system, the DIC will
messages should be taken
not reset itself. Also, be careful not display a message. See Battery
seriously. Clearing messages will
to reset the Oil Life display Voltage and Charging Messages on
not correct the problem.
accidentally at any time other than page 5‑28.
when the oil has just been changed.
It cannot be reset accurately until Blank Display
the next oil change. To reset the This display shows no information.
engine oil life system press the SET
button while the Oil Life display is
active. See Engine Oil Life System
on page 10‑12.
On the Canadian base level cluster, Vehicle Messages Battery Voltage and
vehicle messages appear as code
numbers.
(Canada Uplevel and Charging Messages
25: Left front turn indicator failure
United States) BATTERY SAVER ACTIVE
DIC messages display when the This message displays when the
26: Left rear turn indicator failure
status of the vehicle has changed vehicle has detected that the battery
27: Right front turn indicator failure and action may be needed to voltage is dropping beyond a
28: Right rear turn indicator failure correct the condition. Multiple reasonable point. The battery saver
messages appear one after another. system starts reducing certain
35: Replace battery in radio remote
control Press any of the DIC buttons on the features of the vehicle that you may
turn signal lever to acknowledge be able to notice. At the point that
53: Tighten gas cap and clear them from the display. features are disabled, this message
68: Service power steering More urgent messages cannot be is displayed. It means that the
cleared from the DIC display. All vehicle is trying to save the charge
75: Service air conditioner messages should be taken in the battery. Turn off unnecessary
82: Change engine oil soon seriously. Clearing messages will accessories to allow the battery to
not correct the problem. recharge.
84: Engine power is reduced
On the Canadian uplevel cluster LOW BATTERY
95: Service airbag
and on vehicles sold in the United
States, vehicle messages are This message is displayed when the
displayed as text. The messages battery voltage is low. See Battery
and information about them follow. on page 10‑26 for more information.
SERVICE BATTERY Compass Messages Door Ajar Messages

CHARGING SYSTEM
CAL DOOR(S) OPEN
This message is displayed when
there is a fault in the battery This message is displayed when the A vehicle symbol will be displayed
charging system. Take the vehicle to compass needs to be calibrated. on the DIC showing which door is
your dealer for service. See Compass on page 5‑4. open along with this message.
Close the door completely.
––
Brake System Messages HOOD OPEN
Two dashes will be displayed if the
BRAKE FLUID LOW compass needs service. See your This message will display when the
This message is displayed when the dealer for service. hood is open. Close the hood
brake fluid level is low. See Brake completely.
Fluid on page 10‑24. Cruise Control Messages TRUNK OPEN
RELEASE PARKING BRAKE APPLY BRAKE BEFORE This message will display when the
CRUISE trunk is open. Close the trunk
This message is displayed as a
reminder that the parking brake is If this message displays when completely.
on. Release it before you attempt to attempting to activate cruise control,
drive. apply the brake pedal and try again.
CRUISE SET TO XXX
This message displays when the
cruise control is set and shows the
speed it was set to. See Cruise
Control on page 9‑36 for more
information.
Engine Cooling System ENGINE Engine Oil Messages

Messages OVERHEATED — IDLE
ENGINE CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOON
A/C OFF DUE TO HIGH This message displays when the This message displays when the
ENGINE TEMP engine coolant temperature is too engine oil needs to be changed.
This message displays when the hot. Stop and allow the vehicle to When you change the engine oil, be
engine coolant becomes hotter than idle until it cools down. sure to reset the Oil Life System.
the normal operating temperature. See Engine Oil Life System on
To avoid added strain on a hot ENGINE page 10‑12 and Driver Information
engine, the air conditioning OVERHEATED — STOP Center (DIC) on page 5‑24 for
compressor automatically turns off. ENGINE information on how to reset the
When the coolant temperature system. See Engine Oil on
This message displays and a page 10‑9 and Scheduled
returns to normal, the air continuous chime sounds if the
conditioning compressor turns back Maintenance on page 11‑2 for more
engine cooling system reaches information.
on. You can continue to drive the unsafe temperatures for operation.
vehicle. Stop and turn off the vehicle as OIL PRESSURE LOW — STOP
If this message continues to appear, soon as it is safe to do so to avoid ENGINE
have the system repaired by your severe damage. This message
clears when the engine has cooled This message displays if low oil
dealer as soon as possible to avoid pressure levels occur. Stop the
damage to the engine. to a safe operating temperature.
vehicle as soon as safely possible
HIGH COOLANT and do not operate it until the cause
TEMPERATURE of the low oil pressure has been
corrected. Check the oil as soon as
This message displays if the coolant possible and have the vehicle
temperature is hot. See Engine serviced by your dealer.
Overheating on page 10‑20.
Engine Power Messages TIGHTEN GAS CAP AUTOMATIC LIGHT

This message displays when the CONTROL OFF
ENGINE POWER IS REDUCED
fuel cap is not on tight. Tighten the This message is displayed when the
This message displays when the fuel cap. automatic light control has been
vehicle's engine power is reduced. turned off. See Automatic Headlamp
Reduced engine power can affect Key and Lock Messages System on page 6‑3.
the vehicle's ability to accelerate.
If this message is on, but there is no REPLACE BATTERY IN XXX TURN INDICATOR
reduction in performance, proceed REMOTE KEY FAILURE
to your destination. The When one of the turn signals is out,
performance may be reduced the this message displays to show
battery in the Remote Keyless Entry
next time the vehicle is driven. The which bulb needs to be replaced.
(RKE) transmitter needs to be
vehicle may be driven at a reduced See Bulb Replacement on
replaced.
speed while this message is on, but page 10‑30 and Replacement Bulbs
maximum acceleration and speed on page 10‑36 for more information
may be reduced. Anytime this Lamp Messages
on the turn signal bulb replacement.
message stays on, the vehicle AUTOMATIC LIGHT
should be taken to your dealer for
CONTROL ON TURN SIGNAL ON
service as soon as possible.
This message is displayed when the This message is displayed if the
turn signal has been left on. Turn off
Fuel System Messages automatic light control has been
the turn signal.
turned on. See Automatic Headlamp
FUEL LEVEL LOW System on page 6‑3.
vehicle is low on fuel. Refuel as
soon as possible.
Object Detection System SERVICE STABILITRAK Service Vehicle Messages

Messages This message displays if there is a SERVICE AC SYSTEM
problem with the StabiliTrak®
PARK ASSIST OFF system. See StabiliTrak® System on This message is displays if there is
This message is displayed when the page 9‑34. a problem with the air conditioning
park assist system has been turned system. Take the vehicle to your
off. See Ultrasonic Parking Assist Airbag System Messages dealer for service.
on page 9‑38. SERVICE POWER STEERING
SERVICE AIRBAG
SERVICE PARK ASSIST This message displays if there is a This message is displays if there is
This message is displayed if there is problem with the airbag system. a problem with the power steering
a problem with the park assist Take the vehicle to your dealer for system. Take the vehicle to your
system. Take the vehicle to your service. dealer for service.
dealer for service. SERVICE STEERING
Security Messages COLUMN LOCK
Ride Control System
THEFT ATTEMPTED This message is displays if there is
Messages a problem with the steering column
This message displays if the vehicle
SERVICE TRACTION lock. Take the vehicle to your dealer
detects a tamper condition.
CONTROL for service.
This message displays when there SERVICE VEHICLE SOON

is a problem with the Traction This message is displays if there is
Control System (TCS). See Traction a problem with the vehicle. Take the
Control System (TCS) on vehicle to your dealer for service.
page 9‑33.
Starting the Vehicle Tire Messages There is also an icon with the
warning that will indicate the
Messages SERVICE TIRE MONITOR location of the low tire
TURN STEERING WHEEL SYSTEM The low tire pressure warning light
TURN KEY OFF THEN ON This message displays if there is a will also come on. See Tire
This message is displays when the problem with the Tire Pressure Pressure Light on page 5‑20.
steering column is locked. Try Monitor System (TPMS). See Tire If a tire pressure message appears
turning the steering wheel while Pressure Monitor Operation on on the DIC, stop as soon as you
turning the vehicle off and then back page 10‑53 for more information. can. Inflate the tires by adding air
on to unlock the steering column. TIRE LEARNING ACTIVE until the tire pressure is equal to the
values shown on the Tire and
TURN STEERING WHEEL This message displays when the Loading Information label. See Tires
START VEHICLE AGAIN system is learning new tires. See on page 10‑42, Vehicle Load Limits
This message is displays when the Tire Pressure Monitor Operation on on page 9‑12, and Tire Pressure on
steering column is locked. Try page 10‑53 for more information. page 10‑50.
turning the steering wheel while TIRE PRESSURE LOW ADD You can receive more than one tire
starting the vehicle to unlock the AIR TO TIRE pressure message at a time. To
steering column. read the other messages that may
On vehicles with the Tire Pressure
have been sent at the same time,
Monitor System (TPMS), this
press the set/reset button. The DIC
message displays when the
also shows the tire pressure values.
pressure in one or more of the
See Driver Information Center (DIC)
vehicle's tires is low.
on page 5‑24.
Transmission Messages Vehicle Reminder Vehicle

SERVICE TRANSMISSION Messages Personalization
This message displays if there is a ICE POSSIBLE DRIVE The audio system controls are used
problem with the transmission. See WITH CARE to access the personalization
your dealer. This message is displays when ice menus for customizing vehicle
conditions are possible. features.
TRANSMISSION HOT — IDLE
ENGINE CONFIG (Configuration): Press to
STEERING COLUMN IS access the Configuration
This message displays and a chime LOCKED Settings menu.
sounds if the transmission fluid in This message is displays when the
the vehicle gets hot. Driving with the MENU or MENU/SEL knob
steering column is locked. (depending on system): Press the
transmission fluid temperature high
can cause damage to the vehicle. center of this knob to enter the
Stop the vehicle and let it idle to menus and select menu items. Turn
allow the transmission to cool. This the knob to scroll through the
message clears when the fluid menus.
temperature reaches a safe level. BACK: Press to exit or move
backwards in a menu.
Entering the Personalization

. Power Door Locks Auto Fan Speed
Menus . Remote Locking, Unlocking, This will allow you to select the
1. Press CONFIG to access the Starting automatic fan speed. This feature
Configuration Settings menu. . Return to Factory Settings sets the climate control fan speed to
2. Turn the MENU or MENU/SEL maintain the interior temperature.
Turn the MENU or MENU/SEL knob
knob to highlight Vehicle to highlight the menu. Press the Press the MENU or MENU/SEL
Settings. Press the CONFIG knob to select it. Each of the menus knob when Auto Fan Speed is
button until Vehicle is highlighted is detailed in the following highlighted to open the menu. Turn
on vehicles with navigation information. the knob to highlight High, Medium,
system only. or Low. Press the BACK button to
Vehicles with a Navigation system confirm the selection and move
3. Press the center of the MENU or will display a check mark to indicate
MENU/SEL knob to select the back to the last menu.
this feature is on.
Vehicle Settings menu. Key myst Air Quality Sensor
be in the run position. Climate and Air Quality
This will allow you to select whether
The following list of menu items will If equipped, select the Climate and the system will operate at high or
be available: Air Quality menu and the following low sensitivity. Only vehicles with
will be displayed: the automatic climate control will
. Climate and Air Quality
. Auto Fan Speed have this option.
. Comfort and Convenience
. Air Quality Sensor Press the MENU or MENU/SEL
. Collision/Detection Systems knob when Air Quality Sensor is
. Remote Start Auto Heat Seats highlighted to open the menu. Turn
. Languages
. Auto Defog the knob to highlight High Sensitivity
. Lighting or Low Sensitivity. Press the BACK
. Auto Rear Defog
button to confirm the selection and
move back to the last menu.
Remote Start Auto Heat Seats Press the BACK button to confirm Chime Volume
On vehicles with remote start and the selection and move back to the This allows the selection of the
heated seats, the heated seats can last menu. chime volume level.
be set to on or off. Auto Rear Defog Press the MENU or MENU/SEL
Press the MENU or MENU/SEL When on, this feature turns on the knob when Chime Volume is
knob when Remote Start Auto Heat rear defogger at vehicle start when highlighted. Turn the knob to select
Seats is highlighted to open the the interior temperature is cold and Normal or High. Press the BACK
menu. Turn the knob to highlight On likely fog. The Auto rear defog button to confirm and go back to the
or Off. Press the BACK button to function can be disabled by last menu.
confirm the selection and move pressing 1. When OFF, the feature
back to the last menu. Collision/Detection Systems
can be turned on by pressing 1. If equipped, select the Collision/
Auto Defog See “Rear Window Defogger” under Detection Systems menu and Park
When turned On and high humidity Climate Control Systems on Assist will be displayed.
is detected, the climate control page 8‑1 for more information.
system may adjust to outside air Park Assist
Press the MENU or MENU/SEL
supply and turn on the air knob when Auto Rear Defog is This allows the Ultrasonic Parking
conditioner or the heater. The fan highlighted to open the menu. Turn Assist feature, audible only, to be
speed may slightly increase to help the knob to highlight On or Off. turned on or off.
prevent fogging. When high Press the knob to confirm the Press the MENU or MENU/SEL
humidity is no longer detected, the selection and move back to the knob when Park Assist is
system will return to its prior last menu. highlighted. Turn the knob to select
operation.
Comfort and Convenience On or Off. Press the knob to confirm
Press the MENU or MENU/SEL and go back to the last menu.
knob when Auto Defog is Select the Comfort and
highlighted to open the menu. Turn Convenience menu and Chime
the knob to highlight On or Off. Volume will be displayed.
Languages Press the MENU or MENU/SEL Power Door Locks

knob when Exit Lighting is
Select the Language menu and the Select Power Door Locks and the
highlighted. Turn the knob to select
following will be displayed: following will be displayed:
Off, 30 Seconds, 1 Minute,
. English or 2 Minutes. Press the BACK . Auto Door Unlock
. Francais button to confirm and go back to the . Delayed Door Lock
last menu.
. Espanol . Unlocked Door Anti Lock Out
Vehicle Locator Lights .
Turn the MENU or MENU/SEL knob Auto Door Lock
to select the language. Press BACK This allows the vehicle locator lights
to return to the last menu. to be turned on or off. When on, the Auto Door Unlock
head lamps and back up lamps will This allows selection of which of the
Lighting flash when the keb fob unbutton K doors will automatically unlock when
Select the Lighting menu and the is pressed. the vehicle is shifted into P (Park).
following will be displayed: Press the MENU or MENU/SEL Press the MENU or MENU/SEL
. Exit Lighting knob when Vehicle Locator Lights is knob when Auto Door Unlock is
highlighted to open the menu. Turn highlighted. Turn the knob to select
. Vehicle Locator Lights
the MENU or MENU/SEL knob to All Doors, Driver Door, or Off. Press
Exit Lighting highlight On or Off. Press MENU or the knob to confirm and go back to
MENU/SEL to select On or Off. the last menu.
This allows the selection of how
Press the BACK button to confirm
long the exterior lamps stay on
the selection and move back to the
when leaving the vehicle when it is
last menu.
dark outside.
Delayed Door Lock Even when this feature is off, the Remote Locking, Unlocking,
When on, this feature will delay driver is protected from accidental Starting
the locking of the doors until lockouts when the key is in the
ignition. Select Remote Locking, Unlocking,
five seconds after the last door is Starting and the following will be
closed. You will hear three chimes If Off is selected, the Delayed Door displayed (depending on system):
to signal delayed locking is in use. Lock feature may be enabled
Press either the power lock button through an additional menu
. Remote Lock Feedback
or the lock button on the RKE selection. . Door Unlock or Remote
transmitter twice to override the Press the MENU or MENU/SEL Door Lock
delayed locking feature and knob when Unlocked Door Anti Lock . Remote Unlock Light Feedback
immediately lock all of the doors. Out is highlighted to select On or . Remote Start
Press the MENU or MENU/SEL Off. Press BACK to return to the
knob when Delayed Door Lock is last menu. Remote Lock Feedback
highlighted to select On or Off.
Auto Door Lock This allows selection of what type of
Press BACK to return to the
feedback is given when locking the
last menu. This allows selection of which of the
vehicle with the RKE transmitter.
doors will automatically lock when
Unlocked Door Anti Lock Out the vehicle is shifted into P (Park). Press the MENU or MENU/SEL
When on, all doors will lock. The knob when Remote Lock Feedback
Press the MENU or MENU/SEL
driver door will then unlock if door is highlighted. Turn the knob to
knob when Auto Door Lock is
locking is requested while the select Lights and Horn, Lights Only,
drivers door is open and disables Horn Only, or Off. Press the knob to
On or Off. Press the knob to confirm
Delayed Door Lock feature. confirm and go back to the
and go back to the last menu.
last menu.
Door Unlock or Remote Door Lock Remote Unlock Light Feedback Return to Factory Settings
This allows selection of which doors If equipped, this allows selection of Select Return to Factory Settings to
will unlock when pressing the unlock what type of feedback is given when return all vehicle personalization to
button on the RKE transmitter. unlocking the vehicle with the RKE the default settings. Turn the knob
Press the MENU or MENU/SEL transmitter. to select Yes or No. Press the knob
knob when Door Unlock is Press the MENU or MENU/SEL to confirm and go back to the
highlighted. Turn the knob to select knob when Remote Unlock Light last menu.
All Doors or Driver Door Only. When Feedback is highlighted. Turn the
set to Driver Door Only, the driver knob to select On or Off. Press the
door will unlock the first time the knob to confirm and go back to the
unlock button is pressed and all last menu.
doors will unlock when the button is
pressed a second time. When set to Remote Start
All Doors, all of the doors will unlock If equipped, this allows selection to
at the first press of the unlock turn on or off Remote Start.
button. Press the knob to confirm Press the MENU or MENU/SEL
and go back to the last menu. knob when Remote Start is
On or Off. Press the knob to confirm
and go back to the last menu.
2 NOTES
Lighting 6-1
Lighting Exterior Lighting The exterior lamps control has four

positions:
Exterior Lamp Controls O (Off): Briefly turn to this position
Exterior Lighting to turn the automatic light control off
Exterior Lamp Controls . . . . . . . . 6-1 or on again.
Headlamp High/Low-Beam AUTO (Automatic): Turns the
Changer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2 headlamps on automatically at
Flash-to-Pass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2 normal brightness, together with the
Daytime Running following:
Lamps (DRL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2
Automatic Headlamp . Parking Lamps
System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-3 . Taillamps
Hazard Warning Flashers . . . . . 6-3
Turn and Lane-Change
. License Plate Lamps
The exterior lamps control is located
Signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-4 . Instrument Panel Lights
on the instrument panel to the
Front Fog Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-4
outboard side of the steering . Side Marker Lamps
Interior Lighting column.
; (Parking Lamps): Turns the
Instrument Panel Illumination It controls the following systems: parking lamps on together with the
Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-5 following:
Courtesy Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-5
. Headlamps
Dome Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-5 . Taillamps
. Taillamps
Reading Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-6 . License Plate Lamps
. Parking Lamps
Lighting Features . License Plate Lamps
. Instrument Panel Lights
Entry Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-6 . Side Marker Lamps
. Instrument Panel Lights
Exit Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-6
Battery Power Protection . . . . . . 6-6 . Fog Lamps
6-2 Lighting
5 (Headlamps): Turns the Headlamp High/ Flash-to-Pass

headlamps on together with the Low-Beam Changer To flash the high beams, pull the
lamps listed below. A warning chime
turn signal/lane change lever all the
sounds if the driver door is opened
way toward you. Then release it.
when the ignition switch is off and
the headlamps are on.
.
Daytime Running
Parking Lamps
Lamps (DRL)
. Taillamps
Daytime Running Lamps (DRL) can
. License Plate Lamps make it easier for others to see the
. Instrument Panel Lights 2 3 Headlamp High/Low‐Beam front of your vehicle during the day.
Changer: Push the turn signal/lane Fully functional daytime running
. Side Marker Lamps lamps are required on all vehicles
change lever away from you to turn
# (Front Fog Lamps): For the high beams on. first sold in Canada.
vehicles with fog lamps, press to
turn the lamps on or off. Pull the lever toward you to return to
low beams.
See Front Fog Lamps on page 6‑4.
When the lights are on, ; will be
lit. See Lamps On Reminder on
page 5‑23.
This indicator light turns on in the
instrument panel cluster when the
DRL are on.
This indicator light turns on in the
instrument panel cluster when the A light sensor on top of the
high‐beam headlamps are on. instrument panel makes the DRL
work, so be sure it is not covered.
Lighting 6-3
The DRL system makes the low‐ To turn the DRL lamps off or on Hazard Warning Flashers
beam headlamps come on at a again, turn the exterior lamps
reduced brightness when the control to the off position and then | Hazard Warning Flasher:
following conditions are met: release. For vehicles first sold in Press and momentarily hold this
Canada, the DRL lamps cannot be button located on the instrument
. The ignition is in the ON/
turned off. panel above the climate control
RUN mode. system, to make the front and rear
. The exterior lamps control is Automatic Headlamp turn signal lamps flash on and off.
in AUTO. This warns others that you are
System having trouble. Press and
. The engine is running.
When it is dark enough outside and momentarily hold again to turn the
When the DRL are on, only the low‐ the exterior lamps control is in the flashers off.
beam headlamps, at a reduced level automatic position, the headlamps
of brightness, will be on. The come on automatically. See Exterior
taillamps, sidemarker, instrument Lamp Controls on page 6‑1.
panel, and other lamps will not
be on. The vehicle has a light sensor
located on top of the instrument
The headlamps automatically panel. Make sure it is not covered,
change from DRL to the regular or the headlamps will be on when
headlamps depending on the they are not needed.
darkness of the surroundings. The
other lamps that come on with the The system may also turn on the
headlamps will also come on. headlamps when driving through a
parking garage or tunnel.
When it is bright enough outside,
the headlamps go off and the DRL
come on.
6-4 Lighting
Turn and Lane-Change If after signaling a turn or lane # : Press to turn the fog lamps on
change the arrow flashes rapidly or or off. An indicator light on the
Signals does not come on, a signal bulb instrument panel cluster comes on
may be burned out. Have the bulbs when the fog lamps are on.
replaced. If the bulb is not burned
out, check the fuse. See Fuses and The fog lamps come on together
Circuit Breakers on page 10‑37 for with the parking lamps.
more information. If the high‐beam headlamps are
turned on, the fog lamps will turn off.
Front Fog Lamps If the high‐beam headlamps are
turned off, the fog lamps will turn
back on again.
Some localities have laws that
require the headlamps to be on
along with the fog lamps.
An arrow on the instrument panel
cluster will flash in the direction of
the turn or lane change.
Move the lever all the way up or
down to signal a turn. For vehicles with front fog lamps,
the button is located on the
Raise or lower the lever until the outboard side of the instrument
arrow starts to flash to signal a lane panel.
change. The turn signal flashes
three times. The ignition must be on to turn on
the fog lamps.
The lever returns to its starting
position when it is released.
Lighting 6-5
Interior Lighting D (Instrument Panel Dome Lamps

Brightness): Turn the thumbwheel
Instrument Panel up or down and hold, to brighten or
dim the instrument panel controls
Illumination Control and infotainment display screen.
Courtesy Lamps
The courtesy lamps come on
automatically when any door is
opened and the dome lamp is in the
door position.
The dome lamp controls are located

in the overhead console.
( (Dome Lamp Override): Press
This feature controls the brightness to turn the lamps off, even when a
of the instrument panel controls and door is open.
infotainment display screen. The H (Door): Press to turn the lamps
thumbwheel is located to the left of on automatically when a door is
the steering column on the opened.
instrument panel.
' (On): Press to turn on the
dome lamps.
6-6 Lighting
Reading Lamps Lighting Features ignition. The exterior lamps and

dome lamps remain on after the
door is closed for a set amount of
Entry Lighting time, then automatically turn off.
The headlamps, parking lamps, The exterior lamps turn off
taillamps, and most of the interior immediately by turning the exterior
lights turn on briefly, when the lamps control to OFF.
Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) K is
The exit lighting feature can be
pressed. After about 30 seconds the changed. See Vehicle
The reading lamps are located in
exterior lamps turn off, and then the Personalization on page 5‑34.
the overhead console.
dome and remaining interior lights
# / $ : Press the button near will dim to off. Entry lighting can be
each lamp to turn it on or off. disabled manually by changing the
Battery Power Protection
ignition out of the OFF position, The battery saver feature is
or by pressing the RKE Q button. designed to protect the vehicle's
battery.
This feature can be changed. See
Vehicle Personalization on If some interior lights are left on and
page 5‑34 the ignition is turned off, the battery
rundown protection system
Exit Lighting automatically turns the lamp off after
some time.
The headlamps, taillamps, parking
lamps, back‐up lamps, and license
plate lamps come on at night, or in
areas with limited lighting, when the
key is removed from the ignition.
The dome lamps also come on
when the key is removed from the
Infotainment System 7-1

. Set up the tone, speaker
Infotainment Introduction adjustments, and preset radio
System Infotainment
stations.
For more information, see Defensive
Read the following pages to Driving on page 9‑2.
Introduction become familiar with the audio
The vehicle has Retained
Infotainment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-1 system's features.
Accessory Power (RAP). With RAP,
Theft-Deterrent Feature . . . . . . . 7-2 the audio system can be played
Overview (Base Level) . . . . . . . .
Overview (Uplevel) . . . . . . . . . . . .
7-2
7-4
{ WARNING even after the ignition is turned off.
See Retained Accessory Power
Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-6 Taking your eyes off the road for (RAP) on page 9‑22 for more
extended periods could cause a information.
Radio crash resulting in injury or death
AM-FM Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-11 Navigation/Radio System
to you or others. Do not give
Satellite Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-13
Radio Reception . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-16 extended attention to For vehicles with a navigation radio
Satellite Radio Antenna . . . . . . 7-17 entertainment tasks while driving. system, see the separate Navigation
Multi-Band Antenna . . . . . . . . . . 7-17 System manual.
This system provides access to
Audio Players
many audio and non audio listings.
CD Player . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-18
Auxiliary Devices . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-20 To minimize taking your eyes off the
road while driving, do the following
Phone while the vehicle is parked:
Bluetooth (Overview) . . . . . . . . 7-23
Bluetooth (Infotainment
. Become familiar with the
Controls) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-24 operation and controls of the
Bluetooth (Voice audio system.
Recognition) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-28
7-2 Infotainment System
Theft-Deterrent Feature Overview (Base Level)

The theft-deterrent feature works by
learning a portion of the Vehicle
Identification Number (VIN) to the
infotainment system. The
infotainment system does not
operate if it is stolen or moved to a
different vehicle.
A. O C. g
. Turns the system on or off . Radio: Seeks the previous
and adjusts the volume. station.
B. Buttons 1 to 6 . CD: Selects the previous
. Radio: Saves and selects track or rewinds within a
favorite stations. track.
D. k I. AS M. FAV
. CD: Pauses playback, and
. Radio: Opens the auto . Radio: Opens the
stops playback. store stations list. favorites list.
E. l J. BACK N. 5/>
. Menu: Moves one
. Radio: Seeks the next
. Opens the phone
level back. main menu.
station.
. Character Input: Deletes . Mutes the audio system.
. CD: Selects the next track the last character.
or fast forwards within a O. CONFIG
track. K. Y . Opens the settings menu.
F. CLOCK . Removes a disc from the P. CD/AUX
. Opens the clock menu. CD slot.
. Selects the CD player or
G. INFO L. MENU or MENU/SEL knob an external audio source.
(depending on system)
. Radio: Shows available Q. BAND
information about the
. Turn to open menus,
current station. highlight menu items, . Changes the band while
or set numeric values while listening to the radio.
. CD: Shows available in a menu.
. Selects the radio when
current track.
. Press to select menu listening to a different
items. audio source.
H. TONE
. Radio: Manually selects
. Opens the tone menu. radio stations.
. CD: Selects tracks.
Overview (Uplevel) D. u
. CD: Moves up one folder
level while playing an MP3.
E. k
. CD: Pauses playback, and
stops playback.
F. w
. CD: Moves back one folder
level while playing an MP3.
G. l
. Radio: Seeks the next
station.
. CD: Selects the next track
or fast forwards within a
track.
H. CLOCK
A. O C. g . Opens the clock menu.
. Turns the system on or off . Radio: Seeks the previous
and adjusts the volume. station.
B. Buttons 1 to 6 . CD: Selects the previous
. Radio: Saves and selects track or rewinds within a
favorite stations. track.
I. INFO M. Y P. 5/>
. Radio: Shows available . Removes a disc from the . Opens the phone
information about the CD slot. main menu.
current station.
N. MENU or MENU/SEL knob . Mutes the audio system.
. CD: Shows available (depneing on system) Q. CONFIG
current track.
. Turn to open menus, . Opens the settings menu.
highlight menu items,
J. TONE or set numeric values while R. CD Slot
. Opens the tone menu. in a menu. . Insert a CD.
K. AS . Press to select menu S. CD/AUX
items.
. Radio: Opens the auto . Selects the CD player or
store stations list. . Radio: Manually selects an external audio source.
radio stations.
L. BACK T. BAND
. CD: Selects tracks.
. Menu: Moves one . Changes the band while
level back. O. FAV listening to the radio.
. Character Input: Deletes . Radio: Opens the . Selects the radio when
the last character. favorites list. listening to a different
audio source.
Operation MENU System (Base Level) B. The angled arrow indicates that
a submenu with more options is
Controls The menu system for the base level
available.
infotainment system appears on the
The infotainment system is operated top half of the display screen. C. A single right arrow indicates
by using the pushbuttons, that the first submenu level is
multifunction knobs, menus shown Menu Icons active. Two right arrows indicate
on the display, and steering wheel The menu icons indicate the that the second submenu level
controls, if equipped. following: is active.
Turning the System On or Off D. The down arrow indicates that
that more options are available
O (Volume/Power): Press to turn in the current menu.
the system on and off.
Controls
Automatic Switch‐Off
The MENU or MENU/SEL knob and
If the infotainment system has been the BACK button are used to
turned on after the ignition is turned navigate the menu system.
off, the system will turn off
automatically after 10 minutes. MENU or MENU/SEL Knob
(depending on system): Press to:
Volume Control . Enter the menu system.
O (Volume/Power): Turn to adjust . Select or activate the menu
the volume. A. The up and down arrows option.
5 / > (Phone/Mute): Press 5 / > indicate that the main menu is
. Confirm a set value.
to mute the infotainment system. active.
Press 5 / > again, or turn the O
. Turn a system setting on or off.
knob to cancel mute.
Turn to: Activating a Setting 2. Turn the MENU or MENU/SEL

. Select a menu, or a menu knob to change the current value
option. of the setting.
. Select a value. 3. Press the MENU or MENU/SEL
knob to confirm the setting.
BACK: Press to:
Turning a Function On or Off
. Exit a menu.
. Return from a submenu screen 1. Press the MENU or MENU/SEL
to the previous menu screen. knob to enter the
. Delete the last character in a displayed menu.
sequence. 2. Turn the MENU or MENU/SEL
Selecting a Menu Option knob to display the setting.
1. Turn the MENU or MENU/SEL 3. Press the MENU or MENU/SEL 1. Press the MENU or MENU/SEL
knob to scroll through available knob to activate the setting. knob to enter the
menu options. Setting a Value displayed menu.
2. Press the MENU or MENU/SEL 2. Turn the MENU or MENU/SEL
knob to select the option. knob to turn the function on
or off.
Submenus
3. Press the MENU or MENU/SEL
A single right arrow indicates that a knob to confirm the setting.
submenu with other options is
available.
A double right arrow indicates that a 1. Press the MENU or MENU/SEL
second submenu with other options knob to enter the
is available. displayed menu.
Entering a Character Sequence MENU System (Uplevel) BACK: Press to:

The menu system for the uplevel . Exit a menu.
infotainment system appears on the . Return from a submenu screen
display screen. to the previous menu screen.
Controls . Delete the last character in a
The MENU or MENU/SEL knob and sequence.
the BACK button are used to Selecting a Menu Option
1. Press the MENU or MENU/SEL navigate the menu system.
knob to enter the
displayed menu. MENU or MENU/SEL Knob
(depending on system): Press to:
2. Turn the MENU or MENU/SEL
knob to adjust the highlighted
. Enter the menu system.
character. . Select or activate the highlighted
3. Press the MENU or MENU/SEL menu option.
knob to select the character. . Confirm a set value. 1. Turn the MENU or MENU/SEL
Press the BACK button to delete the knob to move the
. Turn a system setting on or off.
last character in the sequence or highlighted bar.
Turn to:
press and hold to delete the entire 2. Press the MENU or MENU/SEL
character sequence. . Highlight a menu option. knob to select the highlighted
. Select a value. option.
Submenus Setting a Value Entering a Character Sequence

An arrow on the right‐hand edge of
the menu indicates that it has a
submenu with other options.
Activating a Setting
1. Turn the MENU or MENU/SEL 1. Turn the MENU or MENU/SEL

knob to change the current value knob to highlight the character.
of the setting. 2. Press the MENU or MENU/SEL
2. Press the MENU or MENU/SEL knob to select the character.
knob to confirm the setting. Press the BACK button to delete the
knob to highlight the setting. Turning a Function On or Off last character in the sequence or
press and hold to delete the entire
2. Press the MENU or MENU/SEL character sequence.
knob to activate the setting.

knob to highlight the function.
2. Press the MENU or MENU/SEL
knob to turn the function on
or off.
Audio Settings Adjusting the Fader and Balance 4. Select the number of available
1. Press the TONE button. favorite pages.
The audio settings can be set for
each radio band and each audio 2. Select Fader or Balance. 5. Press the BACK button to go
player source. back to the System
3. Select the value. Configuration menu.
To quickly reset an audio setting
value to 0: Press the BACK button to go back Auto Volume
to the Tone Settings menu.
1. Press the TONE button. The auto volume feature
Adjusting the EQ (Equalizer) automatically adjusts the radio
2. Select the audio setting.
For vehicles that have an equalizer: volume to compensate for road and
3. Press and hold the MENU or wind noise as the vehicle speeds up
MENU/SEL button until the value 1. Press the TONE button. or slows down, so that the volume
changes to 0. 2. Select EQ presets. level is consistent.
Press the BACK button to go back 3. Select the setting. The level of volume compensation
to the Tone Settings menu. can be selected, or the auto volume
Press the BACK button to go back feature can be turned off.
Adjusting the Treble, Midrange, to the Tone Settings menu.
and Bass 1. Press the CONFIG button.
System Settings
1. Press the TONE button. 2. Select Radio Settings.
2. Select Treble, Midrange, Configuring the Number of
3. Select Auto Volume.
or Bass. Favorite Pages
4. Select the setting.
3. Select the value. To configure the number of available
favorite pages: 5. Press the BACK button to go
Press the BACK button to go back back to the System
to the Tone Settings menu. 1. Press the CONFIG button.
Configuration menu.
2. Select Radio Settings.
3. Select Radio Favorites.
Maximum Startup Volume Radio RDS (Radio Data System)

The maximum volume played when The radio may have RDS. The RDS
the radio is first turned on can AM-FM Radio feature is available for use only on
be set. FM stations that broadcast RDS
1. Press the CONFIG button.
Control Buttons information. This feature only works
The buttons used to control the when the information from the radio
2. Select Radio Settings. station is available. In rare cases, a
radio are:
3. Select Maximum Startup radio station could broadcast
BAND: Press to turn the radio on incorrect information that causes the
Volume.
and choose between AM, FM, and radio features to work improperly.
4. Select the setting. XM™, if equipped. If this happens, contact the radio
5. Press the BACK button to go MENU or MENU/SEL: Turn to station.
back to the System navigate the available menus and to While the radio is tuned to an
Configuration menu. search for stations. FM-RDS station, the station name
INFO: Press to display additional or call letters display.
information that may be available for
Radio Menus
the current song.
Radio menus are available for AM
g/l: Press to search for
and FM.
stations.
FAV: Press to open the favorites
to open the main radio menu for
list and select the favorites page.
that band.
1 to 6: Press to select preset
stations.
AS (Autostore): Press to open the
autostore list.
Selecting a Band Manual Tuning Category Lists

Press the BAND button to choose Turn the TUNE knob to select the Most stations that broadcast an
AM, FM, or XM™, if equipped. The frequency on the display. RDS program type code specify the
last station that was playing starts type of programming transmitted.
Favorites List Some stations change the program
playing again.
1. Turn the MENU or MENU/ type code depending on the
Selecting a Station SEL knob. content. The system stores the RDS
Seek Tuning 2. Select Favorites List. stations sorted by program type in
the FM category list.
If the radio station is not known: 3. Select the station.
To search for a programming type
Briefly press g or l to Station Lists determined by station:
automatically search for the next 1. Turn the MENU or MENU/ 1. Turn the MENU or MENU/
available station. If a station is not SEL knob. SEL knob.
found, the radio switches to a more
sensitive search level. If a station 2. Select AM or FM Station List. All 2. Select FM category list. A list of
still is not found, the frequency that receivable stations in the current all programming types available
was last active begins to play. reception area are displayed. If a displays.
station list has not been created,
If the radio station is known: 3. Select the programming type.
an automatic station search
A list of stations that transmit
Press and hold g or l until the is done.
programming of the selected
station on the display is reached, 3. Select the station. type displays.
then release the button.
4. Select the station.
The category lists are updated when
the station lists are updated.
Updating Station & Category Lists Storing Stations 3. The radio will automatically store
If stations stored in the station list To store the station to a position in the six strongest stations found
can no longer be received: the list, press the corresponding as autostore presets.
1. Turn the MENU or MENU/ button 1 to 6 until a beep is heard. Press the AS button to alternate
SEL knob. between the autostore stations and
Retrieving Stations favorites.
2. Select Update AM or FM Station Press the FAV button to open a
List, if the stations stored in the AS displays on the radio when using
favorite page or to switch to another autostore presets.
station list are no longer favorite page. Briefly press one of
received. A station search will be the 1 to 6 buttons to retrieve the Autostore does not delete
completed and the first station in station. previously stored favorite stations.
the updated list will play. Autostore does not function with XM
Autostore Stations
To cancel the station search, press radio stations.
the MENU or MENU/SEL Knob. AS (Autostore): Autostore
searches and stores six FM and Satellite Radio
Storing a Station as a Favorite six AM stations with the strongest
Stations from all bands can be signal. To use autostore: Vehicles with an XM™ Satellite
stored in any order in the favorite Radio tuner and a valid XM Satellite
1. Press RADIO/BAND to select Radio subscription can receive XM
pages. FM or AM. programming.
Up to six stations can be stored in 2. Press AS for at least
each favorite page and the number two seconds until a beep
of available favorite pages can sounds. SEARCH displays on
be set. the radio, followed by the
number of stations found.
XM Satellite Radio Service FAV: Press to open the Removing or Adding Categories
favorites list. Channels in a category that have
XM is a satellite radio service that is
based in the 48 contiguous United 1 to 6: Press to select a favorite. been removed can still be accessed
States and 10 Canadian provinces. MENU or MENU/SEL (depending by using the g or l buttons,
XM Satellite Radio has a wide on system): Turn to select a or the MENU or MENU/SEL knob.
variety of programming and channel.
commercial-free music, coast to To add or remove categories:
coast, and in digital-quality sound. INFO: Press to display additional 1. Press the CONFIG button.
A service fee is required to receive information that may be available
about the current song. 2. Select Radio Settings.
the XM service. If XM Service needs
to be reactivated, the radio will k (Play/Pause): Press to pause 3. Select XM Categories.
display "No Subscription Please time shifted content, if equipped. 4. Turn the MENU or MENU/SEL
Renew" on channel XM1. For more knob to highlight the category.
information, contact XM at Selecting the XM Band
www.xmradio.com or call 5. Press the MENU or MENU/SEL
Press the RADIO/BAND button to
1-800-929-2100 in the U.S. and knob to remove or add the
choose between the AM, FM, and
www.xmradio.ca or call category.
XM bands. The last channel played
1-877-438-9677 in Canada. in that band begins to play when Selecting an XM Channel
Control Buttons that band is selected.
XM channels can be selected by
The buttons used to control the XM XM Categories using g, l, the MENU or MENU/
radio are: XM channels are organized in SEL knob, or the menu system.
RADIO/BAND: Press to turn the categories.
radio on and choose between AM,
FM, and XM.
g/l: Press to go to the
previous or next channel.
Selecting a Channel Using g Selecting a Channel Using the Retrieving Channels

Menu System
or l Press the FAV button to open a
1. Turn the MENU or MENU/ favorite page or to change to
. Press and release g or l to SEL knob. another favorite page. Briefly press
go to the previous or next one of the 1 to 6 buttons to retrieve
2. Select XM Category List.
channel. the channel.
3. Select the category.
. Press and hold g or l to XM Messages
scroll through the previous or 4. Select the channel.
XL (Explicit Language
next channel until the channel is Storing an XM Channel as a Channels): These channels, or any
reached. Favorite others, can be blocked by request,
Selecting a Channel Using the Channels from all bands can be by calling 1-800-929-2100 in the
MENU Knob stored in any order in the favorite U.S., and 1-877-438-9677 in
pages. Canada.
To select an XM channel using the
MENU or MENU/SEL knob: Up to six channels can be stored in XM Updating: The encryption code
each favorite page and the number in the receiver is being updated. No
of available favorite pages can action is required. This process
to highlight an XM channel. The
be set. should take no longer than
channel is selected after a short
30 seconds.
delay. Storing a Channel as a Favorite
Loading XM: The audio system is
To select a channel using the menu: To store the channel to a position in acquiring and processing audio and
1. Turn the MENU or MENU/SEL the list, press and hold the text data. No action is needed. This
knob and select Channel List. corresponding 1 to 6 button until the message should disappear shortly.
2. Select the desired channel. channel can be heard again.
Channel Off Air: This channel is
not currently in service. Tune in to
another channel.
Channel Unauth: This channel is No Subscription Please Renew: Check Antenna: If this message
blocked or cannot be received with XM subscription needs to be does not clear within a short period
your XM Subscription package. reactivated. Contact XM at of time, the receiver could have a
Channel Unavailable: This www.xmradio.com or call fault. Consult with your dealer.
previously assigned channel is no 1-800-929-2100 in the U.S. and XM Not Available: If this message
longer assigned. Tune to another www.xmradio.ca or call does not clear within a short period
station. 1-877-438-9677 in Canada. of time, the receiver could have a
No Artist Info: The system is No XM Signal: The system is fault. Consult with your dealer.
working properly. No artist working properly. The vehicle may
information is available at this time be in a location where the XM signal Radio Reception
on this channel. is being blocked. When the vehicle
is moved into an open area, the Frequency interference and static
No Title Info: The system is signal should return. can occur during normal radio
working properly. No song title reception if items such as cell phone
information is available at this time CAT Not Found: The system is chargers, vehicle convenience
on this channel. working properly. There are no accessories, and external electronic
channels available for the selected devices are plugged into the
No CAT Info: The system is category. accessory power outlet. If there is
working properly. No category interference or static, unplug the
information is available at this time XM Radio ID: If tuned to channel 0,
this message alternates with the XM item from the accessory power
on this channel. outlet.
Radio 8‐digit radio ID label. This
No Information: The system is label is needed to activate the
working properly. No text or service.
informational messages are
available at this time on this Unknown: If this message is
channel. received when tuned to channel 0,
there could be a receiver fault.
Consult with your dealer.
FM XM™ Satellite Radio Service Satellite Radio Antenna

FM signals only reach about 16 to XM Satellite Radio Service gives The XM Satellite Radio antenna is
65 km (10 to 40 miles). Although the digital radio reception from coast to located on the roof of the vehicle.
radio has a built-in electronic circuit coast in the 48 contiguous United Keep the antenna clear of
that automatically works to reduce States, and in Canada. Just as with obstructions for clear radio
interference, some static can occur, FM, tall buildings or hills can reception.
especially around tall buildings or interfere with satellite radio signals,
hills, causing the sound to fade in causing the sound to fade in and If the vehicle has a sunroof, the
and out. out. In addition, traveling or standing performance of the XM system may
under heavy foliage, bridges, be affected if the sunroof is open.
AM garages, or tunnels may cause loss
The range for most AM stations is of the XM signal for a period of time. Multi-Band Antenna
greater than for FM, especially at The multi-band antenna is on the
night. The longer range can cause
Cellular Phone Usage
roof of the vehicle. The antenna is
station frequencies to interfere with Cellular phone usage may cause used for the AM/FM radio, OnStar,
each other. For better radio interference with the vehicle's radio. the XM Satellite Radio Service
reception, most AM radio stations This interference may occur when System, and GPS (Global
boost the power levels during the making or receiving phone calls, Positioning System), if the vehicle
day, and then reduce these levels charging the phone's battery, has these features. Keep the
during the night. Static can also or simply having the phone on. This antenna clear of obstructions for
occur when things like storms and interference can cause an increased clear reception.
power lines interfere with radio level of static while listening to the
reception. When this happens, try radio. If static is received while
reducing the treble on the radio. listening to the radio, unplug the
cellular phone and turn it off.
Audio Players If the bottom surface of a disc is

dirty, take a soft lint‐free cloth,
While using the CD player, use
only CDs in good condition
or dampen a clean soft cloth in a without any label, load one CD at
CD Player mild neutral detergent solution a time, and keep the CD player
The CD player can play audio CDs mixed with water, and clean it. Wipe and the loading slot free of
and MP3 CDs. the disc from the center to the foreign materials, liquids, and
outer edge. debris.
The CD player will not play
8 cm (3 in) CDs. Care of the CD Player Control Buttons
Care of CDs Do not add a label to a disc, as it The buttons used to control the CD
could get caught in the CD player. player are:
Sound quality can be reduced due If a label is needed, label the top of
to disc quality, recording method, CD/AUX: Press to use the CD
the recorded disc with a
quality of the music recorded, and player.
marking pen.
how the disc has been handled. l/g: Press to select tracks or
Handle discs carefully and store Do not use disc lens cleaners
to fast forward or rewind within a
them in their original cases or other because they could contaminate the
track.
protective cases away from direct lens of the disc optics and damage
sunlight and dust. If the bottom the CD player. INFO: Press to display additional
surface of a disc is damaged, the information about the current track
Notice: If a label is added to a
disc may not play properly or at all. that may be available.
CD, or more than one CD is
Do not touch the bottom surface of inserted into the slot at a time, TUNE: Turn to select tracks.
a disc while handling it; this could or an attempt is made to play
damage the surface. Pick up discs scratched or damaged CDs, the
by grasping the outer edges or the CD player could be damaged.
edge of the hole and the outer edge.
MENU or MENU/SEL knob Information about the disc and Selecting an MP3 Track
(depending on system): Turn to current track is shown on the Using the control buttons:
enter the menu. display depending on the data
SELECT: Press to select an item. stored. . Press the g or l button to
Selecting a CD Track select the previous or next track.
Y (Eject): Press to eject the disc.
Using the control buttons:
. Turn the TUNE knob.
Inserting a CD
Using the CD Menu:
With the printed side facing up,
. Press the g or l button to
select the previous or next track. 1. Turn the MENU or MENU/
insert a disc into the CD slot until it
SEL knob.
is drawn in. . Turn the TUNE knob.
2. Select Playlists/Folders.
Removing a CD Using the CD Menu:
3. Select the playlist or folder.
Press the Y button. 1. Turn the MENU or MENU/
SEL knob. 4. Select the track.
The disc is pushed out of the
2. Select Tracks list. Searching for MP3 Tracks
CD slot.
3. Select the track. The search feature may take some
If the disc is not removed after it is
time to display the information after
ejected, it is pulled back in after a Playing Tracks in Random Order reading the disc due to the amount
few seconds.
Turn the MENU or MENU/SEL knob of information stored on the disc.
Playing a CD or MP3 CD and then set Shuffle Songs to On. FM automatically plays while the
disc is being read.
Press the CD/AUX button if there is Fast Forward and Rewind
a disc in the player; it begins
playing. Press and hold l or g to fast
forward or rewind within the current
track.
Tracks can be searched by: Auxiliary Devices 3.5 mm Jack

. Playlists The optional AUX input allows Connect a 3.5 mm (1/8 in) cable to
. Artists portable devices to connect to the the auxiliary input jack to use a
vehicle using the 3.5 mm (1/8 in) portable audio player.
. Albums auxiliary jack or USB port. Playback of an audio device that is
. Song Titles Portable devices are controlled by connected to the 3.5 mm jack can
. Genres using the menu system described in only be controlled using the controls
Operation on page 7‑6. on the device.
. Folder View
Adjusting the Volume
To search for tracks:
1. Turn the MENU or MENU/ Turn the O knob to adjust the
SEL knob. volume of the infotainment system
after the volume level has been set
2. Select Search. on the portable audio device.
3. Select: Playlists, Artists, Albums,
Song Titles, Genres, USB Port
or Folder View. For vehicles with a USB port, the
4. Select the track. following devices may be connected
and controlled by the infotainment
system.
. iPods
The AUX input/USB port is located . PlaysForSure Devices (PFD)
in the center console. Remove the
cover to access and replace when . USB Drives
not in use. . Zunes
Not all iPods, PFDs, USB drives, To search for tracks: On: Repeats the current track.
and Zunes are compatible with the 1. Turn the MENU or MENU/ Off: Starts playback from the
infotainment system. Devices are SEL knob. beginning of the current track after
also charged while plugged into the the last track finishes.
USB port. 2. Select Search.
3. Select: Playlists, Artists, Albums, Connecting and Controlling a
Connecting and Controlling
Song Titles, Podcasts, Genres, PlaysForSure Device (PFD)
an iPod™
Audiobooks, or Composers. or Zune™
Not all iPods can be controlled by
4. Select the track. Connecting a PFD or Zune
the infotainment system.
Shuffle Connect the PFD or Zune to the
Connecting an iPod
Turn the MENU or MENU/SEL knob USB port.
Connect the iPod to the USB port.
and set Shuffle Songs (Random) to Searching for a Track
Searching for a Track On or Off, then press the BACK
button to return the main screen. Tracks can be searched for by:
Tracks that are found can be .
On: Plays tracks in the current Playlists
searched for by:
folder in random order. . Artists
. Playlists
Off: Plays tracks in the current . Albums
. Artists
folder in sequential order. . Song Titles
. Albums
Repeat . Podcasts
. Song Titles
Turn the MENU or MENU/SEL knob . Genres
. Podcasts and set Repeat to On or Off, then
. Genres press the BACK button to return the
main screen.
. Audiobooks
. Composers
To search for tracks: Repeat Off: Starts playback from Files that do not have any meta
1. Turn the MENU or MENU/ the beginning of the current track data stored in the ID3 tag display as
SEL knob. after the last track finishes. Unknown.
2. Select Search. Connecting and Controlling a Tracks can be searched for by:
USB Drive . Playlists*
3. Select: Playlists, Artists, Albums,
Song Titles, Podcasts, The infotainment system can only . Artists
or Genres. play back .mp3 and .wma files from . Albums
a USB drive.
4. Select the track. . Song Titles
Only the first 10,000 songs are
Shuffle Functionality recognized on the device. . Genres
Turn the MENU or MENU/SEL knob When a device is not supported, the . Folder View
and set Shuffle Songs (Random) to message “No supported data found.
On or Off. *This only displays if a playlist is
You can safely disconnect the found on the device.
On: Plays current tracks in random device” appears.
order. To search for tracks:
Connecting a USB Drive
Off: Plays current tracks in 1. Turn the MENU or MENU/
Connect the USB drive to the SEL knob.
sequential order.
USB port.
Repeat Functionality 2. Select Search.
Searching for a Track
Turn the MENU or MENU/SEL knob 3. Select: Playlists, Artists, Albums,
It is normal for the search feature to Song Titles, Genres,
and set Repeat to On or Off.
take some time to display the or Folder View.
Repeat On: Repeats the current information after reading the device
track. 4. Select the track.
due to the amount of information
stored.
Shuffle Functionality Phone Steering Wheel Controls

Turn the MENU or MENU/SEL knob b g (Push To Talk): Press to
and set Shuffle Songs (Random) to Bluetooth (Overview) answer incoming calls, to confirm
On or Off. system information, and to start
Vehicles with a Bluetooth system voice recognition.
On: Plays current tracks in random can use a Bluetooth capable cell
order. phone with a Hands‐Free Profile to $ i (End Call/Mute): Press to
Off: Plays current tracks in make and receive phone calls. The end a call, reject a call, or cancel an
sequential order. infotainment system and voice operation.
recognition are used to control the Infotainment System Controls
Repeat Functionality system. The system can be used
Turn the MENU or MENU/SEL knob while the ignition is in ON/RUN or For information about how to
and set Repeat to On or Off. ACC/ACCESSORY. The range of navigate the menu system using the
the Bluetooth system can be up to infotainment controls, see Operation
Repeat On: Repeats the current on page 7‑6.
9.1 m (30 ft). Not all phones support
track.
all functions and not all phones work 5 / > (Phone): Press to enter the
Repeat Off: Starts playback from with the Bluetooth system. See Phone main menu.
the beginning of the current track www.gm.com/bluetooth for more
after the last track finishes. information about compatible Voice Recognition
phones. The voice recognition system uses
Bluetooth Controls commands to control the system
and dial phone numbers.
Use the buttons located on the
Noise: The system may not
infotainment system and the
recognize voice commands if there
steering wheel to operate the
is too much background noise.
Bluetooth system.
When to Speak: A tone sounds to See Radio Frequency Statement on The pairing process can be started
indicate that the system is ready for page 13‑16 for FCC and Industry by using the voice recognition
a voice command. Wait for the tone Canada information. system or the controls on the
and then speak. infotainment system.
How to Speak: Speak clearly in a Bluetooth (Infotainment Pairing Information:
calm and natural voice. Controls) . Up to five cell phones can be
Audio System For information about how to paired to the Bluetooth system.
navigate the menu system using the . The pairing process is disabled
When using the Bluetooth system, infotainment controls, see Operation
sound comes through the vehicle's when the vehicle is moving.
on page 7‑6.
front audio system speakers and . The Bluetooth system links with
overrides the audio system. Turn Pairing the first available paired cell
the O knob during a call to change A Bluetooth‐enabled cell phone phone in the order the phone
the volume level. The adjusted must be paired to the Bluetooth was paired.
volume level remains in memory for system first and then connected to . Only one paired cell phone can
later calls. The system maintains a the vehicle before it can be used. be connected to the Bluetooth
minimum volume level. See the cell phone manufacturer's system at a time.
Other Information user guide for Bluetooth functions . Pairing should only need to be
before pairing the cell phone. If a
®
The Bluetooth word mark and completed once, unless changes
Bluetooth phone is not connected,
logos are owned by the Bluetooth® to the pairing information have
calls will be made using OnStar®
SIG, Inc. and any use of such marks been made or the phone is
Hands‐Free Calling, if available.
by General Motors is under license. deleted.
Refer to the OnStar Owner's Guide
Other trademarks and trade names for more information. To link to a different paired phone,
are those of their respective owners. see “Linking to a Different Phone”
later in this section.
Pairing a Phone Locate the device named “Your Deleting a Paired Phone
1. Press the CONFIG button. Vehicle” in the list on the cell 1. Press the CONFIG button.
phone and follow the instructions
2. Select Phone Settings. on the cell phone to enter the 2. Select Phone Settings.
3. Select Bluetooth. four‐digit PIN provided by the 3. Select Bluetooth.
system.
4. Select Pair Device (Phone). 4. Select Device List.
A four‐digit Personal 6. The system prompts for a name
for the phone and confirms the 5. Select the phone to delete and
Identification Number (PIN) follow the on‐screen prompts.
appears on the display. name provided. This name is
used to indicate which phone is Linking to a Different Phone
If the “Add new GPS device” connected.
option is selected, the system To link to a different phone, the new
will start a search for Bluetooth 7. The system responds with phone must be in the vehicle and
“Handsfree” profile devices just “<Phone name> has been available to be connected to the
like if “Add new Phone” was successfully paired” after the Bluetooth system before the
selected. The additional GPS pairing process is complete. process is started.
location feature which would 8. Repeat Steps 1 through 7 to pair 1. Press the CONFIG button.
provide the vehicle's GPS additional phones.
location through the Bluetooth 2. Select Phone Settings.
Serial Port Profile is not Listing All Paired and Connected
Phones 3. Select Bluetooth.
available.
1. Press the CONFIG button. 4. Select Device List.
5. Start the pairing process on the
cell phone that will be paired to 2. Select Phone Settings. 5. Select the new phone to link to
the vehicle. Reference the cell and follow the on‐screen
3. Select Bluetooth. prompts.
phone manufacturer's user guide
for information on this process. 4. Select Device List. If delete is selected, the
highlighted phone will be
deleted.
Making a Call Using To make a call using the Phone Making a Call
Phone Book Book menu:
1. Press the 5 / > button twice.
For cell phones that support the 1. Press the 5 / > button twice. 2. Enter the character sequence.
phone book feature, the Bluetooth
2. Select Phone Book. See “Entering a Character
system can use the contacts stored
on your cell phone to make calls. 3. You can search through the list Sequence” in Operation on
See your cell phone's owner's guide by selecting the letter group the page 7‑6 for more information.
or contact your wireless provider to phone book entry begins with, 3. Select Call to start dialing the
find out if this feature is supported or press the MENU or MENU/ number.
by your phone. SEL knob to scroll through the
entire list of names/numbers in Accepting or Declining a Call
When a cell phone supports the
the phone book. When a call is received, the
phone book feature, the Phone
Book and Call Lists menus are 4. Select the name or number you infotainment system mutes and a
automatically available. want to call. ring tone is heard in the vehicle.
The Phone Book menu allows you To make a call using the Call Accepting a Call
to access the phone book stored in Lists menu: Turn the MENU or MENU/SEL knob
the cell phone to make a call. to Answer and press the MENU or
1. Press the 5 / > button twice.
The Call Lists menu allows you to MENU/SEL knob.
access the phone numbers from the 2. Select Call Lists.
Declining a Call
Incoming Calls, Outgoing Calls, and 3. Select the Incoming Calls,
Missed Calls menus on your cell Outgoing Calls, or Missed Turn the MENU or MENU/SEL knob
phone to make a call. Calls list. to Decline and press the MENU or
MENU/SEL knob.
4. Select the name or number you
want to call.
Call Waiting Conference Calling Ending a Call

Call waiting must be supported on Conference calling and three‐way Press the MENU or MENU/SEL
the Bluetooth phone and enabled by calling must be supported on the knob and select Hang Up.
the wireless service carrier to work. Bluetooth phone and enabled by the
wireless service carrier to work. Muting a Call
Accepting a Call
To start a conference while in a To Mute a Call
Turn the MENU or MENU/SEL knob current call:
to Answer and press the MENU or Press the MENU or MENU/SEL
MENU/SEL knob. 1. Press the MENU or MENU/ knob and select Mute Call.
SEL knob. To Cancel Mute
Declining a Call
2. Select Enter Number. Press the MENU or MENU/SEL
to Decline and press the MENU or 3. Enter the character sequence knob and select Mute Call.
MENU/SEL knob. then select call. See “Entering a
Character Sequence” in Dual Tone Multi-Frequency
Switching Between Calls (Call Operation on page 7‑6 for more (DTMF) Tones
Waiting Calls Only) information. The Bluetooth system can send
To switch between calls: 4. After the call has been placed, numbers during a call. This is used
turn the MENU or MENU/SEL when calling a menu‐driven phone
1. Press the MENU or MENU/
knob button and choose Merge system.
SEL knob.
Calls. 1. Press the MENU or MENU/SEL
2. Select Switch Call from
5. To add more callers to the knob and select Enter Number.
the menu.
conference call, repeat Steps 1 2. Enter the character sequence.
through 4. The number of callers See “Entering a Character
that can be added is limited by Sequence” in Operation on
your wireless service carrier. page 7‑6 for more information.

. If multiple paired cell phones are
Bluetooth (Voice Pairing
within range of the system, the
Recognition) A Bluetooth cell phone must be system connects to the first
paired to the Bluetooth system and available paired cell phone in the
Using Voice Recognition then connected to the vehicle before order that they were first paired
To use voice recognition, press the it can be used. See your cell phone to the system. To link to a
b g button located on the steering manufacturer's user guide for different paired phone, see
wheel. The system responds Bluetooth functions before pairing “Connecting to a Different
differently depending on what kind the cell phone. If a Bluetooth phone Phone” later in this section.
of infotainment system the vehicle is not connected, calls will be made
has installed. using OnStar Hands‐Free Calling, Pairing a Phone
if available. Refer to the OnStar 1. Press b g. For vehicles with a
For vehicles without a navigation owner's guide for more information.
system, the system responds navigation system, say “Hands
“Ready,” followed by a tone. After Pairing Information Free,” after the tone.
the tone, say a command. . Up to five cell phones can be 2. Say “Bluetooth.”
For vehicles with a navigation paired to the Bluetooth system. 3. Say “Pair.” The system responds
system, the system responds with a . The pairing process is disabled with instructions and a four‐digit
tone. After the tone say “Hands when the vehicle is moving. Personal Identification Number
Free” to use the Bluetooth voice (PIN). The PIN is used in Step 5.
recognition system. The system . Pairing only needs to be
then responds with “Ready,” completed once, unless the 4. Start the pairing process on the
followed by a tone. After the tone, pairing information on the cell cell phone that you want to pair.
say a command. phone changes or the cell phone For help with this process, see
is deleted from the system. your cell phone manufacturer's
For additional information say “Help” user guide.
while you are in a voice . Only one paired cell phone can
recognition menu. be connected to the Bluetooth
system at a time.
5. Locate the device named “Your Listing All Paired and Connected Connecting to a Different Phone
Vehicle” in the list on the cell Phones To connect to a different cell phone,
phone. Follow the instructions The system can list all cell phones the Bluetooth system looks for the
on the cell phone to enter the paired to it. If a paired cell phone is next available cell phone in the
PIN that was provided in Step 3. also connected to the vehicle, the order in which all the available cell
After the PIN is successfully system responds with “is connected” phones were paired. Depending on
entered, the system prompts you after that phone name. which cell phone you want to
to provide a name for the paired connect to, you may have to use
cell phone. This name will be 1. Press b g. For vehicles with a this command several times.
used to indicate which phones navigation system, say “Hands
are paired and connected to the Free,” after the tone. 1. Press b g. For vehicles with a
vehicle. See “Listing All Paired navigation system, say “Hands
and Connected Phones” later in 2. Say “Bluetooth.”
Free,” after the tone.
this section for more information. 3. Say “List.”
2. Say “Bluetooth.”
6. Repeat Steps 1 through 5 to pair Deleting a Paired Phone
additional phones. 3. Say “Change phone.”
If the phone name you want to . If another cell phone is
delete is unknown, see “Listing All found, the response will be
Paired and Connected Phones.”
“<Phone name> is now
1. Press b g. For vehicles with a connected.”
navigation system, say “Hands . If another cell phone is not
Free,” after the tone. found, the original phone
2. Say “Bluetooth.” remains connected.
3. Say “Delete.”
4. Say the name of the phone you
want to delete.
Storing and Deleting Phone Using the “Store” Command 3. Say each digit, one at a time,
Numbers that you want to store. After
1. Press b g. For vehicles with a each digit is entered, the system
The system can store up to navigation system, say “Hands repeats back the digit it heard
30 phone numbers as name tags in Free,” after the tone. followed by a tone. After the last
the Hands‐Free Directory that is digit has been entered, say
2. Say “Store.”
shared between the Bluetooth and “Store,” and then follow the
OnStar systems. 3. Say the phone number or group directions given by the system to
of numbers you want to store all save a name tag for this number.
The following commands are used
at once with no pauses, then
delete and store phone numbers.
follow the directions given by the Using the “Delete” Command
Store: This command will store a system to save a name tag for
phone number or a group of this number. 1. Press b g. For vehicles with a
numbers as a name tag. navigation system, say “Hands
Using the “Digit Store” Command Free,” after the tone.
Digit Store: This command allows
a phone number to be stored as a If an unwanted number is 2. Say “Delete.”
name tag by entering the digits one recognized by the system, say
“Clear” at any time to clear the last 3. Say the name tag you want to
at a time. delete.
number.
Delete: This command is used to
delete individual name tags. To hear all of the numbers
recognized by the system, say
Delete All Name Tags: This “Verify” at any time.
command deletes all stored name
tags in the Hands‐Free Calling 1. Press b g. For vehicles with a
Directory and the OnStar navigation system, say “Hands
Turn‐by‐Turn Destinations Directory. Free,” after the tone.
2. Say “Digit Store.”
Using the “Delete All Name Tags” Making a Call Using the “Digit Dial” Command
Command The digit dial command allows a
Calls can be made using the
This command deletes all stored following commands. phone number to be dialed by
name tags in the Hands‐Free entering the digits one at a time.
Dial or Call: The dial or call
Calling Directory and the OnStar After each digit is entered, the
command can be used
Turn‐by‐Turn Destinations Directory. system repeats back the digit it
interchangeably to dial a phone
To delete all name tags: heard followed by a tone.
number or a stored name tag.
If an unwanted number is
1. Press b g. For vehicles with a Digit Dial: This command allows a
recognized by the system, say
navigation system, say “Hands phone number to be dialed by
“Clear” at any time to clear the last
Free,” after the tone. entering the digits one at a time.
number.
2. Say “Delete all name tags.” Re‐dial : This command is used to
To hear all of the numbers
dial the last number used on the cell
Listing Stored Numbers recognized by the system, say
phone.
“Verify” at any time.
The list command will list all the Using the “Dial” or “Call”
stored numbers and name tags. Command 1. Press b g. For vehicles with a
navigation system, say “Hands
Using the “List” Command 1. Press b g. For vehicles with a Free,” after the tone.
1. Press b g. For vehicles with a navigation system, say “Hands 2. Say “Digit Dial.”
navigation system, say “Hands Free,” after the tone.
3. Say each digit, one at a time,
Free,” after the tone. 2. Say “Dial” or “Call.” that you want to dial. After each
2. Say “Directory.” 3. Say the entire number without digit is entered, the system
3. Say “Hands‐Free Calling.” pausing or say the name tag. repeats back the digit it heard
followed by a tone. After the last
4. Say “List.” Once connected, the person called
digit has been entered,
will be heard through the audio
say “Dial.”
speakers.
Once connected, the person called Call Waiting Three‐Way Calling

will be heard through the audio
Call waiting must be supported on Three‐way calling must be
speakers.
the cell phone and enabled by the supported on the cell phone and
Using the “Re‐dial” Command wireless service carrier. enabled by the wireless service
carrier.
1. Press b g. For vehicles with a . Press b g to answer an
navigation system, say “Hands incoming call when another call 1. While on a call, press b g.
Free,” after the tone. is active. The original call is 2. Say “Three‐way call.”
placed on hold.
2. After the tone, say “Re‐dial.” 3. Use the dial or call command to
Once connected, the person called
. Press b g again to return to the dial the number of the third party
will be heard through the audio original call. to be called.
speakers. . To ignore the incoming call, no 4. Once the call is connected,
Receiving a Call action is required. press b g to link all the callers
When an incoming call is received, . Press $ i to disconnect the together.
the audio system mutes and a ring current call and switch to the call Ending a Call
tone is heard in the vehicle. on hold.
Press $ i to end a call.
. Press b g to answer the call.
. Press $ i to ignore a call.
Muting a Call To Transfer Audio From the Voice Pass-Thru

Bluetooth System to a Cell Phone
During a call, all sounds from inside Voice pass‐thru allows access to the
the vehicle can be muted so that the During a call with the audio in the voice recognition commands on the
person on the other end of the call vehicle: cell phone. See your cell phone
cannot hear them. manufacturer's user guide to see if
1. Press b g. the cell phone supports this feature.
To mute a call, press b g, and then 2. Say “Transfer Call.”
say “Mute Call.” To access contacts stored in the cell
To Transfer Audio to the Bluetooth phone:
To cancel mute, press b g, and System From a Cell Phone
then say “Un‐mute Call.” 1. Press b g. For vehicles with a
During a call with the audio on the navigation system, say “Hands
Transferring a Call cell phone, press b g. The audio Free,” after the tone.
Audio can be transferred between transfers to the vehicle. If the audio 2. Say “Bluetooth.”
the Bluetooth system and the cell does not transfer to the vehicle, use
the audio transfer feature on the cell 3. Say “Voice.” The cell phone's
phone.
phone. See your cell phone normal prompt messages will go
The cell phone must be paired and manufacturer's user guide for more through their cycle according to
connected with the Bluetooth information. the phone's operating
system before a call can be instructions.
transferred. The connection process
can take up to two minutes after the
ignition is turned to ON/RUN.
Dual Tone Multi-Frequency Clearing the System

(DTMF) Tones Unless information is deleted out of
The Bluetooth system can send the in‐vehicle Bluetooth system, it
numbers and the numbers stored as will be retained indefinitely. This
name tags during a call. You can includes all saved name tags in the
use this feature when calling a phone book and phone pairing
menu‐driven phone system. information. For information on how
Account numbers can also be to delete this information, see the
stored for use. previous section “Deleting a Paired
Phone” and the previous sections
Sending a Number or Name Tag on deleting name tags.
During a Call
1. Press b g.
2. Say “Dial.”
3. Say the number or name tag
to send.
Climate Controls 8-1
Climate Controls Climate Control Vehicles Without Air Conditioning
Systems
Climate Control Systems The heating, cooling, defrosting, and
Climate Control Systems . . . . . . 8-1 ventilation for the vehicle can be
Automatic Climate Control controlled with these systems.
System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-3
Air Vents
Air Vents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-6
C. Floor Air Mode
D. Vent Air Mode
E. Fan Control
F. Driver and Passenger Heated
Seats (If Equipped)
G. Rear Window Defogger
H. Defog
I. Defrost
8-2 Climate Controls
Vehicles With Air Conditioning J. Air Conditioning 0 (Defrost): Clears the

K. Defrost windshield of fog or frost more
quickly. Air is directed to the
9 (Fan Control): Turn to increase windshield and side window outlets.
or decrease the fan speed.
For best results, clear all snow and
Temperature Control: Turn to ice from the windshield before
increase or decrease the defrosting.
temperature.
Do not drive the vehicle until all the
Air Delivery Mode Control: To windows are clear.
change the current mode, press one
of the following: Air Conditioning
F (Vent): Air is directed to the # (Air Conditioning, If
instrument panel outlets. Equipped): Press to turn the
A. Temperature Control * (Bi-level): Air is directed to the air conditioning on or off. If the
instrument panel outlets and the fan is turned off or the outside
B. Bi-level Air Mode temperature falls below freezing, the
floor outlets.
C. Floor Air Mode air conditioning compressor will
7 (Floor): Air is directed to the not work.
D. Vent Air Mode floor outlets.
E. Fan Control h (Recirculation, If Equipped):
W (Defog): Clears the windows of Press to turn on the recirculation.
F. Driver and Passenger Heated fog or moisture. Air is directed to the An indicator light comes on. Air is
Seats (If Equipped) windshield and floor outlets. recirculated inside the vehicle.
G. Rear Window Defogger It helps to quickly cool the air inside
the vehicle or prevent outside air
H. Recirculation and odors from entering.
I. Defog
Rear Window Defogger Automatic Climate G. Power

< (Rear Defogger): Press to turn Control System H. Recirculation
the rear window defogger on or off. I. MODE (Air Delivery Mode)
The heating, cooling, and ventilation
The rear window defogger turns off
for the vehicle can be controlled J. AQS (Air Quality Sensor)
after about 10 minutes. It can also
with this system.
be turned off by turning the ignition K. Air Conditioning
to ACC/ACCESSORY or LOCK/
OFF. If turned on again it runs for Automatic Operation
about five minutes before The system automatically controls
turning off. the fan speed, air delivery, air
Do not drive the vehicle until all the conditioning and recirculation in
windows are clear. order to heat or cool the vehicle to
the desired temperature.
Notice: Do not use a razor blade
or sharp object to clear the inside When the indicator light is on, the
rear window. Do not adhere system is in full automatic operation.
anything to the defogger grid If the air delivery mode or fan
lines in the rear glass. These setting is manually adjusted, the
actions may damage the rear auto indicator turns off and displays
defogger. Repairs would not be A. Temperature Control will show the selected settings.
covered by your warranty. B. Rear Window Defogger
Heated Seats (If Equipped): Press C. AUTO
to turn the heated seats on or off.
See Heated Front Seats on D. Defrost
page 3‑7 E. Fan Control
F. Driver and Passenger Heated
Seats
To place the system in automatic MODE (Air Delivery Mode): Press - (Defog): Clears the windows of
mode do the following: to change the direction of the fog or moisture. Air is directed to the
1. Press AUTO. airflow. The current mode appears windshield and floor outlets.
in the display screen. Automatic
2. Set the temperature. Allow the operation is cancelled and manual 0 (Defrost): Clears the
system time to stabilize. Then mode is initiated. Press AUTO to windshield of fog or frost more
adjust the temperature as return to automatic operation. quickly. Air is directed to the
needed for best comfort. windshield.
To change the current mode, select
English units can be changed to one of the following: # (Air Conditioning): Press to
metric units through the Driver turn the automatic air conditioning
Information Center (DIC). See Y (Vent): Air is directed to the on or off. If the fan is turned off or
Vehicle Personalization on instrument panel outlets. the outside temperature falls below
page 5‑34. \ (Bi-level): Air is divided freezing, the air conditioning
between the instrument panel compressor will not run.
Manual Operation outlets and the floor outlets. Press AUTO to return to automatic
O (Power): Press to turn the C (Tri‐Level): Air is divided operation and the air conditioner
climate control system on or off. between the windshield, instrument runs as needed. When the indicator
Fan Control: Turn the knob panel, and floor outlets. light is on, the air conditioner runs
clockwise or counterclockwise to automatically to cool the air inside
increase or decrease the fan speed.
[ (Floor): Air is directed to the the vehicle or to dry the air needed
floor outlets. to defog the windshield faster.
The selected fan speed is indicated
by a number on the display screen.
Press AUTO to return to automatic
operation.
h (Recirculation): Press to turn Control, see Climate and Air Quality Rear Window Defogger
on recirculation. An indicator light under Vehicle Personalization on
page 5‑34.
= (Rear Window Defogger):
comes on. Air is recirculated to Press to turn the rear window
quickly cool the inside of the vehicle Auto Defog: The climate control defogger on or off.
or prevent outside air and odors system may have a sensor to
from entering. The rear window defogger turns
automatically detect high humidity
off automatically after about
Automatic Air Recirculation: inside the vehicle. When high
10 minutes. If turned on again it
When the AUTO indicator light is humidity is detected, the climate
runs for about five minutes before
on, the air is automatically control system may adjust to
turning off.
recirculated as needed to help outside air supply and turn on the
quickly cool the inside of the air conditioner. If the climate control The rear window defogger can be
vehicle. system does not detect possible set to automatic operation, see
window fogging, it returns to normal Climate and Air Quality under
AQS (Air Quality Sensor): For operation. To turn Auto Defog off or Vehicle Personalization on
vehicles with an air quality sensor, on, see Climate and Air Quality page 5‑34. When auto rear defog is
the climate control system adjusts to under Vehicle Personalization on selected, the rear window defogger
limit some exhaust fumes from page 5‑34. turns on automatically when the
being pulled inside your vehicle. interior temperature is cold and the
Press the AQS button on the outside temperature is about 40°F
climate control to activate the air and below. The auto rear defogger
quality sensor. The air quality turns off automatically after about
sensor will not maintain recirculation 10 minutes. At higher speeds, the
for an extended period to prevent rear window defogger may stay on
the air inside the vehicle from continuously.
becoming too dry or stuffy. To adjust
the sensitivity of the Air Quality
For vehicles with heated outside Remote Start Climate Control Air Vents
rearview mirrors, they turn on when Operation: For vehicles with the
the rear window defogger button is remote vehicle start feature, the Adjustable air vents are in the
on and help to clear fog or frost from climate control system may run center and on the side of the
the surface of the mirrors. See when the vehicle is started remotely. instrument panel.
Heated Mirrors on page 2‑12. The system will default to a heating
Notice: Do not try to clear frost or cooling mode depending on the
or other material from the inside outside temperature and then go
of the front windshield and rear back to the previous settings. See
window with a razor blade or Remote Vehicle Start on page 2‑5.
anything else that is sharp. This The rear window defogger turns on
may damage the rear window if it is cold outside.
defogger grid and affect your
radio's ability to pick up stations Sensors
clearly. The repairs wouldn't be The solar sensor, located on top of
covered by your warranty. the instrument panel near the
Heated Seats (If Equipped): Press windshield, monitors the solar heat.
to turn the heated seats on or off. The climate control system uses the
See Heated Front Seats on sensor information to adjust the Move the slats (A) to change the
page 3‑7. temperature, fan speed, direction of the airflow.
recirculation, and air delivery mode
for best comfort.
If the sensor is covered, the
automatic climate control system
may not work properly.
Operation Tips
. Clear away any ice, snow,
or leaves from air inlets at the
base of the windshield that could
block the flow of air into the
vehicle.
Use the thumbwheels (B) near the . Keep the path under the front
air vents to open or close off the seats clear of objects to help
airflow. circulate the air inside of the
Additional air vents are located vehicle more effectively.
beneath the windshield, driver and . Use of non‐GM approved hood
passenger side door windows, and deflectors can adversely affect
in the footwells. These are fixed and the performance of the system.
cannot be adjusted. Check with your dealer before
adding equipment to the outside
of the vehicle.
2 NOTES
Driving and Operating 9-1
Driving and Shifting Out of Park . . . . . . . . . . 9-23

Parking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-24
Object Detection Systems
Ultrasonic Parking Assist . . . . 9-38
Operating Parking Over Things
That Burn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-24 Fuel
Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-40
Engine Exhaust Recommended Fuel . . . . . . . . . 9-40
Driving Information Engine Exhaust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-24 Gasoline Specifications (U.S.
Defensive Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-2 Running the Vehicle While and Canada Only) . . . . . . . . . . 9-41
Drunk Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-2 Parked . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-25 California Fuel
Control of a Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . 9-3 Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-41
Braking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-3 Automatic Transmission Fuels in Foreign Countries . . . 9-41
Steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-4 Automatic Transmission . . . . . 9-26 Fuel Additives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-42
Off-Road Recovery . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-5 Manual Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-28 Filling the Tank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-43
Loss of Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-6 Filling a Portable Fuel
Driving on Wet Roads . . . . . . . . . 9-7 Manual Transmission
Manual Transmission . . . . . . . . 9-29 Container . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-44
Highway Hypnosis . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-8
Hill and Mountain Roads . . . . . . 9-8 Brakes Towing
Winter Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-9 Antilock Brake General Towing
If the Vehicle is Stuck . . . . . . . . 9-11 System (ABS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-31 Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-45
Vehicle Load Limits . . . . . . . . . . 9-12 Parking Brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-32 Driving Characteristics and
Brake Assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-33 Towing Tips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-46
Starting and Operating Trailer Towing (Except Fuel
New Vehicle Break-In . . . . . . . . 9-17 Ride Control Systems Economy Model) . . . . . . . . . . . 9-50
Ignition Positions . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-18 Traction Control Trailer Towing (Fuel Economy
Starting the Engine . . . . . . . . . . 9-19 System (TCS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-33 Model) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-51
Engine Heater . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-21 StabiliTrak® System . . . . . . . . . 9-34 Towing Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . 9-51
Retained Accessory
Power (RAP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-22 Cruise Control Conversions and Add-Ons
Shifting Into Park (Automatic Cruise Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-36 Add-On Electrical
Transmission) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-22 Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-52
9-2 Driving and Operating
Driving Information WARNING (Continued)

Death and injury associated with
drinking and driving is a global
tragedy.
Defensive Driving Driver distraction can cause
collisions resulting in injury or Alcohol affects four things that
Defensive driving means “always anyone needs to drive a vehicle:
expect the unexpected.” The first possible death. These simple
defensive driving techniques judgment, muscular coordination,
step in driving defensively is to wear vision, and attentiveness.
the safety belt. See Safety Belts on could save your life.
page 3‑9. Police records show that almost
40 percent of all motor
Drunk Driving vehicle-related deaths involve
{ WARNING alcohol. In most cases, these
Assume that other road users { WARNING deaths are the result of someone
who was drinking and driving. In
(pedestrians, bicyclists, and other Drinking and then driving is very recent years, more than
drivers) are going to be careless dangerous. Your reflexes, 17,000 annual motor vehicle-related
and make mistakes. Anticipate perceptions, attentiveness, and deaths have been associated with
what they might do and be ready. judgment can be affected by even the use of alcohol, with about
In addition: a small amount of alcohol. You 250,000 people injured.
. Allow enough following can have a serious — or even
distance between you and fatal — collision if you drive after
the driver in front of you. drinking. Do not drink and drive or
. Focus on the task of driving. ride with a driver who has been
drinking. Ride home in a cab; or if
(Continued)
you are with a group, designate a
driver who will not drink.
For persons under 21, it is against Control of a Vehicle Average reaction time is about
the law in every U.S. state to drink three‐fourths of a second. But that is
alcohol. There are good medical, The following three systems only an average. It might be less
psychological, and developmental help to control the vehicle while with one driver and as long as
reasons for these laws. driving — brakes, steering, and two or three seconds or more with
accelerator. At times, as when another. Age, physical condition,
The obvious way to eliminate the driving on snow or ice, it is easy to
leading highway safety problem is alertness, coordination, and
ask more of those control systems eyesight all play a part. So do
for people never to drink alcohol than the tires and road can provide.
and then drive. alcohol, drugs, and frustration. But
Meaning, you can lose control of the even in three‐fourths of a second, a
Medical research shows that alcohol vehicle. vehicle moving at 100 km/h
in a person's system can make Adding non‐dealer accessories can (60 mph) travels 20 m (66 ft). That
crash injuries worse, especially affect vehicle performance. See could be a lot of distance in an
injuries to the brain, spinal cord, Accessories and Modifications on emergency, so keeping enough
or heart. This means that page 10‑3. space between the vehicle and
when anyone who has been others is important.
drinking — driver or passenger — is Braking
in a crash, that person's chance of And, of course, actual stopping
being killed or permanently disabled See Brake System Warning Light on distances vary greatly with the
is higher than if the person had not page 5‑16. surface of the road, whether it is
been drinking. pavement or gravel; the condition of
Braking action involves perception the road, whether it is wet, dry,
time and reaction time. Deciding to or icy; tire tread; the condition of the
push the brake pedal is perception brakes; the weight of the vehicle;
time. Actually doing it is and the amount of brake force
reaction time. applied.
Avoid needless heavy Adding non‐dealer accessories can steering system problems, such as
braking. Some people drive in affect vehicle performance. See abnormally high steering effort for a
spurts — heavy acceleration Accessories and Modifications on prolonged period of time, contact
followed by heavy braking — rather page 10‑3. your dealer for service repairs.
than keeping pace with traffic. This
is a mistake. The brakes might not Steering Steering Tips
have time to cool between hard It is important to take curves at a
stops. The brakes will wear out If the engine stalls while driving, the
reasonable speed.
much faster with a lot of heavy power steering assist system will
continue to operate until you are Traction in a curve depends on the
braking. Keeping pace with the
able to stop the vehicle. If power condition of the tires and the road
traffic and allowing realistic following
steering assist is lost because the surface, the angle at which the
distances eliminates a lot of
electric power steering system is not curve is banked, and vehicle speed.
unnecessary braking. That means
functioning, the vehicle can be While in a curve, speed is the one
better braking and longer brake life.
steered but it will take more effort. factor that can be controlled.
If the engine ever stops while the
If you turn the steering wheel in If there is a need to reduce speed,
vehicle is being driven, brake
either direction several times until it do it before entering the curve, while
normally but do not pump the
stops, or hold the steering wheel in the front wheels are straight.
brakes. If the brakes are pumped,
the pedal could get harder to push the stopped position for an Try to adjust the speed so you can
down. If the engine stops, there will extended amount of time, you may drive through the curve. Maintain a
still be some power brake assist but notice a reduced amount of power reasonable, steady speed. Wait to
it will be used when the brake is steering assist. The normal amount accelerate until out of the curve, and
applied. Once the power assist is of power steering assist should then accelerate gently into the
used up, it can take longer to stop return shortly after a few normal straightaway.
and the brake pedal will be harder steering movements.
to push. The electric power steering system
does not require regular
maintenance. If you suspect
Steering in Emergencies Off-Road Recovery

There are times when steering can The vehicle's right wheels can drop
be more effective than braking. For off the edge of a road onto the
example, you come over a hill and shoulder while driving.
find a truck stopped in your lane,
or a car suddenly pulls out from
nowhere, or a child darts out from
between parked cars and stops right
in front of you. These problems can
be avoided by braking — if you can
stop in time. But sometimes you
cannot stop in time because there is
no room. That is the time for An emergency like this requires
evasive action — steering around close attention and a quick decision.
the problem. If holding the steering wheel at the
The vehicle can perform very well in recommended 9 and 3 o'clock
emergencies like these. First apply positions, it can be turned a full
the brakes. See Braking on 180 degrees very quickly without
removing either hand. But you have If the level of the shoulder is only
page 9‑3. It is better to remove as slightly below the pavement,
much speed as possible from a to act fast, steer quickly, and just as
quickly straighten the wheel once recovery should be fairly easy. Ease
collision. Then steer around the off the accelerator and then, if there
problem, to the left or right you have avoided the object.
is nothing in the way, steer so that
depending on the space available. The fact that such emergency the vehicle straddles the edge of the
situations are always possible is a pavement. Turn the steering wheel
good reason to practice defensive 8 to 13 cm (3 to 5 in), about
driving at all times and wear safety one-eighth turn, until the right front
belts properly.
tire contacts the pavement edge. The three types of skids correspond While driving on a surface with
Then turn the steering wheel to go to the vehicle's three control reduced traction, try to avoid
straight down the roadway. systems. In the braking skid, the sudden steering, acceleration,
wheels are not rolling. In the or braking, including reducing
Loss of Control steering or cornering skid, too much vehicle speed by shifting to a lower
speed or steering in a curve causes gear. Any sudden changes could
Let us review what driving experts tires to slip and lose cornering force. cause the tires to slide. You might
say about what happens when the And in the acceleration skid, too not realize the surface is slippery
three control systems — brakes, much throttle causes the driving until the vehicle is skidding. Learn to
steering, and acceleration — do not wheels to spin. recognize warning clues — such as
have enough friction where the tires enough water, ice, or packed snow
meet the road to do what the driver If the vehicle starts to slide, ease
your foot off the accelerator pedal on the road to make a mirrored
has asked. surface — and slow down when you
and quickly steer the way you want
In any emergency, do not give up. the vehicle to go. If you start have any doubt.
Keep trying to steer and constantly steering quickly enough, the vehicle Remember: Antilock brakes help
seek an escape route or area of may straighten out. Always be ready avoid only the braking skid.
less danger. for a second skid if it occurs.
Skidding Of course, traction is reduced when
In a skid, a driver can lose control of water, snow, ice, gravel, or other
the vehicle. Defensive drivers avoid material is on the road. For safety,
most skids by taking reasonable slow down and adjust your driving to
care suited to existing conditions, these conditions. It is important to
and by not overdriving those slow down on slippery surfaces
conditions. But skids are always because stopping distance is longer
possible. and vehicle control more limited.
Driving on Wet Roads Hydroplaning

{ WARNING Hydroplaning is dangerous. Water
Rain and wet roads can reduce
vehicle traction and affect your Wet brakes can cause crashes. can build up under the vehicle's
ability to stop and accelerate. They might not work as well in a tires so they actually ride on the
Always drive slower in these types quick stop and could cause water. This can happen if the road is
of driving conditions and avoid pulling to one side. You could wet enough and you are going fast
driving through large puddles and lose control of the vehicle. enough. When the vehicle is
deep‐standing or flowing water. hydroplaning, it has little or no
After driving through a large contact with the road.
puddle of water or a car/vehicle
wash, lightly apply the brake There is no hard and fast rule about
hydroplaning. The best advice is to
pedal until the brakes work
slow down when the road is wet.
normally.
Flowing or rushing water creates
strong forces. Driving through
flowing water could cause the
vehicle to be carried away. If this
happens, you and other vehicle
occupants could drown. Do not
ignore police warnings and be
very cautious about trying to drive
through flowing water.
Other Rainy Weather Tips Highway Hypnosis Hill and Mountain Roads
Besides slowing down, other wet Always be alert and pay attention to Driving on steep hills or through
weather driving tips include: your surroundings while driving. mountains is different than driving
. Allow extra following distance. If you become tired or sleepy, find a on flat or rolling terrain. Tips for
safe place to park the vehicle driving in these conditions include:
. Pass with caution. and rest. . Keep the vehicle serviced and in
. Keep windshield wiping Other driving tips include: good shape.
equipment in good shape.
. Keep the vehicle well ventilated. . Check all fluid levels and brakes,
. Keep the windshield washer fluid tires, cooling system, and
reservoir filled.
. Keep interior temperature cool.
transmission.
. Have good tires with proper
. Keep your eyes moving — scan .
the road ahead and to the sides. Shift to a lower gear when going
tread depth. See Tires on down steep or long hills.
page 10‑42. . Check the rearview mirror and
. Turn off cruise control. vehicle instruments often.
{ WARNING
If you do not shift down, the
brakes could get so hot that they
would not work well. You would
then have poor braking or even
none going down a hill. You could
crash. Shift down to let the engine
assist the brakes on a steep
downhill slope.

. Pay attention to special road Try not to break the fragile traction.
{ WARNING signs (falling rocks area, winding If you accelerate too fast, the drive
roads, long grades, passing or wheels will spin and polish the
Coasting downhill in N (Neutral) no-passing zones) and take surface under the tires even more.
or with the ignition off is appropriate action.
dangerous. The brakes will have The Antilock Brake System (ABS)
on page 9‑31 improves vehicle
to do all the work of slowing down Winter Driving stability during hard stops on
and they could get so hot that
they would not work well. You Driving on Snow or Ice slippery roads, but apply the brakes
sooner than when on dry pavement.
would then have poor braking or Drive carefully when there is snow
even none going down a hill. You or ice between the tires and the Allow greater following distance on
could crash. Always have the road, creating less traction or grip. any slippery road and watch for
engine running and the vehicle in Wet ice can occur at about 0°C slippery spots. Icy patches can
gear when going downhill. (32°F) when freezing rain begins to occur on otherwise clear roads in
fall, resulting in even less traction. shaded areas. The surface of a
Avoid driving on wet ice or in curve or an overpass can remain icy
. Stay in your own lane. Do not when the surrounding roads are
freezing rain until roads can be
swing wide or cut across the clear. Avoid sudden steering
treated with salt or sand.
center of the road. Drive at maneuvers and braking while
speeds that let you stay in your Drive with caution, whatever the on ice.
own lane. condition. Accelerate gently so
traction is not lost. Accelerating too Turn off cruise control on slippery
. Top of hills: Be surfaces.
quickly causes the wheels to spin
alert — something could
and makes the surface under the
be in your lane (stalled car,
tires slick, so there is even less
accident).
traction.
Blizzard Conditions
WARNING (Continued) WARNING (Continued)
Being stuck in snow can be a
serious situation. Stay with the If the vehicle is stuck in the snow: For more information about
vehicle unless there is help nearby. carbon monoxide, see Engine
. Clear away snow from around
If possible, use the Roadside Exhaust on page 9‑24.
the base of your vehicle,
Assistance Program on page 13‑6.
especially any that is blocking Snow can trap exhaust gases
To get help and keep everyone in
the exhaust pipe. under your vehicle. This can
the vehicle safe:
. Check again from time to cause deadly CO (Carbon
. Turn on the hazard warning Monoxide) gas to get inside. CO
time to be sure snow does
flashers. could overcome you and kill you.
not collect there.
. Tie a red cloth to an outside You cannot see it or smell it, so
. Open a window about 5 cm
mirror. you might not know it is in your
(2 in) on the side of the
vehicle that is away from the vehicle. Clear away snow from
{ WARNING wind to bring in fresh air. around the base of your vehicle,
especially any that is blocking the
Snow can trap engine exhaust . Fully open the air outlets on exhaust.
under the vehicle. This may or under the instrument
cause exhaust gases to get panel.
inside. Engine exhaust contains . Adjust the climate control
Carbon Monoxide (CO) which system to a setting that
cannot be seen or smelled. It can circulates the air inside the
cause unconsciousness and even vehicle and set the fan speed
death. to the highest setting. See
(Continued) Climate Control System in the
Index.
(Continued)
Run the engine for short periods If the Vehicle is Stuck

only as needed to keep warm, but { WARNING
be careful. Slowly and cautiously spin the
wheels to free the vehicle when If the vehicle's tires spin at high
To save fuel, run the engine for only stuck in sand, mud, ice, or snow. speed, they can explode, and you
short periods as needed to warm or others could be injured. The
the vehicle and then shut the engine If stuck too severely for the traction
system to free the vehicle, turn the vehicle can overheat, causing an
off and close the window most of engine compartment fire or other
the way to save heat. Repeat this traction system off and use the
rocking method. damage. Spin the wheels as little
until help arrives but only when you
as possible and avoid going
feel really uncomfortable from the
above 55 km/h (35 mph).
cold. Moving about to keep warm
also helps.
If it takes some time for help to For information about using tire
arrive, now and then when you run chains on the vehicle, see Tire
the engine, push the accelerator Chains on page 10‑65.
pedal slightly so the engine runs
faster than the idle speed. This
keeps the battery charged to restart
the vehicle and to signal for help
with the headlamps. Do this as little
as possible to save fuel.
Rocking the Vehicle to Get Vehicle Load Limits

it Out { WARNING
It is very important to know how
Turn the steering wheel left and much weight the vehicle can Do not load the vehicle any
right to clear the area around the carry. This weight is called the heavier than the Gross
front wheels. Turn off any traction Vehicle Weight Rating
vehicle capacity weight and
system. Shift back and forth (GVWR), or either the
between R (Reverse) and a forward includes the weight of all
occupants, cargo and all maximum front or rear Gross
gear, or with a manual transmission,
between 1 (First) or 2 (Second) and nonfactory‐installed options. Axle Weight Rating (GAWR).
R (Reverse), spinning the wheels as Two labels on the vehicle show If you do, parts on the vehicle
little as possible. To prevent how much weight it may can break, and it can change
transmission wear, wait until the properly carry, the Tire and the way the vehicle handles.
wheels stop spinning before shifting Loading Information label and These could cause you to lose
gears. Release the accelerator the Certification label. control and crash. Also,
pedal while shifting, and press overloading can shorten the
lightly on the accelerator pedal life of the vehicle.
when the transmission is in gear.
Slowly spinning the wheels in the
forward and reverse directions
causes a rocking motion that could
free the vehicle. If that does not get
the vehicle out after a few tries, it
might need to be towed out. If the
vehicle does need to be towed out,
see Towing the Vehicle on
page 10‑87.
Tire and Loading Information positions (A), and the maximum Steps for Determining Correct
Label vehicle capacity weight (B) in Load Limit
kilograms and pounds. 1. Locate the statement “The
The Tire and Loading combined weight of
Information label also shows the occupants and cargo should
tire size of the original never exceed XXX kg or
equipment tires (C) and the XXX lbs” on your vehicle's
recommended cold tire inflation placard.
pressures (D). For more 2. Determine the combined
information on tires and inflation weight of the driver and
see Tires on page 10‑42 and passengers that will be riding
Tire Pressure on page 10‑50. in your vehicle.
There is also important loading 3. Subtract the combined
Label Example information on the Certification
weight of the driver and
A vehicle-specific Tire and label. It tells you the Gross
passengers from XXX kg or
Loading Information label is Vehicle Weight Rating (GVWR)
XXX lbs.
attached to the vehicle center and the Gross Axle Weight
pillar (B-pillar). With the driver Rating (GAWR) for the front and
door open, you will find the label rear axle; see “Certification
attached below the door lock Label” later in this section.
post. The Tire and Loading
Information label shows the
number of occupant seating
4. The resulting figure equals 6. If your vehicle will be towing

the available amount of cargo a trailer, the load from your
and luggage load capacity. trailer will be transferred to
For example, if the “XXX” your vehicle. Consult this
amount equals 1400 lbs and manual to determine how this
there will be five 150 lb reduces the available cargo
passengers in your vehicle, and luggage load capacity of
the amount of available cargo your vehicle.
and luggage load capacity is See Trailer Towing (Except Fuel
650 lbs (1400 − 750 (5 x 150) Economy Model) on page 9‑50
= 650 lbs). or Trailer Towing (Fuel Economy
5. Determine the combined Model) on page 9‑51 for Example 1
weight of luggage and cargo important information on towing A. Vehicle Capacity Weight for
being loaded on the vehicle. a trailer, towing safety rules and Example 1 = 453 kg
That weight may not safely trailering tips. (1,000 lbs).
exceed the available cargo
B. Subtract Occupant Weight
and luggage load capacity
@ 68 kg (150 lbs) × 2 =
calculated in Step 4.
136 kg (300 lbs).
C. Available Occupant and
Cargo Weight = 317 kg
(700 lbs).
Refer to the vehicle's Tire and

Loading Information label for
specific information about the
vehicle's capacity weight and
seating positions. The combined
weight of the driver, passengers,
and cargo should never exceed
the vehicle's capacity weight.
Example 2 Example 3
A. Vehicle Capacity Weight for A. Vehicle Capacity Weight for
Example 2 = 453 kg Example 3 = 453 kg
(1,000 lbs). (1,000 lbs).
B. Subtract Occupant Weight B. Subtract Occupant Weight
@ 68 kg (150 lbs) × 5 = @ 91 kg (200 lbs) × 5 =
340 kg (750 lbs). 453 kg (1,000 lbs).
C. Available Cargo Weight = C. Available Cargo Weight =
113 kg (250 lbs). 0 kg (0 lbs).
Certification Label Gross Axle Weight Rating If you put things inside the
(GAWR) for either the front or vehicle — like suitcases, tools,
rear axle. packages, or anything
And, if you do have a heavy else — they will go as fast as
load, you should spread it out. the vehicle goes. If you have to
See “Steps for Determining stop or turn quickly, or if there is
Correct Load Limit” earlier in this a crash, they will keep going.
section.
{ WARNING
{ WARNING Things you put inside the
Do not load the vehicle any vehicle can strike and injure
heavier than the Gross people in a sudden stop or
Label Example turn, or in a crash.
Vehicle Weight Rating
A vehicle-specific Certification (GVWR), or either the . Put things in the cargo
label, found on the vehicle maximum front or rear Gross area of the vehicle. In the
center pillar (B-pillar), tells you Axle Weight Rating (GAWR). cargo area, put them as
the gross weight capacity of the If you do, parts on the vehicle far forward as you can. Try
vehicle, called the Gross Vehicle can break, and it can change to spread the weight
Weight Rating (GVWR). The the way the vehicle handles. evenly.
GVWR includes the weight of These could cause you to lose (Continued)
the vehicle, all occupants, fuel, control and crash. Also,
and cargo. Never exceed the overloading can shorten the
GVWR for the vehicle, or the life of the vehicle.

. Avoid making hard stops for
WARNING (Continued) Starting and the first 322 km (200 miles) or
Operating so. During this time the new
. Never stack heavier brake linings are not yet
things, like suitcases, New Vehicle Break-In broken in. Hard stops with
inside the vehicle so that new linings can mean
some of them are above Notice: The vehicle does not premature wear and earlier
the tops of the seats. need an elaborate break-in. But it replacement. Follow this
will perform better in the long run breaking-in guideline every
. Do not leave an if you follow these guidelines: time you get new brake
unsecured child restraint . Do not drive at any one linings.
in the vehicle. constant speed, fast or slow, Following break‐in, engine speed
. When you carry something for the first 805 km and load can be gradually
inside the vehicle, secure (500 miles). Do not make increased.
it whenever you can. full-throttle starts. Avoid
downshifting to brake or
. Do not leave a seat folded slow the vehicle.
down unless you need to.
Ignition Positions To shift out of P (Park), turn the In an emergency, if the vehicle must
ignition to ON/RUN and apply the be shut off while driving:
brake pedal. 1. Brake using a firm and steady
A (STOPPING THE ENGINE/ pressure. Do not pump the
LOCK/OFF): When the vehicle is brakes repeatedly. This may
stopped, turn the ignition switch to deplete power assist, requiring
LOCK/OFF to turn the engine off. increased brake pedal force.
Retained Accessory Power (RAP) 2. Shift the vehicle to neutral. This
will remain active. See Retained can be done while the vehicle is
Accessory Power (RAP) on moving. After shifting to neutral,
page 9‑22. continue to firmly apply the
This is the only position from which brakes and steer the vehicle to a
the key can be removed. This locks safe location.
the steering wheel, ignition and 3. Come to a complete stop. Shift
The ignition switch has four different automatic transmission. to P (Park) with an automatic
positions. Do not turn the engine off when the transmission, or neutral with a
Notice: Using a tool to force the vehicle is moving. This will cause a manual transmission. Turn the
key to turn in the ignition could loss of power assist in the brake ignition to LOCK/OFF.
cause damage to the switch or and steering systems and disable 4. Set the parking brake. See
break the key. Use the correct the airbags. Parking Brake on page 9‑32.
key, make sure it is all the way in,
and turn it only with your hand.
If the key cannot be turned by
hand, see your dealer.
The key must be fully extended to
start the vehicle.
ACCESSORY to LOCK/OFF, push A warning tone sounds when the

{ WARNING in the key and then turn it to driver door is opened if the ignition
LOCK/OFF. is still in ACC/ACCESSORY and the
Turning off the vehicle while key is in the ignition.
moving may cause loss of power C (ON/RUN): The ignition switch
assist in the brake and steering stays in this position when the
engine is running. This position can Starting the Engine
systems and disable the airbags.
While driving, only shut the be used to operate the electrical Place the transmission in the
vehicle off in an emergency. accessories, including the proper gear.
ventilation fan and 12 volt power
outlet, as well as to display some Automatic Transmission
5. If the vehicle must be shut off warning and indicator lights. The Move the shift lever to P (Park) or
while driving, turn the ignition to transmission is also unlocked in this N (Neutral). The engine will not start
ACC/ACCESSORY. position on automatic transmission in any other position. To restart the
The ignition switch can bind in the vehicles. vehicle when it is already moving,
LOCK/OFF position with the wheels The battery could be drained if the use N (Neutral) only.
turned off center. If this happens, key is left in the ACC/ACCESSORY Notice: Do not try to shift to
move the steering wheel from right or ON/RUN position with the engine P (Park) if the vehicle is moving.
to left while turning the key to ACC/ off. The vehicle might not start if the If you do, you could damage the
ACCESSORY. If this does not work, battery is allowed to drain for an transmission. Shift to P (Park)
then the vehicle needs service. extended period of time. only when the vehicle is stopped.
B (ACC/ACCESSORY): This D (START): This position starts the
position provides power to some of engine. When the engine starts,
the electrical accessories. It unlocks release the key. The ignition switch
the steering wheel and ignition. To will return to ON/RUN for normal
move the key from ACC/ driving.
Manual Transmission a few seconds or until the 2. If the engine does not start
The shift lever should be in vehicle starts. If the engine does after 5‐10 seconds, especially in
N (Neutral) and the parking brake not start and the key is held in very cold weather (below 0°F
engaged. Hold the clutch pedal START for many seconds, or −18°C), it could be flooded
down to the floor and start the cranking stops after 15 seconds with too much gasoline. Push
engine. The vehicle will not start if to prevent cranking motor the accelerator pedal all the way
the clutch pedal is not all the damage. To prevent gear to the floor and holding it there
way down. damage, this system also as you hold the key in START
prevents cranking if the engine for a maximum of 15 seconds.
Starting Procedure is already running. Engine Wait at least 15 seconds
1. With your foot off the accelerator cranking can be stopped by between each try, to allow the
pedal, turn the ignition key to turning the ignition switch to cranking motor to cool. When
START. When the engine starts, ACC/ACCESSORY or the engine starts, let go of the
let go of the key. The idle speed LOCK/OFF. key and accelerator. If the
will go down as the engine Notice: Cranking the engine for vehicle starts briefly but then
warms. Do not race the engine long periods of time, by returning stops again, repeat the
immediately after starting it. the key to the START position procedure. This clears the extra
Allow the oil to warm up and immediately after cranking has gasoline from the engine. Do not
lubricate all moving parts. ended, can overheat and damage race the engine immediately
the cranking motor, and drain the after starting it. Operate the
The vehicle has a engine and transmission gently
Computer-Controlled Cranking battery. Wait at least 15 seconds
between each try, to let the until the oil warms up and
System. This feature assists in lubricates all moving parts.
starting the engine and protects cranking motor cool down.
components. If the ignition key is Notice: The engine is designed to
turned to the START position, work with the electronics in the
and then released when the vehicle. If you add electrical parts
engine begins cranking, the or accessories, you could change
engine will continue cranking for the way the engine operates.
Before adding electrical To Use The Engine Heater

equipment, check with your
1. Turn off the engine.
{ WARNING
dealer. If you do not, the engine
might not perform properly. Any Plugging the cord into an
resulting damage would not be ungrounded outlet could cause an
covered by the vehicle warranty. electrical shock. Also, the wrong
kind of extension cord could
Engine Heater overheat and cause a fire. You
could be seriously injured. Plug
The engine heater, if available, can the cord into a properly grounded
help in cold weather conditions at or three-prong 110-volt AC outlet.
below −18°C (0°F) for easier starting If the cord will not reach, use a
and better fuel economy during heavy-duty three-prong extension
engine warm-up. Plug in the heater
cord rated for at least 15 amps.
at least four hours before starting
the vehicle. An internal thermostat
in the plug-end of the cord will 1.4L Engine Shown, 1.8L Similar 4. Before starting the engine, be
prevent engine heater operation at 2. Open the hood and unwrap the sure to unplug and store the
temperatures above −18°C (0°F). electrical cord. The electrical cord as it was before to keep it
cord is located on the passenger away from moving engine parts.
side of the engine compartment, If you do not it could be
in front of the air cleaner. damaged.
3. Plug it into a normal, grounded The length of time the heater should
110-volt AC outlet. remain plugged in depends on
several factors. Ask a dealer in the
area where you will be parking the
vehicle for the best advice on this.
Retained Accessory Shifting Into Park 2. Hold the button on the shift lever
and push the lever toward the
Power (RAP) (Automatic Transmission) front of the vehicle into P (Park).
These vehicle accessories may be 3. Turn the ignition to LOCK/OFF.
used for up to 10 minutes after the { WARNING
engine is turned off: 4. Remove the key.
It can be dangerous to get out of
. Audio System the vehicle if the shift lever is not Leaving the Vehicle With the
. Power Windows fully in P (Park) with the parking Engine Running
. brake firmly set. The vehicle can
Sunroof
roll. If you have left the engine { WARNING
The power windows and sunroof will running, the vehicle can move
continue to work for up to suddenly. You or others could be It can be dangerous to leave the
10 minutes or until any door is injured. To be sure the vehicle will vehicle with the engine running.
opened. The radio will work when not move, even when you are on The vehicle could move suddenly
the key is in ON/RUN or ACC/ fairly level ground, use the steps if the shift lever is not fully in
ACCESSORY. Once the key is P (Park) with the parking brake
that follow. If you are pulling a
turned from ON/RUN to LOCK/OFF, firmly set. And, if you leave the
trailer, see Driving Characteristics
the radio will continue to work for vehicle with the engine running, it
10 minutes, or until the driver door is and Towing Tips on page 9‑46.
could overheat and even catch
opened or the key is removed from fire. You or others could be
the ignition. Use this procedure to shift into injured. Do not leave the vehicle
P (Park): with the engine running.
1. Hold the brake pedal down and
set the parking brake.
If you have to leave the vehicle with
See Parking Brake on page 9‑32 the engine running, the vehicle must
for more information. be in P (Park) and the parking
brake set.
Release the button and check that Shifting Out of Park To shift out of P (Park):
the shift lever cannot be moved out 1. Apply the brake pedal.
of P (Park). This vehicle is equipped with an
electronic shift lock release system. 2. Turn the ignition to ON/RUN.
Torque Lock The shift lock release is
designed to: 3. Press the shift lever button.
Torque lock is when the weight
of the vehicle puts too much force . Prevent ignition key removal 4. Move the shift lever to the
on the parking pawl in the desired position.
unless the shift lever is in
transmission. This happens when P (Park) with the shift lever If still unable to shift out of P (Park):
parking on a hill and shifting the button fully released. 1. Fully release the shift lever
transmission into P (Park) is not . Prevent movement of the shift button.
done properly and then it is difficult
lever out of P (Park) unless the 2. Hold the brake pedal down and
to shift out of P (Park). To prevent
ignition is in ON/RUN and the press the shift lever button
torque lock, set the parking brake
brake pedal is applied. again.
and then shift into P (Park). To find
out how, see “Shifting Into Park” The shift lock release is always 3. Move the shift lever to the
listed previously. functional except in the case of an desired position.
uncharged or low voltage (less than
If torque lock does occur, the If the shift lever still cannot be
9 volt) battery.
vehicle may need to be pushed moved from P (Park), see your
uphill by another vehicle to relieve If the vehicle has an uncharged dealer for service.
the parking pawl pressure, so you battery or a battery with low voltage,
can shift out of P (Park). try charging or jump starting the
battery. See Jump Starting on
page 10‑84
Parking Engine Exhaust WARNING (Continued)

If the vehicle has a manual
transmission, before getting out of { WARNING . There are holes or openings
in the vehicle body from
the vehicle, move the shift lever into
R (Reverse), and firmly apply the Engine exhaust contains Carbon damage or after-market
parking brake. Once the shift lever Monoxide (CO) which cannot be modifications that are not
has been placed into R (Reverse) seen or smelled. Exposure to CO completely sealed.
with the clutch pedal pressed in, can cause unconsciousness and If unusual fumes are detected or
turn the ignition key to LOCK/OFF, even death. if it is suspected that exhaust is
remove the key and release the coming into the vehicle:
clutch. Exhaust may enter the vehicle if:
. The vehicle idles in areas . Drive it only with the windows
If parking on a hill, or if the vehicle completely down.
is pulling a trailer, see Driving with poor ventilation (parking
Characteristics and Towing Tips on garages, tunnels, deep snow . Have the vehicle repaired
page 9‑46. that may block underbody immediately.
airflow or tail pipes).
Never park the vehicle with the
Parking Over Things . The exhaust smells or engine running in an enclosed
sounds strange or different.
That Burn area such as a garage or a
. The exhaust system leaks building that has no fresh air
{ WARNING due to corrosion or damage. ventilation.
. The vehicle’s exhaust system
Things that can burn could touch has been modified, damaged
hot exhaust parts under the or improperly repaired.
vehicle and ignite. Do not park (Continued)
over papers, leaves, dry grass,
or other things that can burn.
Running the Vehicle Follow the proper steps to be sure

While Parked
{ WARNING the vehicle will not move. If the
vehicle has an automatic
It is better not to park with the It can be dangerous to get out of transmission, see Shifting Into Park
engine running. But if you ever have the vehicle if the automatic (Automatic Transmission) on
to, here are some things to know. transmission shift lever is not fully page 9‑22. If the vehicle has a
in P (Park) with the parking brake manual transmission, see Parking
firmly set. The vehicle can roll. Do
{ WARNING not leave the vehicle when the
on page 9‑24.
If parking on a hill, or if the vehicle
Idling a vehicle in an enclosed engine is running unless you
is pulling a trailer, see Driving
area with poor ventilation is have to. If you have left the
Characteristics and Towing Tips on
dangerous. Engine exhaust may engine running, the vehicle can page 9‑46.
enter the vehicle. Engine exhaust move suddenly. You or others
contains Carbon Monoxide (CO) could be injured. To be sure the
which cannot be seen or smelled. vehicle will not move, even when
It can cause unconsciousness it is on fairly level ground, always
and even death. Never run the set the parking brake and move
engine in an enclosed area that the automatic transmission shift
has no fresh air ventilation. For lever to P (Park), or the manual
more information, see Engine transmission shift lever to Neutral.
Exhaust on page 9‑24.
Automatic { WARNING
Transmission It is dangerous to get out of the
The automatic transmission has a vehicle if the shift lever is not fully
shift lever located on the console in P (Park) with the parking brake
between the seats. firmly set. The vehicle can roll.
Do not leave the vehicle when the
engine is running unless you
have to. If you have left the
engine running, the vehicle can
move suddenly. You or others
English Shown, Metric Similar could be injured. To be sure the
P (Park): This position locks the vehicle will not move, even when
drive wheels. It is the best position you are on fairly level ground,
to use when starting the engine always set the parking brake and
because the vehicle cannot move move the shift lever to P (Park).
easily. See Shifting Into Park (Automatic
Transmission) on page 9‑22.
The selected gear is also shown in
the instrument cluster. Make sure the shift lever is fully in
P (Park) before starting the engine.
The vehicle has an automatic
transmission shift lock control
system. The regular brake must be
fully applied first and then the shift
lever button pressed before shifting
from P (Park) when the ignition key N (Neutral) only. Also, use damage the transmission. The
is in ON/RUN. If you cannot shift out N (Neutral) when the vehicle is repairs would not be covered by
of P (Park), ease pressure on the being towed. the vehicle warranty. Be sure the
shift lever, then push the shift lever The vehicle has an automatic engine is not running at high
all the way into P (Park) as you neutral shift feature which allows the speed when shifting the vehicle.
maintain brake application. Then transmission to automatically shift to D (Drive): This position is for
press the shift lever button and N (Neutral) when the vehicle is normal driving. It provides the best
move the shift lever into another stopped with a forward gear fuel economy. If more power is
gear. See Shifting Out of Park on engaged. The reduced load on the needed for passing, and the
page 9‑23. engine improves vehicle fuel vehicle is:
R (Reverse): Use this gear to economy. . Going less than 56 km/h
back up. (35 mph), push the accelerator
Notice: Shifting to R (Reverse) { WARNING pedal about halfway down.
while the vehicle is moving . Going about 56 km/h (35 mph) or
forward could damage the Shifting into a drive gear while the
engine is running at high speed is more, push the accelerator all
transmission. The repairs would the way down.
not be covered by the vehicle dangerous. Unless your foot is
warranty. Shift to R (Reverse) only firmly on the brake pedal, the Notice: If the vehicle seems to
after the vehicle is stopped. vehicle could move very rapidly. accelerate slowly or not shift
You could lose control and hit gears when you go faster, and
To rock the vehicle back and forth to you continue to drive the vehicle
people or objects. Do not shift
get out of snow, ice or sand without that way, you could damage the
damaging the transmission, see If into a drive gear while the engine
is running at high speed. transmission. Have the vehicle
the Vehicle is Stuck on page 9‑11. serviced right away.
N (Neutral): In this position, the
engine does not connect with the Notice: Shifting out of P (Park) or
wheels. To restart the engine when N (Neutral) with the engine
the vehicle is already moving, use running at high speed may
Manual Mode
Driver Shift Control (DSC)
Notice: If you drive the vehicle at
a high rpm without upshifting
while using Driver Shift Control
(DSC), you could damage the
vehicle. Always upshift when
necessary while using DSC.
Driver Shift Control (DSC) allows
you to shift an automatic
transmission similar to a manual
1. Move the shift lever from 2. Press the shift lever forward (+)
transmission. To use the DSC
D (Drive) to the left into the (+) or to upshift or rearward (−) to
feature:
(−) manual position. downshift. An M and the current
gear will be displayed in the DIC.
While using the DSC feature, the
vehicle will have firmer, quicker
shifting. You can use this for sport
driving or when climbing or
descending hills, to stay in gear
longer, or to down shift for more
power or engine braking.
The transmission will only allow Manual Transmission Notice: Do not rest your foot on
you to shift into gears appropriate the clutch pedal while driving or
for the vehicle speed and engine Shift Pattern while stopped. The pressure can
revolutions per minute (rpm). The cause premature wear in the
transmission will not automatically clutch. The repairs would not be
shift to the next lower gear if the covered by the vehicle warranty.
engine rpm is too high, nor to the 1 (First): Press the clutch pedal
next higher gear when the maximum fully to the pedal stop and shift into
engine rpm is reached. 1 (First). Then slowly let up on the
If shifting is prevented for any All Models Fuel Economy clutch pedal as you press the
reason, the currently selected gear Except Fuel Model accelerator pedal.
will flash multiple times, indicating Economy Model
If you come to a complete stop and
that the transmission has not shifted it is hard to shift into 1 (First), put
gears. These are the shift patterns for the
six-speed manual transmissions. the shift lever in Neutral and let up
While in the DSC mode, the on the clutch. Press the clutch pedal
transmission will automatically To operate the transmissions: back down. Then shift into 1 (First).
downshift when the vehicle comes Notice: Do not rest your hand on 2 (Second): Press the clutch pedal
to a stop. This will allow for more the shift lever while driving. The fully to the pedal stop as you let up
power during take-off. pressure could cause premature on the accelerator pedal and shift
When accelerating the vehicle from wear in the transmission. The into 2 (Second). Then, slowly let up
a stop in snowy and icy conditions, repairs would not be covered by on the clutch pedal as you press the
you may want to shift into second the vehicle warranty. accelerator pedal.
gear. A higher gear allows the
vehicle to gain more traction on
slippery surfaces.
3 (Third), 4 (Fourth), 5 (Fifth) and To stop, let up on the accelerator into R (Reverse). Let up on the
6 (Sixth): Shift into 3 (Third), pedal and press the brake pedal. clutch pedal slowly while pressing
4 (Fourth), 5 (Fifth) and 6 (Sixth) the Just before the vehicle stops, press the accelerator pedal.
same way you do for 2 (Second). the clutch pedal and the brake If the gear does not engage, shift
Slowly let up on the clutch pedal as pedal, and shift to Neutral. the transmission to neutral, release
you press the accelerator pedal. Neutral: Use this position when the clutch pedal and press it back
For the best fuel economy, use you start or idle the engine. The down. Repeat the gear selection.
6 (Sixth) gear whenever vehicle shift lever is in Neutral when it is
speed and driving conditions allow. centered in the shift pattern, not in
any gear.
{ WARNING
If you skip a gear when you
downshift, you could lose control
of the vehicle. You could injure
yourself or others. Do not shift
down more than one gear at a
time when you downshift.
An up-shift light in the instrument
cluster indicates when to shift to the
next higher gear for the best fuel Notice: Do not skip gears while
economy. upshifting. This can cause
premature wear in the
During normal driving, upshifts transmission. The repairs
should occur between 1,300 and would not be covered by the
2,500 rpm, and downshifts should vehicle warranty.
occur between 1,500 and
1,000 rpm. R (Reverse): To back up, with the
vehicle at a complete stop, press
down the clutch pedal. Then pull up
the ring on the shift lever, and shift
Brakes If driving safely on a wet road and it suddenly slows or stops. Always
becomes necessary to slam on the leave enough room up ahead to
brakes and continue braking to stop, even with ABS.
Antilock Brake avoid a sudden obstacle, a
System (ABS) computer senses that the wheels Using ABS
are slowing down. If one of the Do not pump the brakes. Just hold
This vehicle has the Antilock Brake
wheels is about to stop rolling, the the brake pedal down firmly and let
System (ABS), an advanced
computer will separately work the ABS work. You might hear the ABS
electronic braking system that helps
brakes at each wheel. pump or motor operating and feel
prevent a braking skid.
ABS can change the brake pressure the brake pedal pulsate, but this is
When the engine is started and the normal.
to each wheel, as required, faster
vehicle begins to drive away, ABS
than any driver could. This can help Braking in Emergencies
checks itself. A momentary motor or
the driver steer around the obstacle
clicking noise might be heard while ABS allows the driver to steer and
while braking hard.
this test is going on, and it might brake at the same time. In many
even be noticed that the brake As the brakes are applied, the emergencies, steering can help
pedal moves a little. This is normal. computer keeps receiving updates more than even the very best
on wheel speed and controls braking.
braking pressure accordingly.
Remember: ABS does not change
the time needed to get a foot up to
the brake pedal or always decrease
stopping distance. If you get too
close to the vehicle in front of you,
If there is a problem with ABS, this there will not be enough time to
warning light stays on. See Antilock apply the brakes if that vehicle
Brake System (ABS) Warning Light
on page 5‑17.
Parking Brake To release the parking brake: Driving with the parking brake
1. Hold the brake pedal down. applied will cause a warning chime
to sound and the RELEASE
2. Pull the parking brake handle up PARKING BRAKE message to
until you can press the release appear in the DIC. The message will
button. remain on until the parking brake is
3. Hold the release button in as released or the vehicle is stopped.
you move the brake handle all If parking on a hill, or if the vehicle
the way down. is pulling a trailer, see Driving
Notice: Driving with the parking Characteristics and Towing Tips on
brake on can overheat the brake page 9‑46.
system and cause premature
wear or damage to brake system
parts. Make sure that the parking
To apply the parking brake, pull up brake is fully released and the
on the parking brake handle. It is brake warning light is off before
not necessary to push in on the driving.
release button while applying the
parking brake. If the ignition is in the
ON/RUN position, the brake system
warning light will come on. See
Brake System Warning Light on
page 5‑16.
Brake Assist Ride Control Systems

This vehicle has a brake assist
feature designed to assist the driver Traction Control
in stopping or decreasing vehicle System (TCS)
speed in emergency driving
conditions. This feature uses the The vehicle has a Traction Control
System (TCS) that limits wheel spin. TCS/StabiliTrak Light
stability system hydraulic brake
control module to supplement the On a front-wheel-drive vehicle, the d flashes to indicate that the
power brake system under system operates if it senses that traction control system is active.
conditions where the driver has one or both of the front wheels are
If there is a problem detected with
quickly and forcefully applied the spinning or beginning to lose
TCS, SERVICE TRACTION
brake pedal in an attempt to quickly traction. When this happens, the
CONTROL and SERVICE
stop or slow down the vehicle. The system brakes the spinning
STABILITRAK may be displayed on
stability system hydraulic brake wheel(s), and/or reduces engine
the Driver Information Center (DIC).
control module increases brake power to limit wheel spin.
See Vehicle Messages (Canada
pressure at each corner of the The system may be heard or felt Base Level) on page 5‑27 or
vehicle until the ABS activates. while it is working, but this is Vehicle Messages (Canada Uplevel
Minor brake pedal pulsation or normal. and United States) on page 5‑28.
pedal movement during this time is When this message is displayed
normal and the driver should TCS is on whenever the vehicle is
started. To limit wheel spin, and d comes on and stays on, the
continue to apply the brake pedal as
especially in slippery road vehicle is safe to drive but the
the driving situation dictates. The
conditions, the system should system is not operational. Driving
brake assist feature will
always be left on. But, TCS can be should be adjusted accordingly.
automatically disengage when the
brake pedal is released or brake turned off if needed.
pedal pressure is quickly
decreased.
If d comes on and stays on, reset cruise control button to reengage

the system by: when road conditions allow. See
Cruise Control on page 9‑36.
1. Stopping the vehicle.
Adding non‐GM accessories can
2. Turning the engine off and affect the vehicle's performance.
waiting 15 seconds. See Accessories and Modifications
TCS Off Light on page 10‑3 for more information.
3. Starting the engine.
TCS can be turned off by pressing
If d still comes on and stays on at a StabiliTrak® System
and releasing g. When TCS is
speed above 20 km/h (13 mi/h), see
your dealer for service. turned off, i comes on and the The vehicle has a vehicle stability
system will not limit wheel spin. enhancement system called
A chime may also sound when the Driving should be adjusted StabiliTrak. It is an advanced
light comes on steady. computer controlled system that
accordingly. Press and release g
Notice: Do not repeatedly brake again to turn the system back on. assists with directional control of the
or accelerate heavily when TCS is vehicle in difficult driving conditions.
off. The vehicle's driveline could It may be necessary to turn the
system off if the vehicle gets stuck StabiliTrak activates when the
be damaged. computer senses a difference
in sand, mud, or snow and rocking
the vehicle is required. See If the between the intended path, and the
Vehicle is Stuck on page 9‑11 for direction the vehicle is actually
more information. See also Winter traveling. StabiliTrak selectively
Driving on page 9‑9 for information applies braking pressure at any one
on using TCS when driving in snowy of the vehicle's brakes to help steer
or icy conditions. the vehicle in the intended direction.
TCS/StabiliTrak Button
If cruise control is being used when
g is located on the console. TCS activates, cruise control will
automatically disengage. Press the
StabiliTrak is on automatically and United States) on page 5‑28.

whenever the vehicle is started. To When this message is displayed
assist with directional control of the and/or d comes on and stays on,
vehicle, the system should always the vehicle is safe to drive but the
be left on. system is not operational. Driving
should be adjusted accordingly.
StabiliTrak Off TCS Off Light
If d comes on and stays on, reset Light
the system by:
1. Stopping the vehicle. StabiliTrak can be turned off if
needed by pressing and holding g
2. Turning the engine off and
TCS/StabiliTrak Light waiting 15 seconds. until g and i come on the
When the stability control system instrument panel. When StabiliTrak
3. Starting the engine. is turned off, the system will not
activates, d flashes on the
If d still comes on and stays on at a assist with directional control of the
instrument panel. This also occurs
speed above 20 km/h (13 mi/h), see vehicle or limit wheel spin. Driving
when traction control is activated.
your dealer for service. should be adjusted accordingly.
A noise may be heard or vibration
may be felt in the brake pedal. This Press and release g again to turn
is normal. Continue to steer the the system back on.
vehicle in the intended direction. If cruise control is being used when
If there is a problem detected StabiliTrak activates, cruise control
with StabiliTrak, SERVICE will automatically disengage. Press
STABILITRAK is displayed on the the cruise control button to
Driver Information Center (DIC). TCS/StabiliTrak Button reengage when road conditions
See Vehicle Messages (Canada allow. See Cruise Control on
g is located on the console. page 9‑36 for more information.
Base Level) on page 5‑27 or
Vehicle Messages (Canada Uplevel
Cruise Control { WARNING

With cruise control, the vehicle can
maintain a speed of about 40 km/h Cruise control can be dangerous
(25 mph) or more without keeping where you cannot drive safely at
your foot on the accelerator. Cruise a steady speed. So, do not use
control does not work at speeds the cruise control on winding
below 40 km/h (25 mph). roads or in heavy traffic.
If the brakes are applied, the cruise Cruise control can be dangerous
control shuts off. on slippery roads. On such roads,
If the vehicle has a Traction Control fast changes in tire traction can
System (TCS) or StabiliTrak System cause excessive wheel slip, and
and begins to limit wheel spin while you could lose control. Do not use
using cruise control, the cruise cruise control on slippery roads. 5 (On/Off): Press to turn the
cruise control system on and off.
control automatically disengages.
See Traction Control System (TCS) RES/+ (Resume/Accelerate):
on page 9‑33 or StabiliTrak® System Move the thumbwheel up to resume
on page 9‑34. When road conditions a previously set speed or to
allow you to safely use it again, the accelerate.
cruise control can be turned SET/− (Set/Coast): Move the
back on. thumbwheel down to set a speed or
to make the vehicle decelerate.
* (Cancel): Press to disengage
cruise control without erasing the
set speed from memory.
Setting Cruise Control Increasing Speed While Using

. To slow down in small amounts,
Cruise Control move the thumbwheel toward
If the cruise button is on when not in SET/− briefly. Each time this is
use, it could get bumped and go into If the cruise control system is done, the vehicle goes about
cruise when not desired. Keep the already activated, 1.6 km/h (1 mph) slower.
cruise control switch off when cruise . Move the thumbwheel up toward
is not being used. Passing Another Vehicle While
RES/+ and hold it until the
Using Cruise Control
1. Press 5. desired speed is reached, and
then release it. Use the accelerator pedal to
2. Get to the speed desired. increase the vehicle speed. When
. To increase the speed in small
3. Move the thumbwheel down and you take your foot off the pedal, the
amounts, move the thumbwheel
release it. vehicle slows down to the previous
up toward RES/+ briefly and
set cruise control speed.
4. Take your foot off the accelerator then release it. Each time this is
pedal. done, the vehicle goes about Using Cruise Control on Hills
1.6 km/h (1 mph) faster.
Resuming a Set Speed How well the cruise control works
Reducing Speed While Using on hills depends upon the vehicle
If the cruise control is set at a Cruise Control speed, load, and the steepness of
desired speed and then the brakes the hills. When going up steep hills,
or clutch for manual transmissions If the cruise control system is
you might have to step on the
are applied, the cruise control is already activated,
accelerator pedal to maintain the
disengaged without erasing the set . Move the thumbwheel toward vehicle speed. When going
speed from memory. SET/− and hold until the desired downhill, you might have to brake or
Once the vehicle reaches about lower speed is reached, then shift to a lower gear to maintain the
40 km/h (25 mph) or more, move the release it. vehicle speed. When the brakes are
thumbwheel up toward RES/+ applied the cruise control is
briefly. The vehicle returns to the disengaged.
speed selected previously and stays
there.
Ending Cruise Control Object Detection

There are three ways to end cruise
{ WARNING
control:
Systems The Ultrasonic Rear Parking
. To disengage cruise control; Assist (URPA) system does not
Ultrasonic Parking Assist replace driver vision. It cannot
step lightly on the brake pedal or
clutch for manual transmission. For vehicles with the Ultrasonic detect:
Rear Parking Assist (URPA) system,
. Press * on the steering wheel. . Objects that are below the
it assists the driver with parking and
bumper, underneath the
. To turn off the cruise control, avoiding objects while in
vehicle, or too close or far
R (Reverse). URPA operates at
press 5 on the steering wheel. from the vehicle
speeds less than 8 km/h (5 mph),
Erasing Speed Memory and the sensors on the rear bumper . Children, pedestrians,
detect objects up to 2.5 m (8 ft) bicyclists, or pets.
The cruise control set speed is behind the vehicle, and at least
erased from memory by pressing If you do not use proper care
20 cm (8 in) off the ground. before and while backing, vehicle
the 5 button or if the ignition is
turned off. damage, injury, or death could
occur. Even with URPA, always
check behind the vehicle before
backing up. While backing, be
sure to look for objects and check
the vehicle's mirrors.
How the System Works PARK ASSIST OFF may display on When the System Does Not
the Driver Information Center (DIC) Seem to Work Properly
URPA comes on automatically when
to indicate that URPA is off. The
the shift lever is moved into If the URPA system does not
message disappears after a short
R (Reverse). activate due to a temporary
period of time.
A single tone sounds to indicate the condition, the message PARK
system is working. Turning the System On and Off ASSIST OFF displays on the DIC.
See Object Detection System
URPA operates only at speeds less The URPA system can be turned on
Messages on page 5‑32 for more
than 8 km/h (5 mph). and off through the vehicle
information. This can occur under
personalization menu on the
An obstacle is indicated by audible the following conditions:
infotainment system. See Vehicle
beeps. The interval between the Personalization on page 5‑34 for . The driver has disabled the
beeps becomes shorter as the more information. system.
vehicle gets closer to the obstacle. .
When the distance is less than The ultrasonic sensors are not
30 cm (12 in) the beeps are clean. Keep the vehicle's rear
continuous. bumper free of mud, dirt, snow,
ice, and slush. For cleaning
To be detected, objects must be at instructions, see Exterior Care
least 20 cm (8 in) off the ground and on page 10‑90.
below trunk level. Objects must also
be within 2.5 m (8 ft) from the rear
bumper. The distance objects can
be detected may be less during
warmer or humid weather.

. An object was hanging out of the
trunk during the last drive cycle. Fuel
Once the object is removed, Use of the recommended fuel is an
URPA will return to normal important part of the proper
operation. maintenance of this vehicle. To help
. The vehicle's bumper is keep the engine clean and maintain
damaged. Take the vehicle to optimum vehicle performance, we
your dealer to repair the system. recommend the use of gasoline
advertised as TOP TIER Detergent
. Other conditions may affect Gasoline.
system performance, such as
vibrations from a jackhammer or Look for the TOP TIER label on the
the compression of air brakes on fuel pump to ensure gasoline meets
a very large truck. enhanced detergency standards
developed by auto companies. A list Recommended Fuel
of marketers providing TOP TIER Use regular unleaded gasoline with
Detergent Gasoline can be found at a posted octane rating of 87 or
www.toptiergas.com. higher. If the octane rating is less
than 87, an audible knocking noise,
commonly referred to as spark
knock, might be heard when driving.
If this occurs, use a gasoline rated
at 87 octane or higher as soon as
possible. If heavy knocking is heard
when using gasoline rated at
87 octane or higher, the engine
needs service.
Gasoline Specifications California Fuel Fuels in Foreign

(U.S. and Canada Only) Requirements Countries
At a minimum, gasoline If the vehicle is certified to meet Never use leaded gasoline or any
should meet ASTM specification D California Emissions Standards, it is other fuel not recommended in the
4814 in the United States or CAN/ designed to operate on fuels that previous text on fuel. Costly repairs
CGSB‐3.5 or 3.511 in Canada. meet California specifications. See caused by use of improper fuel
Some gasolines contain an the underhood emission control would not be covered by the vehicle
octane-enhancing additive called label. If this fuel is not available in warranty.
methylcyclopentadienyl manganese states adopting California emissions To check the fuel availability, ask an
tricarbonyl (MMT). We recommend standards, the vehicle will operate auto club, or contact a major oil
against the use of gasolines satisfactorily on fuels meeting company that does business in the
containing MMT. See Fuel Additives federal specifications, but emission country where you will be driving.
on page 9‑42 for additional control system performance might
information. be affected. The malfunction
indicator lamp could turn on and the
vehicle might fail a smog‐check test.
See Malfunction Indicator Lamp on
page 5‑13. If this occurs, return to
your authorized dealer for diagnosis.
If it is determined that the condition
is caused by the type of fuel used,
repairs might not be covered by the
vehicle warranty.
Fuel Additives For customers who do not use TOP Notice: This vehicle was not
TIER Detergent Gasoline regularly, designed for fuel that contains
To provide cleaner air, all gasolines one bottle of GM Fuel System methanol. Do not use fuel
in the United States are now Treatment PLUS, added to the fuel containing methanol. It can
required to contain additives that tank at every engine oil change, can corrode metal parts in the fuel
help prevent engine and fuel system help clean deposits from fuel system and also damage plastic
deposits from forming, allowing the injectors and intake valves. GM Fuel and rubber parts. That damage
emission control system to work System Treatment PLUS is the only would not be covered under the
properly. In most cases, nothing gasoline additive recommended by vehicle warranty.
should have to be added to the fuel. General Motors. It is available at
However, some gasolines contain Some gasolines that
your dealer. are not reformulated for low
only the minimum amount of
additive required to meet U.S. Gasolines containing oxygenates, emissions can contain an
Environmental Protection Agency such as ethers and ethanol, and octane-enhancing additive called
regulations. To help keep fuel reformulated gasolines might be methylcyclopentadienyl manganese
injectors and intake valves clean, available in your area. We tricarbonyl (MMT); ask the attendant
or if the vehicle experiences recommend that you use these where you buy gasoline whether the
problems due to dirty injectors or gasolines, if they comply with the fuel contains MMT. We recommend
valves, look for gasoline that is specifications described earlier. against the use of such gasolines.
advertised as TOP TIER Detergent However, E85 (85% ethanol) and Fuels containing MMT can reduce
Gasoline. Look for the TOP TIER other fuels containing more than the life of spark plugs and the
label on the fuel pump to ensure 10% ethanol must not be used in performance of the emission control
gasoline meets enhanced vehicles that were not designed for system could be affected. The
detergency standards developed by those fuels. malfunction indicator lamp might
the auto companies. A list of turn on. If this occurs, return to your
marketers providing TOP TIER dealer for service.
Detergent Gasoline can be found at
www.toptiergas.com.
Filling the Tank
{ WARNING
Fuel vapor burns violently and a
fuel fire can cause bad injuries.
To help avoid injuries to you and
others, read and follow all the
instructions on the fuel pump
island. Turn off the engine when
refueling. Do not smoke near fuel
or when refueling the vehicle. Do
not use cellular phones. Keep The tethered fuel cap is behind the If the cap is not properly installed,
sparks, flames, and smoking fuel door on the vehicle's passenger the Malfunction Indicator Lamp will
materials away from fuel. Do not side. To open the fuel door, push the come on. See Malfunction Indicator
leave the fuel pump unattended rearward center edge in and release Lamp on page 5‑13 for more
when refueling the vehicle. This is and the door will open. Turn the fuel information.
cap counterclockwise to remove. Do
against the law in some places.
not release the cap too soon or it
Do not re-enter the vehicle while
will spring back. Reinstall the cap by
pumping fuel. Keep children away turning it clockwise until it clicks.
from the fuel pump; never let
children pump fuel.
Filling a Portable Fuel

{ WARNING { WARNING Container
Fuel can spray out on you if you If a fire starts while you are
open the fuel cap too quickly.
If you spill fuel and then
refueling, do not remove the
nozzle. Shut off the flow of fuel by
{ WARNING
something ignites it, you could be shutting off the pump or by Never fill a portable fuel container
badly burned. This spray can notifying the station attendant. while it is in the vehicle. Static
happen if the tank is nearly full, Leave the area immediately. electricity discharge from the
and is more likely in hot weather. container can ignite the fuel
Open the fuel cap slowly and wait Notice: If a new fuel cap is vapor. You can be badly burned
for any hiss noise to stop. Then needed, be sure to get the right and the vehicle damaged if this
unscrew the cap all the way. type of cap from your dealer. The occurs. To help avoid injury to you
wrong type fuel cap might not fit and others:
Do not top off or overfill the tank. properly, might cause the . Dispense fuel only into
Wait a few seconds before removing malfunction indicator lamp to approved containers.
the nozzle. Clean fuel from painted light, and could damage the fuel
tank and emissions system. See
. Do not fill a container while it
surfaces as soon as possible. See is inside a vehicle, in a
Exterior Care on page 10‑90. Malfunction Indicator Lamp on
page 5‑13. vehicle's trunk, pickup bed,
or on any surface other than
the ground.
(Continued)

. For maximum vehicle and trailer
WARNING (Continued) Towing weights, see “Trailer Towing.”
. For information on equipment to
. Bring the fill nozzle in contact General Towing tow a trailer, see “Towing
with the inside of the fill Information Equipment.”
opening before operating the
Only use towing equipment that has For information on towing a disabled
nozzle. Contact should be been designed for the vehicle. vehicle, see Towing the Vehicle on
maintained until the filling is Contact your dealer or trailering page 10‑87. For information on
complete. dealer for assistance with preparing towing the vehicle behind another
. Do not smoke while the vehicle for towing a trailer. vehicle such as a motor home, see
pumping fuel. See the following trailer towing Recreational Vehicle Towing on
. Do not use a cellular phone information in this section: page 10‑87.
while pumping fuel. . For information on driving while
towing a trailer, see “Driving
Characteristics and
Towing Tips.”
Driving Characteristics The vehicle can tow a trailer if it is Pulling a Trailer

equipped with the proper trailer
and Towing Tips towing equipment. To identify the
Here are some important points:
trailering capacity of the vehicle, see . There are many laws, including
{ WARNING Trailer Towing (Except Fuel speed limit restrictions that apply
Economy Model) on page 9‑50 or to trailering. Check for legal
The driver can lose control when Trailer Towing (Fuel Economy requirements with state or
pulling a trailer if the correct Model) on page 9‑51. Trailering provincial police.
equipment is not used or the changes handling, acceleration, . Do not tow a trailer at all during
vehicle is not driven properly. For braking, durability, and fuel the first 1 600 km (1,000 miles)
example, if the trailer is too economy. With the added weight, the new vehicle is driven. The
heavy, the brakes may not work the engine, transmission, wheel engine, axle, or other parts could
well — or even at all. The driver assemblies, and tires are forced to be damaged.
and passengers could be work harder and under greater
seriously injured. The vehicle may loads. The trailer also adds wind . During the first 800 km
also be damaged; the resulting resistance, increasing the pulling (500 miles) that a trailer is
repairs would not be covered by requirements. For safe trailering, towed, do not drive over 80 km/h
correctly use the proper trailering (50 mph) and do not make starts
the vehicle warranty. Pull a trailer
equipment. at full throttle. This reduces wear
only if all the steps in this section
on the vehicle.
have been followed. Ask your The following information has
dealer for advice and information important trailering tips and rules for
about towing a trailer with the your safety and that of your
vehicle. passengers. Read this section
carefully before pulling a trailer.

. Vehicles with automatic Check all trailer hitch parts and Following Distance
transmissions can tow in attachments, safety chains,
D (Drive) but M (Manual Mode) Stay at least twice as far behind the
electrical connectors, lamps, tires,
is recommended. See Manual vehicle ahead as you would when
and mirror adjustments. If the trailer
Mode on page 9‑28 for more driving the vehicle without a trailer.
has electric brakes, start the vehicle
information. Use a lower gear if This can help to avoid situations
and trailer moving and then apply
the transmission shifts too often. that require heavy braking and
the trailer brake controller by hand
For vehicles with a manual sudden turns.
to be sure the brakes are working.
transmission, it is better not to Passing
use the highest gear. During the trip, check regularly to be
sure that the load is secure, and the More passing distance is needed
. Use the cruise control when lamps and trailer brakes are working when towing a trailer. Because the
towing. properly. rig is longer, it is necessary to go
. Obey speed limit restrictions. Do much farther beyond the passed
Towing with a Stability Control
not drive faster than the vehicle before returning to the lane.
maximum posted speed for System
trailers, or no more than 90 km/h When towing, the sound of the Backing Up
(55 mph), to reduce wear on the stability control system might be Hold the bottom of the steering
vehicle. heard. The system is reacting to the wheel with one hand. Then, to move
vehicle movement caused by the the trailer to the left, move that hand
Driving with a Trailer trailer, which mainly occurs during to the left. To move the trailer to the
Towing a trailer requires experience. cornering. This is normal when right, move your hand to the right.
Get familiar with handling and towing heavier trailers. Always back up slowly and,
braking with the added trailer if possible, have someone
weight. The vehicle is now longer guide you.
and not as responsive as the
vehicle is by itself.
Making Turns When towing a trailer, the arrows on When towing at high altitude on
the instrument panel flash for turns steep uphill grades, consider the
Notice: Making very sharp turns
even if the bulbs on the trailer are following: Engine coolant will boil at
while trailering could cause the
burned out. For this reason you may a lower temperature than at normal
trailer to come in contact with the
think other drivers are seeing the altitudes. If the engine is turned off
vehicle. The vehicle could be
signal when they are not. It is immediately after towing at high
damaged. Avoid making very
important to check occasionally to altitude on steep uphill grades, the
sharp turns while trailering.
be sure the trailer bulbs are still vehicle may show signs similar to
When turning with a trailer, make working. engine overheating. To avoid this,
wider turns than normal. Do this so let the engine run while parked,
the trailer won't strike soft Driving On Grades preferably on level ground, with the
shoulders, curbs, road signs, trees Reduce speed and shift to a lower automatic transmission in P (Park)
or other objects. Avoid jerky or gear before starting down a long or for a few minutes before turning the
sudden maneuvers. Signal well in steep downgrade. If the engine off. For vehicles with manual
advance. transmission is not shifted down, the transmissions, let the engine run
brakes might have to be used so while parked, preferably on level
Turn Signals When Towing a much that they would get hot and no ground, with the transmission out of
Trailer longer work well. gear and the parking brake applied,
The arrows on the instrument panel for a few minutes before turning the
Vehicles with an automatic
flash whenever signaling a turn or engine off. If the overheat warning
transmission can tow in D (Drive)
lane change. Properly hooked up, comes on, see Engine Overheating
but M (Manual Mode) is
the trailer lamps also flash, telling on page 10‑20.
recommended. Shift the
other drivers the vehicle is turning, transmission to a lower gear if the
changing lanes, or stopping. transmission shifts too often under
heavy loads and/or hilly conditions.
For vehicles with a manual
transmission, it is better not to use
the highest gear.
Parking on Hills 3. When the wheel chocks are in Maintenance When Trailer
place, release the brake pedal Towing
{ WARNING until the chocks absorb the load.
The vehicle needs service more
4. Reapply the brake pedal. Then often when pulling a trailer. See this
Parking the vehicle on a hill with apply the parking brake and shift manual's Maintenance Schedule or
the trailer attached can be into P (Park) for vehicles with an Index for more information. Things
dangerous. If something goes automatic transmission or into that are especially important in
wrong, the rig could start to move. gear for vehicles with a manual trailer operation are automatic
People can be injured, and both transmission. transmission fluid, engine oil, axle
the vehicle and the trailer can be 5. Release the brake pedal. lubricant, belts, cooling system, and
damaged. When possible, always brake system. It is a good idea to
park the rig on a flat surface. Leaving After Parking on a Hill inspect these before and during
1. Apply and hold the brake pedal the trip.
If parking the rig on a hill: while you: Check periodically to see that all
1. Press the brake pedal, but do . Start the engine, hitch nuts and bolts are tight.
not shift into P (Park) yet for . Shift into a gear, and Engine Cooling When Trailer
vehicles with an automatic Towing
transmission, or into gear for
. Release the parking brake.
vehicles with a manual 2. Let up on the brake pedal. The cooling system may temporarily
transmission. Turn the wheels overheat during severe operating
into the curb if facing downhill or 3. Drive slowly until the trailer is conditions. See Engine Overheating
into traffic if facing uphill. clear of the chocks. on page 10‑20.
2. Have someone place chocks 4. Stop and have someone pick up
under the trailer wheels. and store the chocks.
Trailer Towing (Except See “Weight of the Trailer Tongue” the vehicle, it will reduce the tongue
later in this section for more weight the vehicle can carry, which
Fuel Economy Model) information. will also reduce the trailer weight the
Before pulling a trailer, there are Maximum trailer weight is calculated vehicle can tow. If towing a trailer,
three important considerations that assuming only the driver is in the the tongue load must be added to
have to do with weight: tow vehicle and it has all the the GVW because the vehicle will
required trailering equipment. The be carrying that weight, too. See
. The weight of the trailer.
weight of additional optional Vehicle Load Limits on page 9‑12
. The weight of the trailer tongue. for more information.
equipment, passengers and cargo in
. The total weight on your the tow vehicle must be subtracted
vehicle's tires. from the maximum trailer weight.
Weight of the Trailer Ask your dealer for trailering
information or advice, or write us at
How heavy can a trailer safely be? our Customer Assistance Offices.
It should never weigh more than See Customer Assistance Offices
454 kg (1,000 lbs). But even that on page 13‑3 for more information.
can be too heavy.
Weight of the Trailer Tongue
It depends on how the rig is used.
For example, speed, altitude, road The tongue load (A) of any trailer is
grades, outside temperature and an important weight to measure
how much the vehicle is used to pull because it affects the total gross
a trailer are all important. It can weight of the vehicle. The Gross
Vehicle Weight (GVW) includes the The trailer tongue (A) should weigh
depend on any special equipment 10‐15 percent of the total loaded
on the vehicle, and the amount of curb weight of the vehicle, any
cargo carried in it, and the people trailer weight (B).
tongue weight the vehicle can carry.
who will be riding in the vehicle.
If there are a lot of options,
equipment, passengers or cargo in
After loading the trailer, weigh the Towing Equipment Safety Chains
trailer and then the tongue,
Hitches Always attach chains between the
separately, to see if the weights are
vehicle and the trailer. Cross the
proper. If they are not, adjustments Use the correct hitch equipment. safety chains under the tongue of
might be made by moving some See your dealer or a hitch dealer for the trailer to help prevent the tongue
items around in the trailer. assistance. from contacting the road if it
Total Weight on Your Vehicle's . The rear bumper on the vehicle becomes separated from the hitch.
Tires is not intended for hitches. Do Leave enough slack so the rig can
not attach rental hitches or other turn. Never allow safety chains to
Be sure the vehicle's tires are drag on the ground.
inflated to the upper limit for cold bumper-type hitches to it. Use
tires. These numbers can be found only a frame-mounted hitch that Trailer Brakes
on the Tire-Loading Information does not attach to the bumper.
Does the trailer have its own
label. See Vehicle Load Limits on . Will any holes be made in the brakes? Be sure to read and follow
page 9‑12. Make sure not to go over body of the vehicle when the the instructions for the trailer brakes
the GVW limit for the vehicle, trailer hitch is installed? If there so they are installed, adjusted, and
including the weight of the trailer are, seal the holes when the maintained properly.
tongue. hitch is removed. If the holes are
not sealed, dirt, water, and Because the vehicle has antilock
Trailer Towing (Fuel deadly carbon monoxide (CO) brakes, do not tap into the vehicle's
from the exhaust can get into the brake system. If this is done, both
Economy Model) brake systems will not work well,
vehicle. See Engine Exhaust on
The vehicle is neither designed nor page 9‑24. or at all.
intended to tow a trailer.
Conversions and Add-on equipment can drain the

vehicle's 12‐volt battery, even if the
Add-Ons vehicle is not operating.
The vehicle has an airbag system.
Add-On Electrical Before attempting to add anything
Equipment electrical to the vehicle, see
Servicing the Airbag-Equipped
Notice: Do not add anything Vehicle on page 3‑38 and Adding
electrical to the vehicle unless Equipment to the Airbag-Equipped
you check with your dealer first. Vehicle on page 3‑38.
Some electrical equipment can
damage the vehicle and the
damage would not be covered by
the vehicle's warranty. Some
add-on electrical equipment can
keep other components from
working as they should.
Vehicle Care 10-1
Overheated Engine
Vehicle Care Protection
Taillamps, Turn Signal,
Sidemarker, Stoplamps,
Operating Mode . . . . . . . . . . . 10-22 and Back-Up Lamps . . . . . . 10-32
Power Steering Fluid . . . . . . . 10-22 License Plate Lamp . . . . . . . . 10-35
General Information Washer Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-22 Replacement Bulbs . . . . . . . . . 10-36
General Information . . . . . . . . . . 10-2 Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-23
California Proposition Brake Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-24 Electrical System
65 Warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-3 Battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-26 Electrical System
California Perchlorate Starter Switch Check . . . . . . . 10-26 Overload . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-36
Materials Requirements . . . . 10-3 Automatic Transmission Shift Fuses and Circuit
Accessories and Lock Control Function Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-37
Modifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-3 Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-27 Engine Compartment Fuse
Ignition Transmission Lock Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-37
Vehicle Checks Instrument Panel Fuse
Doing Your Own Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-28
Park Brake and P (Park) Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-41
Service Work . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-4
Hood . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-4 Mechanism Check . . . . . . . . 10-28 Wheels and Tires
Engine Compartment Wiper Blade Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-42
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-6 Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-29 Winter Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-43
Engine Oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-9 Windshield Replacement . . . 10-29 Low-Profile Tires . . . . . . . . . . . 10-44
Engine Oil Life System . . . . . 10-12 Headlamp Aiming Tire Sidewall Labeling . . . . . . 10-44
Automatic Transmission Headlamp Aiming . . . . . . . . . . 10-30 Tire Designations . . . . . . . . . . . 10-47
Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-13 Tire Terminology and
Manual Transmission Bulb Replacement Definitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-47
Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-14 Bulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . 10-30 Tire Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-50
Hydraulic Clutch . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-14 Headlamps, Front Turn Tire Pressure Monitor
Engine Air Cleaner/Filter . . . . 10-15 Signal, Sidemarker, and System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-52
Cooling System . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-16 Parking Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-30 Tire Pressure Monitor
Engine Coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-17 Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-53
Engine Overheating . . . . . . . . 10-20
10-2 Vehicle Care
Tire Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-56 Towing General Information

Tire Rotation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-57 Towing the Vehicle . . . . . . . . . 10-87
When It Is Time for New Recreational Vehicle For service and parts needs, visit
Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-58 Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-87 your dealer. You will receive
Buying New Tires . . . . . . . . . . . 10-59 genuine GM parts and GM-trained
Different Size Tires and Appearance Care and supported service people.
Wheels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-61 Exterior Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-90
Interior Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-94 Genuine GM parts have one of
Uniform Tire Quality these marks:
Grading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-62 Floor Mats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-97
Wheel Alignment and Tire
Balance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-63
Wheel Replacement . . . . . . . . 10-64
Tire Chains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-65
If a Tire Goes Flat . . . . . . . . . . 10-65
Tire Sealant and
Compressor Kit . . . . . . . . . . . 10-68
Storing the Tire Sealant and
Compressor Kit . . . . . . . . . . . 10-75
Tire Changing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-75
Compact Spare Tire . . . . . . . . 10-83
Jump Starting
Jump Starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-84
Vehicle Care 10-3
California Proposition Accessories and GM Accessories are designed to

complement and function with other
65 Warning Modifications systems on the vehicle. Your GM
Most motor vehicles, including this Adding non‐dealer accessories to dealer can accessorize the vehicle
one, contain and/or emit chemicals the vehicle can affect vehicle using genuine GM Accessories.
known to the State of California to performance and safety, including When you go to your GM dealer and
cause cancer and birth defects or such things as airbags, braking, ask for GM Accessories, you will
other reproductive harm. Engine stability, ride and handling, know that GM-trained and
exhaust, many parts and systems, emissions systems, aerodynamics, supported service technicians will
many fluids, and some component durability, and electronic systems perform the work using genuine GM
wear by-products contain and/or like antilock brakes, traction control, Accessories.
emit these chemicals. and stability control. Some of these Also, see Adding Equipment to the
accessories could even cause Airbag-Equipped Vehicle on
California Perchlorate malfunction or damage not covered page 3‑38.
by the vehicle warranty.
Materials Requirements
Damage to vehicle components
Certain types of automotive
resulting from the installation or use
applications, such as airbag
of non‐GM certified parts, including
initiators, seat belt pretensioners,
control module modifications, is not
and lithium batteries contained in
covered under the terms of the
Remote Keyless Entry transmitters,
vehicle warranty and may affect
may contain perchlorate materials.
remaining warranty coverage for
Special handling may be necessary.
affected parts.
For additional information, see
www.dtsc.ca.gov/hazardouswaste/
perchlorate.
10-4 Vehicle Care
Vehicle Checks If doing some of your own service Hood

work, use the proper service
manual. It tells you much more To open the hood:
Doing Your Own about how to service the vehicle
Service Work than this manual can. To order the
proper service manual, see Service
{ WARNING Publications Ordering Information
on page 13‑12.
You can be injured and the This vehicle has an airbag system.
vehicle could be damaged if you Before attempting to do your own
try to do service work on a vehicle service work, see Servicing the
without knowing enough about it. Airbag-Equipped Vehicle on
. Be sure you have sufficient page 3‑38.
knowledge, experience, the Keep a record with all parts receipts
proper replacement parts, and list the mileage and the date of
and tools before attempting any service work performed. See
any vehicle 1. Pull up on the hood release
Maintenance Records on page 11‑9.
maintenance task. handle. It is located inside the
vehicle to the left of the steering
. Be sure to use the proper column.
nuts, bolts, and other
fasteners. Metric and English
fasteners can be easily
confused. If the wrong
fasteners are used, parts can
later break or fall off. You
could be hurt.
Vehicle Care 10-5
To close the hood:

1. Before closing the hood, be sure
all the filler caps are on properly.
Then, lift the hood to relieve
pressure on the hood prop.
Remove the hood prop from the
slot on the underside of the hood
and return the prop to its
retainer. The prop rod must click
into place when returning it to
the retainer to prevent hood
damage.
2. Go to the front of the vehicle and 3. Lift the hood and release the 2. Lower the hood 30 cm (12 in)
push the secondary hood hood prop from its retainer, above the vehicle and release it
release handle toward the driver located above the radiator. so it fully latches. Check to
side of the vehicle. Securely place the hood prop make sure the hood is closed
into the slot on the underside of and repeat the process if
the hood. necessary.
10-6 Vehicle Care
Engine Compartment Overview
1.4 L L4 Engine
Vehicle Care 10-7
A. Engine Air Cleaner/Filter on E. Remote Negative (-) Terminal. I. Remote Positive (+) Terminal.
page 10‑15. See Jump Starting on See Jump Starting on
B. Engine Oil Dipstick. See page 10‑84. page 10‑84.
“Checking Engine Oil” under F. Brake/Clutch Fluid Reservoir. J. Engine Compartment Fuse
Engine Oil on page 10‑9. See “Brake Fluid” under Brakes Block on page 10‑37.
C. Electric Engine Cooling Fans on page 10‑23 and Hydraulic K. Windshield Washer Fluid
(Out of View). See Cooling Clutch on page 10‑14. Reservoir. See “Adding Washer
System on page 10‑16. G. Battery on page 10‑26 (Under Fluid” under Washer Fluid on
D. Engine Oil Fill Cap. See “When Cover). page 10‑22.
to Add Engine Oil” under H. Engine Coolant Surge Tank and
Engine Oil on page 10‑9. Pressure Cap. See Engine
Coolant on page 10‑17.
10-8 Vehicle Care
1.8 L L4 Engine
Vehicle Care 10-9
A. Engine Air Cleaner/Filter on G. Battery on page 10‑26 (Under Engine Oil

page 10‑15. Cover).
To ensure proper engine
B. Engine Oil Dipstick. See H. Engine Coolant Surge Tank and performance and long life, careful
“Checking Engine Oil” under Pressure Cap. See Cooling attention must be paid to engine oil.
Engine Oil on page 10‑9. System on page 10‑16. Following these simple, but
C. Engine Cooling Fans (Out of I. Remote Positive (+) Terminal. important steps will help protect
View). See Cooling System on See Jump Starting on your investment:
page 10‑16. page 10‑84. . Always use engine oil approved
D. Engine Oil Fill Cap. See “When J. Engine Compartment Fuse to the proper specification and of
to Add Engine Oil” under Block on page 10‑37. the proper viscosity grade. See
Engine Oil on page 10‑9. “Selecting the Right Engine Oil”
K. Windshield Washer Fluid in this section.
E. Remote Negative (-) Terminal. Reservoir. See “Adding Washer
See Jump Starting on Fluid” under Washer Fluid on . Check the engine oil level
page 10‑84. page 10‑22. regularly and maintain the
proper oil level. See “Checking
F. Brake/Clutch Fluid Reservoir. Engine Oil” and “When to Add
See “Brake Fluid” under Brakes Engine Oil” in this section.
on page 10‑23 and Hydraulic
Clutch on page 10‑14. . Change the engine oil at the
appropriate time. See Engine Oil
Life System on page 10‑12.
. Always dispose of engine oil
properly. See “What to Do With
Used Oil” in this section.
10-10 Vehicle Care
Checking Engine Oil When to Add Engine Oil area that shows the proper
operating range, the engine could
It is a good idea to check the engine
be damaged. You should drain
oil level at each fuel fill. In order to
out the excess oil or limit driving
get an accurate reading, the vehicle
of the vehicle and seek a service
must be on level ground. The
professional to remove the
engine oil dipstick handle is a yellow
excess amount of oil.
loop. See Engine Compartment
Overview on page 10‑6 for the See Engine Compartment Overview
location of the engine oil dipstick. If the oil is below the cross-hatched on page 10‑6 for the location of the
area at the tip of the dipstick, add engine oil fill cap.
Obtaining an accurate oil level
reading is essential: one liter/quart of the recommended Add enough oil to put the level
oil and then recheck the level. See somewhere in the proper operating
1. If the engine has been running “Selecting the Right Engine Oil” in range. Push the dipstick all the way
recently, turn off the engine and this section for an explanation of back in when through.
allow several minutes for the oil what kind of oil to use. For engine
to drain back into the oil pan. oil crankcase capacity, see Selecting the Right Engine Oil
Checking the oil level too soon Capacities and Specifications on
after engine shut off will not Selecting the right engine oil
page 12‑2. depends on both the proper oil
provide an accurate oil level
reading. Notice: Do not add too much oil. specification and viscosity grade:
Oil levels above or below the Specification
2. Pull out the dipstick and clean it acceptable operating range
with a paper towel or cloth, then shown on the dipstick are harmful Use and ask for engine oils with the
push it back in all the way. to the engine. If you find that you dexos™ certification mark. Oils
Remove it again, keeping the tip have an oil level above the meeting the requirements of the
down, and check the level. operating range, i.e. the engine vehicle should have the dexos™
has so much oil that the oil level certification mark on the container.
gets above the cross-hatched
Vehicle Care 10-11
This certification mark indicates that approved to the dexos™

the oil has been approved to the specification, ask your service
dexos™ specification. provider.
Use of Substitute Engine Oils if
dexos™ is unavailable: In the event
that dexos™ approved engine oil is
not available at an oil change or for
maintaining proper oil level, you
may use substitute engine oil
displaying the API Starburst symbol
This vehicle was filled at the factory and of SAE 5W-30 viscosity grade.
with dexos™ approved engine oil. Use of oils that do not meet the
dexos™ specification, however, may
Notice: Use only engine oil that is result in reduced performance under
approved to the dexos™ certain circumstances.
specification or an equivalent
engine oil of the appropriate Viscosity Grade
viscosity grade. Engine oils SAE 5W-30 is the best viscosity
approved to the dexos™ grade for the vehicle. Do not use
specification will show the other viscosity oils such as
dexos™ symbol on the container. SAE 10W‐30, 10W‐40, or 20W-50.
Failure to use the recommended
engine oil or equivalent can result
in engine damage not covered by
the vehicle warranty. If you are
unsure whether the oil is Cold Temperature Operation: In an
area of extreme cold, where the
temperature falls below −29°C
10-12 Vehicle Care
(−20°F), an SAE 0W-30 oil should What to Do with Used Oil Engine Oil Life System
be used. An oil of this viscosity
Used engine oil contains certain When to Change Engine Oil
grade will provide easier cold
elements that can be unhealthy for
starting for the engine at extremely This vehicle has a computer system
your skin and could even cause
low temperatures. When selecting that indicates when to change the
cancer. Do not let used oil stay on
an oil of the appropriate viscosity engine oil and filter. This is based
your skin for very long. Clean your
grade, be sure to always select an on engine revolutions and engine
skin and nails with soap and water,
oil that meets the required temperature, and not on mileage.
or a good hand cleaner. Wash or
specification, dexos™. See Based on driving conditions, the
properly dispose of clothing or rags
“Specification” earlier in this section mileage at which an oil change is
containing used engine oil. See the
for more information. indicated can vary considerably. For
manufacturer's warnings about the
Engine Oil Additives/Engine use and disposal of oil products. the oil life system to work properly,
Oil Flushes the system must be reset every time
Used oil can be a threat to the
the oil is changed.
Do not add anything to the oil. The environment. If you change your
recommended oils with the dexos™ own oil, be sure to drain all the oil When the system has calculated
specification and displaying the from the filter before disposal. Never that oil life has been diminished, it
dexos™ certification mark are all dispose of oil by putting it in the indicates that an oil change is
that is needed for good performance trash or pouring it on the ground, necessary. A CHANGE ENGINE
and engine protection. into sewers, or into streams or OIL SOON DIC message or Code
bodies of water. Recycle it by taking 82 DIC message comes on. See
Engine oil system flushes are not it to a place that collects used oil. Engine Oil Messages on page 5‑30.
recommended and could cause Change the oil as soon as possible
engine damage not covered by the within the next 1 000 km (600 mi).
vehicle warranty.
Vehicle Care 10-13
It is possible that, if driving under How to Reset the Engine Oil vehicle is started, the engine oil life
the best conditions, the oil life Life System system has not reset. Repeat the
system might indicate that an oil procedure.
change is not necessary for up to a Reset the system whenever the
engine oil is changed so that the
year. The engine oil and filter must
system can calculate the next
Automatic Transmission
be changed at least once a year
and, at this time, the system must engine oil change. To reset the Fluid
be reset. Your dealer has trained system:
How to Check Automatic
service people who will perform this 1. Using the DIC MENU button and Transmission Fluid
work and reset the system. It is also thumbwheel, scroll until you
important to check the oil regularly reach REMAINING OIL LIFE on It is not necessary to check the
over the course of an oil drain the DIC (oil can symbol with transmission fluid level.
interval and keep it at the proper % sign for Canada). A transmission fluid leak is the only
level. reason for fluid loss. If a leak
2. Press the SET button to reset occurs, take the vehicle to your
If the system is ever reset the oil life at 100%. When dealer service department and have
accidentally, the oil must be prompted, use the thumbwheel it repaired as soon as possible.
changed at 5 000 km (3,000 mi) to highlight YES or NO. Press
since the last oil change. the SET/CLEAR button to The vehicle is not equipped with a
Remember to reset the oil life confirm. transmission fluid level dipstick.
system whenever the oil is changed. There is a special procedure for
Be careful not to reset the oil life checking and changing the
display accidentally at any time transmission fluid. Because this
other than after the oil is changed. procedure is difficult, this should be
It cannot be reset accurately. done at the dealer service
If the CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOON department. Contact the dealer for
DIC message or Code 82 DIC additional information.
message comes back on when the
10-14 Vehicle Care
Change the fluid and filter at the Hydraulic Clutch How to Check and Add Fluid
intervals listed in Scheduled
For vehicles with a manual Visually check the brake/clutch fluid
Maintenance on page 11‑2, and be
transmission, it is not necessary to reservoir to make sure the fluid level
sure to use the fluid listed in
regularly check brake/clutch fluid is at the MIN (minimum) line on the
Recommended Fluids and
unless there is a leak suspected. side of the reservoir. The brake/
Lubricants on page 11‑6.
Adding fluid will not correct a leak. hydraulic clutch fluid system should
A fluid loss in this system could be closed and sealed.
Manual Transmission indicate a problem. Have the Do not remove the cap to check the
Fluid system inspected and repaired. fluid level or to top‐off the fluid level.
How to Check Manual When to Check and What Remove the cap only when
Transmission Fluid necessary to add the proper fluid
to Use until the level reaches the MIN line.
It is not necessary to check the
manual transmission fluid level.
A transmission fluid leak is the only
reason for fluid loss. If a leak
occurs, take the vehicle to your
dealer service department and have
it repaired as soon as possible. See
Recommended Fluids and The brake/hydraulic clutch fluid
Lubricants on page 11‑6 for the reservoir cap has this symbol on it.
proper fluid to use. The common brake/clutch fluid
reservoir is filled with DOT 3 brake
fluid as indicated on the reservoir
cap. See Engine Compartment
Overview on page 10‑6 for reservoir
location.
Vehicle Care 10-15
Engine Air Cleaner/Filter How to Inspect the Engine Air 1.8 L L4 Engine
Cleaner/Filter
See Engine Compartment Overview
on page 10‑6 for the location of the To inspect the air cleaner/filter,
engine air cleaner/filter. remove the filter from the vehicle
and lightly shake the filter to release
When to Inspect the Engine Air loose dust and dirt. If the filter
Cleaner/Filter remains caked with dirt, a new filter
Inspect the air cleaner/filter at the is required.
scheduled maintenance intervals To inspect or replace the engine air
and replace it at the first oil change cleaner/filter:
after each 80 000 km (50,000 mi)
interval. See Scheduled 1.4 L L4 Engine
Maintenance on page 11‑2 for more
information. If you are driving in 1. Remove the 6 screws that
dusty/dirty conditions, inspect the secure the cover on.
filter at each engine oil change.
2. Lift off the cover.
3. Inspect or replace the engine air
cleaner/filter.
10-16 Vehicle Care
4. Align the filter correctly. Cooling System

5. Install the cover by lowering it
{ WARNING
The cooling system allows the
over the filter and secure with engine to maintain the correct An electric engine cooling fan
the 6 screws. working temperature. under the hood can start up even
when the engine is not running
{ WARNING and can cause injury. Keep
hands, clothing, and tools away
Operating the engine with the air from any underhood electric fan.
cleaner/filter off can cause you or
others to be burned. The air
cleaner not only cleans the air; it
helps to stop flames if the engine { WARNING
backfires. Use caution when
working on the engine and do not Heater and radiator hoses, and
drive with the air cleaner/filter off. other engine parts, can be very
hot. Do not touch them. If you do,
you can be burned.
Notice: If the air cleaner/filter is 1.4 L L4 Engine Shown, 1.8 L L4
off, dirt can easily get into the Engine Similar Do not run the engine if there is a
engine, which could damage it. leak. If you run the engine, it
Always have the air cleaner/filter A. Engine Cooling Fans (Out could lose all coolant. That could
in place when you are driving. of View) cause an engine fire, and you
B. Engine Coolant Surge Tank and could be burned. Get any leak
Pressure Cap fixed before you drive the vehicle.
Vehicle Care 10-17
Notice: Using coolant other than What to Use Use a 50/50 mixture of clean,
DEX-COOL® can cause premature drinkable water and DEX-COOL
engine, heater core, or radiator
corrosion. In addition, the engine
{ WARNING coolant. If using this mixture,
nothing else needs to be added.
coolant could require changing Adding only plain water or some This mixture:
sooner, at 50 000 km (30,000 mi) other liquid to the cooling system . Gives freezing protection down
or 24 months, whichever occurs can be dangerous. Plain water to −37°C (−34°F), outside
first. Any repairs would not be and other liquids, can boil before temperature.
covered by the vehicle warranty. the proper coolant mixture will.
Always use DEX-COOL . Gives boiling protection up to
The vehicle coolant warning 129°C (265°F), engine
(silicate-free) coolant in the
system is set for the proper temperature.
vehicle.
coolant mixture. With plain water
or the wrong mixture, the engine
. Protects against rust and
Engine Coolant could get too hot but you would corrosion.
The cooling system in the vehicle is not get the overheat warning. The . Will not damage aluminum parts.
filled with DEX-COOL engine engine could catch fire and you or . Helps keep the proper engine
coolant. This coolant is designed to others could be burned. Use a temperature.
remain in the vehicle for 5 years or 50/50 mixture of clean, drinkable
240 000 km (150,000 mi), whichever water and DEX-COOL coolant. Notice: If an improper coolant
occurs first. mixture is used, the engine could
overheat and be badly damaged.
The following explains the cooling
The repair cost would not be
system and how to check and add
covered by the vehicle warranty.
coolant when it is low. If there is a
Too much water in the mixture
problem with engine overheating,
can freeze and crack the engine,
see Engine Overheating on
radiator, heater core, and other
page 10‑20.
parts.
10-18 Vehicle Care
Never dispose of engine coolant by See Engine Overheating on

putting it in the trash, pouring it on page 10‑20 for more information. { WARNING
the ground, into sewers, into The coolant surge tank is located in
streams or bodies of water. Have Steam and scalding liquids from a
the engine compartment on the hot cooling system can blow out
the coolant changed by an driver side of the vehicle. See
authorized service center, familiar and burn you badly. They are
Engine Compartment Overview on under pressure, and if you turn
with legal requirements regarding page 10‑6 for more information on
used coolant disposal. This will help the coolant surge tank pressure
location. cap — even a little — they can
protect the environment and your
health. How to Add Coolant to the come out at high speed. Never
Coolant Surge Tank turn the cap when the cooling
Checking Coolant system, including the coolant
Notice: This vehicle has a surge tank pressure cap, is hot.
The vehicle must be on a level
specific coolant fill procedure.
surface when checking the coolant Wait for the cooling system and
Failure to follow this procedure
level. coolant surge tank pressure cap
could cause the engine to
Check to see if coolant is visible in overheat and be severely to cool if you ever have to turn
the coolant surge tank. If the coolant damaged. the pressure cap.
inside the coolant surge tank is
If no problem is found, check to see
boiling, do not do anything else until
if coolant is visible in the coolant
it cools down. If coolant is visible
surge tank. If coolant is visible but
but the coolant level is not at the
the coolant level is not at the
indicated mark, add a 50/50 mixture
indicated level mark, add a
of clean, drinkable water and
50/50 mixture of clean, drinkable
DEX-COOL coolant at the coolant
water and DEX-COOL coolant at the
surge tank, but be sure the cooling
coolant surge tank, but be sure the
system is cool before this is done.
cooling system, including the
coolant surge tank pressure cap, is
cool before you do it.
Vehicle Care 10-19
Notice: In cold weather, water

{ WARNING can freeze and crack the engine,
radiator, heater core and other
Adding only plain water or some parts. Use the recommended
other liquid to the cooling system coolant and the proper coolant
can be dangerous. Plain water mixture.
and other liquids, can boil before
the proper coolant mixture will.
The vehicle coolant warning
{ WARNING
system is set for the proper You can be burned if you spill
coolant mixture. With plain water coolant on hot engine parts.
or the wrong mixture, the engine Coolant contains ethylene glycol
could get too hot but you would and it will burn if the engine parts 1.4 L L4 Engine Shown, 1.8 L L4
not get the overheat warning. The are hot enough. Do not spill Engine Similar
engine could catch fire and you or coolant on a hot engine.
others could be burned. Use a 1. Remove the coolant surge tank
50/50 mixture of clean, drinkable pressure cap when the cooling
water and DEX-COOL coolant. system, including the coolant
surge tank pressure cap and
upper radiator hose, is no
longer hot.
Turn the pressure cap slowly
counterclockwise about
one-quarter of a turn. If you hear
a hiss, wait for that to stop. This
will allow any pressure still left to
be vented out the
discharge hose.
10-20 Vehicle Care
2. Then keep turning the pressure Check the level in the coolant surge If the decision is made to lift the
cap slowly and remove it. tank when the cooling system has hood, make sure the vehicle is
3. Fill the coolant surge tank with cooled down. If the coolant is not at parked on a level surface.
the proper DEX-COOL coolant the proper level, repeat Steps 1 Check to see if the engine cooling
mixture to the indicated through 3 and reinstall the pressure fans are running. If the engine is
level mark. cap. If the coolant still is not at the overheating, both fans should be
proper level when the system cools running. If they are not, do not
4. With the coolant surge tank down again, see your dealer.
pressure cap off, start the continue to run the engine and have
engine and let it run until the the vehicle serviced.
Engine Overheating
upper radiator hose can be felt Notice: Engine damage from
getting hot. Watch out for the The vehicle has several indicators running the engine without
engine cooling fans. to warn of engine overheating. coolant is not covered by the
By this time, the coolant level There is an engine coolant warranty.
inside the coolant surge tank temperature gauge on the vehicle
may be lower. If the level is instrument panel cluster. See
lower, add more of the proper Engine Coolant Temperature Gauge
DEX-COOL coolant mixture to on page 5‑10.
the coolant surge tank until the If the decision is made not to lift the
level reaches the indicated hood when this warning appears,
level mark. get service help right away. See
5. Then replace the pressure cap. Roadside Assistance Program on
Be sure the pressure cap is page 13‑6.
hand-tight.
Vehicle Care 10-21
If Steam is Coming from the If No Steam is Coming from 3. In heavy traffic, let the engine
Engine Compartment the Engine Compartment idle in N (Neutral) while stopped.
If it is safe to do so, pull off the
If an engine overheat warning is road, shift to P (Park) or
{ WARNING displayed but no steam can be seen N (Neutral) and let the
or heard, the problem may not be engine idle.
Steam from an overheated engine too serious. Sometimes the engine
can burn you badly, even if you can get a little too hot when the If the temperature overheat gauge
just open the hood. Stay away vehicle: is no longer in the overheat zone or
from the engine if you see or hear .
an overheat warning no longer
steam coming from it. Just turn it Climbs a long hill on a hot day displays, the vehicle can be driven.
off and get everyone away from . Stops after high-speed driving Continue to drive the vehicle slowly
the vehicle until it cools down. for about 10 minutes. Keep a safe
. Idles for long periods in traffic
Wait until there is no sign of vehicle distance from the vehicle in
steam or coolant before you open
. Tows a trailer front. If the warning does not come
the hood. If the overheat warning is displayed back on, continue to drive normally.
with no sign of steam: If the warning continues, pull over,
If you keep driving when the
engine is overheated, the liquids 1. Turn the air off. stop, and park the vehicle
right away.
in it can catch fire. You or others 2. Turn the heater on to the highest
could be badly burned. Stop the temperature and to the highest If there is no sign of steam, idle the
engine if it overheats, and get out fan speed. Open the windows as engine for three minutes while
of the vehicle until the engine necessary. parked. If the warning is still
is cool. displayed, turn off the engine until it
cools down. Also, see “Overheated
Engine Protection Operating Mode”
following.
10-22 Vehicle Care
Overheated Engine Notice: After driving in the Washer Fluid

overheated engine protection
Protection operating mode, to avoid engine What to Use
Operating Mode damage, allow the engine to cool When windshield washer fluid is
This emergency operating mode before attempting any repair. The needed, be sure to read the
allows the vehicle to be driven to a engine oil will be severely manufacturer's instructions before
safe place in an emergency degraded. Repair the cause of use. If operating the vehicle in an
situation. If an overheated engine coolant loss, change the oil and area where the temperature may fall
condition exists, an overheat reset the oil life system. See below freezing, use a fluid that has
protection mode which alternates Engine Oil on page 10‑9. sufficient protection against
firing groups of cylinders helps freezing.
prevent engine damage. In this Power Steering Fluid
mode, a significant loss in power Adding Washer Fluid
The vehicle is equipped with an
and engine performance will be electric power steering system. No
noticed. The temperature gauge will fluid or general maintenance is
indicate an overheat condition required.
exists. Driving extended km (mi)
and/or towing a trailer in the
overheat protection mode should be
avoided.
Open the cap with the washer
symbol on it. Add washer fluid until
the tank is full. See Engine
Compartment Overview on
page 10‑6 for reservoir location.
Vehicle Care 10-23
Notice: Brakes Some driving conditions or climates

. When using concentrated can cause a brake squeal when the
This vehicle has front disc brakes brakes are first applied or lightly
washer fluid, follow the and could have rear drum brakes or
manufacturer's instructions applied. This does not mean
rear disc brakes. something is wrong with the brakes.
for adding water.
Disc brake pads have built-in wear Properly torqued wheel nuts are
. Do not mix water with indicators that make a high-pitched
ready-to-use washer fluid. necessary to help prevent brake
warning sound when the brake pads pulsation. When tires are rotated,
Water can cause the solution are worn and new pads are needed.
to freeze and damage the inspect brake pads for wear and
The sound can come and go or be evenly tighten wheel nuts in the
washer fluid tank and other heard all the time the vehicle is
parts of the washer system. proper sequence to torque
moving, except when applying the specifications in Capacities and
Also, water does not clean as brake pedal firmly.
well as washer fluid. Specifications on page 12‑2.
If the vehicle has rear drum brakes,
. Fill the washer fluid tank only
three-quarters full when it is
{ WARNING they do not have wear indicators,
very cold. This allows for The brake wear warning sound but if a rear brake rubbing noise is
fluid expansion if freezing heard, have the rear brake linings
means that soon the brakes will
occurs, which could damage inspected immediately. Rear brake
not work well. That could lead to
the tank if it is drums should be removed and
a crash. When the brake wear inspected each time the tires are
completely full. warning sound is heard, have the removed for rotation or changing.
. Do not use engine coolant vehicle serviced. Drum brakes have an inspection
(antifreeze) in the windshield hole to inspect lining wear during
washer. It can damage the Notice: Continuing to drive with scheduled maintenance. When the
windshield washer system worn-out brake pads could result front brake pads are replaced, have
and paint. in costly brake repair. the rear brakes inspected, too.
10-24 Vehicle Care
Brake linings should always be installing disc brake pads that are There are only two reasons why the
replaced as complete axle sets. wrong for the vehicle, can change brake fluid level in the reservoir
the balance between the front and might go down:
Brake Pedal Travel rear brakes — for the worse. The . The brake fluid level goes down
See your dealer if the brake pedal braking performance expected can because of normal brake lining
does not return to normal height, change in many other ways if the wear. When new linings are
or if there is a rapid increase in wrong replacement brake parts are installed, the fluid level goes
pedal travel. This could be a sign installed. back up.
that brake service might be
required. Brake Fluid . A fluid leak in the brake
hydraulic system can also cause
Brake Adjustment a low fluid level. Have the brake
Every time the brakes are applied, hydraulic system fixed, since a
with or without the vehicle moving, leak means that sooner or later
the brakes adjust for wear. the brakes will not work well.
Replacing Brake System Parts

The braking system on a vehicle is The brake master cylinder reservoir
complex. Its many parts have to be is filled with DOT 3 brake fluid as
of top quality and work well together indicated on the reservoir cap. See
if the vehicle is to have really good Engine Compartment Overview on
braking. The vehicle was designed page 10‑6 for the location of the
and tested with top-quality brake reservoir.
parts. When parts of the braking
system are replaced, be sure to get
new, approved replacement parts.
If this is not done, the brakes might
not work properly. For example,
Vehicle Care 10-25
Do not top off the brake fluid. What to Add Notice:

Adding fluid does not correct a leak. Use only new DOT 3 brake fluid . Using the wrong fluid can
If fluid is added when the linings are from a sealed container. See badly damage brake
worn, there will be too much fluid Recommended Fluids and hydraulic system parts. For
when new brake linings are Lubricants on page 11‑6. example, just a few drops of
installed. Add or remove brake fluid, mineral-based oil, such as
as necessary, only when work is Always clean the brake fluid
reservoir cap and the area around engine oil, in the brake
done on the brake hydraulic system. hydraulic system can
the cap before removing it. This
damage brake hydraulic
{ WARNING helps keep dirt from entering the
reservoir. system parts so badly that
they will have to be replaced.
If too much brake fluid is added, it Do not let someone put in
can spill on the engine and burn, { WARNING the wrong kind of fluid.
if the engine is hot enough. You
or others could be burned, and With the wrong kind of fluid in the . If brake fluid is spilled on the
the vehicle could be damaged. brake hydraulic system, the vehicle's painted surfaces,
brakes might not work well. This the paint finish can be
Add brake fluid only when work is
could cause a crash. Always use damaged. Be careful not to
done on the brake hydraulic
the proper brake fluid. spill brake fluid on the
system. vehicle. If you do, wash it off
immediately.
When the brake fluid falls to a low
level, the brake warning light comes
on. See Brake System Warning
Light on page 5‑16.
10-26 Vehicle Care
Battery Vehicle Storage Starter Switch Check

Refer to the replacement number on
the original battery label when a { WARNING { WARNING
new battery is needed.
Batteries have acid that can burn When you are doing this
you and gas that can explode. inspection, the vehicle could
{ DANGER You can be badly hurt if you are move suddenly. If the vehicle
not careful. See Jump Starting on moves, you or others could be
Battery posts, terminals, and
page 10‑84 for tips on working injured.
related accessories contain lead
around a battery without
and lead compounds, chemicals
getting hurt.
known to the State of California to 1. Before starting this check, be
cause cancer and reproductive sure there is enough room
harm. Wash hands after handling. Infrequent Usage: Remove the around the vehicle.
black, negative (−) cable from the
2. Firmly apply both the parking
battery to keep the battery from
brake and the regular brake.
running down.
See Parking Brake on
Extended Storage: Remove the page 9‑32.
black, negative (−) cable from the
Do not use the accelerator
battery or use a battery trickle
pedal, and be ready to turn off
charger.
the engine immediately if it
starts.
Vehicle Care 10-27
3. For automatic transmission Automatic Transmission 2. Firmly apply the parking brake.
vehicles, try to start the engine See Parking Brake on
in each gear. The vehicle should
Shift Lock Control page 9‑32.
start only in P (Park) or Function Check Be ready to apply the regular
N (Neutral). If the vehicle starts brake immediately if the vehicle
in any other position, contact
your dealer for service.
{ WARNING begins to move.
When you are doing this 3. With the engine off, turn the
For manual transmission ignition on, but do not start the
vehicles, put the shift lever in inspection, the vehicle could
move suddenly. If the vehicle engine. Without applying the
Neutral, push the clutch pedal regular brake, try to move the
down halfway, and try to start moves, you or others could be
injured. shift lever out of P (Park) with
the engine. The vehicle should normal effort. If the shift lever
start only when the clutch pedal moves out of P (Park), contact
is pushed down all the way to 1. Before starting this check, be your dealer for service.
the floor. If the vehicle starts sure there is enough room
when the clutch pedal is not around the vehicle. It should be
pushed all the way down, parked on a level surface.
contact your dealer for service.
10-28 Vehicle Care
Ignition Transmission Park Brake and P (Park) Park on a fairly steep hill, with the
vehicle facing downhill. Keeping
Lock Check Mechanism Check your foot on the regular brake, set
While parked, and with the parking the parking brake.
brake set, try to turn the ignition to { WARNING . To check the parking brake's
LOCK/OFF in each shift lever holding ability: With the engine
position. When you are doing this check,
the vehicle could begin to move. running and the transmission in
. For automatic transmission You or others could be injured N (Neutral), slowly remove foot
vehicles, the ignition should turn pressure from the regular brake
and property could be damaged.
to LOCK/OFF only when the pedal. Do this until the vehicle is
Make sure there is room in front
shift lever is in P (Park). The held by the parking brake only.
of the vehicle in case it begins to
ignition key should come out . To check the P (Park)
roll. Be ready to apply the regular
only in LOCK/OFF. mechanism's holding ability:
brake at once should the vehicle
. For manual transmission begin to move. With the engine running, shift to
vehicles, the ignition key should P (Park). Then release the
come out only in LOCK/OFF. parking brake followed by the
regular brake.
Contact your dealer if service is
required. Contact your dealer if service is
required.
Vehicle Care 10-29
Wiper Blade Replacement To replace the windshield wiper 4. Remove the wiper blade.
blade: Allowing the wiper blade arm to
Windshield wiper blades should be
inspected for wear or cracking. See 1. Pull the wiper assembly away touch the windshield when no
Scheduled Maintenance on from the windshield. wiper blade is installed could
page 11‑2 for more information. damage the windshield. Any
damage that occurs would not
Replacement blades come in be covered by the vehicle
different types and are removed in warranty. Do not allow the wiper
different ways. For proper blade to touch the windshield.
windshield wiper blade length and
type, see Maintenance 5. Reverse steps 1 through 3 for
Replacement Parts on page 11‑8. wiper blade replacement.
Notice: Allowing the wiper blade Windshield Replacement
arm to touch the windshield when
no wiper blade is installed could Your vehicle is equipped with an
damage the windshield. Any acoustic windshield. If you ever
damage that occurs would not be have to have your windshield
covered by your warranty. Do not 2. Lift up on the plastic latch in the replaced be sure to get an acoustic
allow the wiper blade arm to middle of the wiper blade where windshield so you will continue to
touch the windshield. the wiper arm attaches. have the benefits an acoustic
windshield can provide.
3. With the latch open, pull the
wiper blade down toward the
windshield far enough to release
it from the J-hooked end of the
wiper arm.
10-30 Vehicle Care
Headlamp Aiming Bulb Replacement Headlamps, Front Turn

Headlamp aim has been preset at For the proper type of replacement Signal, Sidemarker, and
the factory and should need no bulbs, see Replacement Bulbs on Parking Lamps
further adjustment. page 10‑36.
However, if the vehicle is damaged For any bulb changing procedure
in a crash, the headlamp aim may not listed in this section, contact
be affected. Aim adjustment to the your dealer.
low-beam headlamps may be
necessary if oncoming drivers flash
their high-beam headlamps at you
(for vertical aim).
If the headlamps need to be
re-aimed, it is recommended that
the vehicle be taken to a dealer for
service.
A. Parking/Turn Signal Lamp
B. High‐Beam Headlamp/
Low‐Beam Headlamp and DRL
Vehicle Care 10-31
High‐Beam Headlamp/ 4. Remove the bulb (C) from the Parking/Turn Signal Lamp
Low‐Beam Headlamp and DRL headlamp assembly by turning
1. Open the hood. See Hood on
counterclockwise and pulling
1. Open the hood. See Hood on page 10‑4.
straight back.
page 10‑4.
5. Install the new bulb in the
headlamp assembly by turning
clockwise.
6. Install the wiring harness
connector to the bulb. Be sure
the connector release (B) locks
into place.
7. Install the connector
retaining tab (A).
2. Remove the parking/turn signal

2. Remove the connector lamp bulb socket from the
retaining tab (A). headlamp assembly by turning
counterclockwise.
3. Disconnect the wiring harness
connector from the bulb (C) by
pressing the connector
release (B) and pulling
straight back.
10-32 Vehicle Care
Side Marker Lamp Taillamps, Turn Signal,

1. Push lamp assembly toward the Sidemarker, Stoplamps,
rear of the vehicle and remove. and Back-Up Lamps
2. Remove the socket from the

3. Remove the bulb (A) from the lamp assembly by turning
bulb socket. counterclockwise.
4. Install the new bulb in the bulb 3. Remove the bulb from the bulb
socket. socket (A).
5. Install the bulb socket into the 4. Install the new bulb in the bulb Trunk Deck Inboard Taillamps
headlamp assembly by turning socket.
1. Open the trunk.
clockwise. 5. Replace the bulb socket into the
headlamp assembly by turning
clockwise.
6. Replace the lamp assembly.
Vehicle Care 10-33
2. Remove the trunk deck trim 4. Remove the bulb from the A. Back-up Lamp
cover (A). socket (A). B. Stop Lamp/Taillamp
3. Remove the bulb socket (B) by 5. Install the new bulb in the bulb C. Turn Signal Lamp
turning counterclockwise and socket.
pulling straight out. D. Sidemarker Lamp
6. Install the bulb socket by turning
clockwise.
7. Install the trunk deck trim cover.
10-34 Vehicle Care
To replace any one of these bulbs:

Stoplamp/Taillamp, Turn Signal,
Back‐up, and Sidemarker Lamp
1. Open the trunk.
3. Remove the two screws, which 4. Remove the taillamp assembly

secure the taillamp assembly. by pulling it straight back until
the two posts disengage from
the grommets.
2. Open the two screw covers.

Vehicle Care 10-35
8. Install the taillamp assembly and

tighten the two screws.
9. Close the two screw covers.
License Plate Lamp

To replace the license plate
lamp bulb:
A. Sidemarker Lamp 2. Turn and pull the license plate

B. Turn Signal Lamp lamp assembly down.
C. Stop Lamp/Taillamp 3. Turn the bulb socket
counterclockwise and pull the
D. Back-up Lamp bulb straight out of the socket.
5. Remove the bulb socket from 4. Push the new bulb in and turn it
the taillamp assembly by turning clockwise to install.
it counterclockwise.
5. Install the bulb socket by turning
6. Install a new bulb into the bulb 1. Remove the two screws from the clockwise into the license plate
socket. license plate lamp assembly. lamp assembly.
7. Install the bulb socket into the 6. Replace the license plate lamp
taillamp assembly by turning it assembly by using the two
clockwise. screws to secure.
10-36 Vehicle Care
Replacement Bulbs Electrical System Fuses and circuit breakers protect

the following in the vehicle:
Bulb
Exterior Lamp
Number Electrical System . Headlamp Wiring
Back-Up Lamp 921K Overload . Windshield Wiper Motor
. Power Windows and Other
Front and Rear The vehicle has fuses and circuit
194 breakers to protect against an Power Accessories
Sidemarker Lamp
electrical system overload. Replace a bad fuse with a new one
Front Parking/Turn
7444NA When the current electrical load is of the identical size and rating.
Signal Lamp
too heavy, the circuit breaker opens If there is a problem on the road and
High Beam/Low and closes, protecting the circuit a fuse needs to be replaced, the
Beam and DRL H13LL until the current load returns to same amperage fuse can be
Headlamp normal or the problem is fixed. This borrowed. Choose some feature of
Rear Turn greatly reduces the chance of circuit the vehicle that is not needed to use
7443NA overload and fire caused by
Signal Lamp and replace it as soon as possible.
electrical problems.
Stop Lamp/Taillamp 3057K LCP Headlamp Wiring
For replacement bulbs not listed An electrical overload may cause
here, contact your dealer. the lamps to go on and off, or in
some cases to remain off. Have the
headlamp wiring checked right away
if the lamps go on and off or
remain off.
Vehicle Care 10-37
Windshield Wipers Fuses and Circuit Engine Compartment

If the wiper motor overheats due to Breakers Fuse Block
heavy snow or ice, the windshield
The wiring circuits in the vehicle are
wipers will stop until the motor cools
protected from short circuits by a
and will then restart.
combination of fuses and circuit
Although the circuit is protected breakers. This greatly reduces the
from electrical overload, overload chance of damage caused by
due to heavy snow or ice may electrical problems.
cause wiper linkage damage.
To check a fuse, look at the
Always clear ice and heavy snow
silver-colored band inside the fuse.
from the windshield before using the
If the band is broken or melted,
windshield wipers.
replace the fuse. Be sure to replace
If the overload is caused by an a bad fuse with a new one of the
electrical problem and not snow or identical size and rating.
ice, be sure to get it fixed.
Fuses of the same amperage can To remove the fuse block cover,
be temporarily borrowed from squeeze the clips and swing it up.
another fuse location, if a fuse goes
out. Replace the fuse as soon as Notice: Spilling liquid on any
possible. electrical component on the
vehicle may damage it. Always
To identify and check fuses, circuit keep the covers on any electrical
breakers, and relays, see Engine component.
Compartment Fuse Block on
page 10‑37 and Instrument Panel
Fuse Block on page 10‑41.
10-38 Vehicle Care
Mini Fuses Usage

8 Fuel Injection
Fuel Injection/
9
Ignition System
Engine Control
10
Module
11 Lambda Sensor
Canister Vent
13
Solenoid
14 Not Used
15 Rear Wiper
Ignition/Air Quality
16
Sensor/Aero‐Shutter
Engine Compartment Fuse Block
17 Ignition/Airbag
The vehicle may not be equipped Mini Fuses Usage 18 Fuel Control Module
with all of the fuses, relays, and
features shown. 3 Not Used 19 Not Used
Mini Fuses Usage Canister Vent 20 Fuel Pump
4
Solenoid 23 Not Used
Transmission
1
Control Module 5 Ignition 29 Not Used
Engine Control 7 Not Used
2
Module
Vehicle Care 10-39
Mini Fuses Usage Mini Fuses Usage Mini Fuses Usage

Antilock Brake 47 Lambda Sensor 62 Air Conditioning
30
System
48 Fog Lights Rear Window
63
Body Control Sensor
31 49 Not Used
Module
64 Air Quality Sensor
50 Not Used
Body Control
32 65 Rear Fog Lamp
Module 51 Horn
66 Rear Washer
33 Front Seat Heating 52 Ignition
Fuel System Control
Sunroof (If Automatic Dimming 67
34 53 Module
Equipped) Rearview Mirror
68 Not Used
Infotainment Light Switch/Light
35 54
System/Amplifier Control Battery Voltage
69
Sensor
36 Not Used 55 Mirror Folding
70 Rain Sensor
High Beam 56 Windshield Washer
37
Right Side 71 Not Used
Steering
57
38 High Beam Left Side Column Lock
39 Not Used 58 Not Used
40 Not Used 60 Heated Mirror
46 Cooling Fan 61 Heated Mirror
10-40 Vehicle Care
J‐Case Usage J‐Case Usage U‐Micro Usage

Fuses Fuses Relays
6 Front Wipers 43 Not Used 3 Cooling Fan K7
12 Starter Solenoid 44 Not Used 8 Fuel Pump
Rear Power 45 Cooling Fan K1 11 Not Used
21
Windows
59 Not Used
22 Not Used HC Relays Usage
Front Power Micro Usage 9 Cooling Fan K2
24 Relays
Windows 13 Cooling Fan K1
Electronic 1 A/C Clutch
25
Vacuum Pump 2 Starter Solenoid Mini Relays Usage
Antilock Brake 4 Front Wiper Speed 7 Ignition 57 Main
26
System Pump
5 Front Wiper On 15 Ignition 15
Electronic Key
27 6 Not Used 16 Not Used
System
Rear Window 10 Cooling Fan K3 17 Not Used
28
Defogger 12 Cooling Fan K3
41 Not Used 14 Not Used
42 Cooling Fan K2
Vehicle Care 10-41
Instrument Panel Fuse Fuses Usage

Block Infotainment
1 System/Hands‐free
Phone
2 Not Used
Body Control
3
Module
4 Infotainment System
Information Display/
5
Parking Assist
6 Cigarette Lighter
7 Power Outlet
The instrument panel fuse block is Body Control
8
in the driver side of instrument Module
panel. To access the fuses:
Body Control
1. Open the fuse block cover by 9
Module
pulling out at the top.
Body Control
2. Remove the lower edge of the 10
Module
cover.
3. Remove the cover. Instrument Panel Fuse Block
To reinstall the cover, reverse the The vehicle may not be equipped
steps above. with all of the fuses, relays, and
features shown.
10-42 Vehicle Care
Fuses Usage Fuses Usage Wheels and Tires

11 Interior Fan Ignition/Electronic
22 Tires
Key System
12 Not Used
Body Control This new vehicle comes with
13 Power Seat 23
Module high-quality tires made by a
14
Diagnostic
Body Control leading tire manufacturer. If you
Connector 24 ever have questions about the
Module
15 Airbag tire warranty and where to
Steering obtain service, see the vehicle
25
Central Locking Column Lock
16
System/Tailgate
Warranty booklet for details. For
26 Not Used additional information refer to
Air Conditioning the tire manufacturer.
17
System Relays Usage
18 Not Used 1 Trunk Open
19 Not Used 2 Logistics Module
20 Not Used 3 Power Outlet
21 Instrument Cluster
Vehicle Care 10-43
Winter Tires
{ WARNING WARNING (Continued)
If you expect to drive on snow or ice
. Poorly maintained and impact — such as when you covered roads often, you may want
improperly used tires are hit a pothole. Keep tires at to get winter tires for the vehicle. All
dangerous. the recommended pressure. season tires provide good overall
. Overloading the tires can . Worn or old tires can cause a performance on most surfaces but
cause overheating as a result crash. If the tread is badly they may not offer the traction you
of too much flexing. You worn, replace them. would like or the same level of
could have a blowout and a performance as winter tires on snow
. Replace any tires that have or ice covered roads.
serious accident. See Vehicle been damaged by impacts
Load Limits on page 9‑12. with potholes, curbs, etc. Winter tires, in general, are
. Under inflated tires pose the designed for increased traction on
. Improperly repaired tires can snow and ice covered roads. With
same danger as overloaded cause a crash. Only the
tires. The resulting crash winter tires, there may be decreased
dealer or an authorized tire dry road traction, increased road
could cause serious injury. service center should repair,
Check all tires frequently to noise, and shorter tread life. After
replace, dismount, and mount switching to winter tires, be alert for
maintain the recommended the tires.
pressure. Tire pressure changes in vehicle handling and
should be checked when the . Do not spin the tires in braking.
tires are cold. excess of 55 km/h (35 mph) See your dealer for details
on slippery surfaces such as regarding winter tire availability and
. Over inflated tires are more snow, mud, ice, etc.
likely to be cut, punctured, proper tire selection. Also, see
Excessive spinning may Buying New Tires on page 10‑59.
or broken by a sudden cause the tires to explode.
(Continued)
10-44 Vehicle Care
If you choose to use winter tires: Low-Profile Tires or sharp edged objects,
. Use tires of the same brand and or when sliding into a curb.
If this vehicle has P225/45R18 The vehicle warranty does not
tread type on all four wheel
size tires, they are classified as cover this type of damage.
positions.
low‐profile tires. These tires are Keep tires set to the correct
. Use only radial ply tires of the designed for very responsive inflation pressure and, when
same size, load range, and driving on wet or dry pavement.
speed rating as the original possible avoid contact with
You may also notice more curbs, potholes, and other
equipment tires.
road noise with low‐profile road hazards.
Winter tires with the same speed performance tires and that they
rating as the original equipment tires tend to wear faster.
may not be available for H, V, W, Y, Tire Sidewall Labeling
and ZR speed rated tires. If you Notice: If the vehicle has Useful information about a tire is
choose winter tires with a lower low‐profile tires, they are more molded into its sidewall. The
speed rating, never exceed the tire's susceptible to damage from examples below show a typical
maximum speed capability. road hazards or curb impact passenger vehicle tire and a
than standard profile tires. compact spare tire sidewall.
Tire and/or wheel assembly
damage can occur when
coming into contact with road
hazards like, potholes,
Vehicle Care 10-45
criteria have a TPC specification (E) Tire Ply Material : The type
code molded onto the sidewall. of cord and number of plies in
GM's TPC specifications meet or the sidewall and under the tread.
exceed all federal safety (F) Uniform Tire Quality
guidelines. Grading (UTQG): Tire
(C) DOT (Department of manufacturers are required to
Transportation): The grade tires based on three
Department of Transportation performance factors: treadwear,
(DOT) code indicates that the traction, and temperature
tire is in compliance with the resistance. For more information
U.S. Department of see Uniform Tire Quality
Passenger (P‐Metric) Tire Example Transportation Motor Vehicle Grading on page 10‑62.
(A) Tire Size: The tire size is a Safety Standards. (G) Maximum Cold Inflation
combination of letters and (D) Tire Identification Number Load Limit: Maximum load that
numbers used to define a (TIN): The letters and numbers can be carried and the
particular tire's width, height, following the DOT (Department maximum pressure needed to
aspect ratio, construction type, of Transportation) code support that load.
and service description. See the is the Tire Identification Number
“Tire Size” illustration later in this (TIN). The TIN shows the
section for more detail. manufacturer and plant code,
(B) TPC Spec (Tire tire size, and date the tire was
Performance Criteria manufactured. The TIN is
Specification): Original molded onto both sides of the
equipment tires designed to tire, although only one side may
GM's specific tire performance have the date of manufacture.
10-46 Vehicle Care
compact spare tire, see information on tire pressure and

Compact Spare Tire on inflation see Tire Pressure on
page 10‑83 andIf a Tire Goes page 10‑50.
Flat on page 10‑65. (F) Tire Size: A combination of
(C) Tire Identification Number letters and numbers define a
(TIN): The letters and numbers tire's width, height, aspect ratio,
following the DOT (Department construction type, and service
of Transportation) code is the description. The letter T as the
Tire Identification Number (TIN). first character in the tire size
The TIN shows the means the tire is for temporary
manufacturer and plant code, use only.
Compact Spare Tire Example tire size, and date the tire was (G) TPC Spec (Tire
(A) Tire Ply Material: The type manufactured. The TIN is Performance Criteria
of cord and number of plies in molded onto both sides of the Specification): Original
the sidewall and under the tread. tire, although only one side may equipment tires designed to
have the date of manufacture. GM's specific tire performance
(B) Temporary Use Only: The
compact spare tire or temporary (D) Maximum Cold Inflation criteria have a TPC specification
use tire has a tread life of Load Limit: Maximum load that code molded onto the sidewall.
approximately 5 000 km can be carried and the GM's TPC specifications meet or
(3,000 miles) and should not be maximum pressure needed to exceed all federal safety
driven at speeds over 105 km/h support that load. guidelines.
(65 mph). The compact spare (E) Tire Inflation: The
tire is for emergency use when a temporary use tire or compact
regular road tire has lost air and spare tire should be inflated to
gone flat. If the vehicle has a 420 kPa (60 psi). For more
Vehicle Care 10-47
Tire Designations (C) Aspect Ratio: A two‐digit is certified to carry. The speed
number that indicates the tire rating is the maximum speed a
Tire Size height‐to‐width measurements. tire is certified to carry a load.
The following illustration shows For example, if the tire size
an example of a typical aspect ratio is 60, as shown in Tire Terminology and
passenger vehicle tire size. item C of the illustration, it would Definitions
mean that the tire's sidewall is
60 percent as high as it is wide. Air Pressure: The amount of
air inside the tire pressing
(D) Construction Code: A outward on each square inch of
letter code is used to indicate the tire. Air pressure is
the type of ply construction in expressed in psi (pounds per
the tire. The letter R means square inch) or kPa (kilopascal).
(A) Passenger (P‐Metric) Tire: radial ply construction; the
letter D means diagonal or bias Accessory Weight: This
The United States version of a means the combined weight of
metric tire sizing system. The ply construction; and the letter B
means belted‐bias ply optional accessories. Some
letter P as the first character in examples of optional
the tire size means a passenger construction.
accessories are, automatic
vehicle tire engineered to (E) Rim Diameter : Diameter of transmission, power steering,
standards set by the U.S. Tire the wheel in inches. power brakes, power windows,
and Rim Association. (F) Service Description: These power seats, and air
(B) Tire Width: The three‐digit characters represent the load conditioning.
number indicates the tire section index and speed rating of the Aspect Ratio: The relationship
width in millimeters from tire. The load index represents of a tire's height to its width.
sidewall to sidewall. the load carrying capacity a tire
10-48 Vehicle Care
Belt: A rubber coated layer of Curb Weight: The weight of a GAWR FRT: Gross Axle Weight
cords that is located between motor vehicle with standard and Rating for the front axle. See
the plies and the tread. Cords optional equipment including the Vehicle Load Limits on
may be made from steel or other maximum capacity of fuel, oil, page 9‑12.
reinforcing materials. and coolant, but without GAWR RR: Gross Axle Weight
Bead: The tire bead contains passengers and cargo. Rating for the rear axle. See
steel wires wrapped by steel DOT Markings: A code molded Vehicle Load Limits on
cords that hold the tire onto into the sidewall of a tire page 9‑12.
the rim. signifying that the tire is in Intended Outboard Sidewall :
Bias Ply Tire: A pneumatic tire compliance with the U.S. The side of an asymmetrical tire,
in which the plies are laid at Department of Transportation that must always face outward
alternate angles less than (DOT) motor vehicle safety when mounted on a vehicle.
90 degrees to the centerline of standards. The DOT code
includes the Tire Identification Kilopascal (kPa): The metric
the tread. unit for air pressure.
Number (TIN), an alphanumeric
Cold Tire Pressure: The designator which can also Light Truck (LT‐Metric) Tire: A
amount of air pressure in a tire, identify the tire manufacturer, tire used on light duty trucks and
measured in kPa (kilopascal) production plant, brand, and some multipurpose passenger
or psi (pounds per square inch) date of production. vehicles.
before a tire has built up heat
from driving. See Tire Pressure GVWR: Gross Vehicle Weight Load Index: An assigned
on page 10‑50. Rating. See Vehicle Load Limits number ranging from 1 to 279
on page 9‑12. that corresponds to the load
carrying capacity of a tire.
Vehicle Care 10-49
Maximum Inflation Pressure: Outward Facing Sidewall: The Radial Ply Tire: A pneumatic
The maximum air pressure to side of an asymmetrical tire that tire in which the ply cords that
which a cold tire can be inflated. has a particular side that faces extend to the beads are laid at
The maximum air pressure is outward when mounted on a 90 degrees to the centerline of
molded onto the sidewall. vehicle. The side of the tire that the tread.
Maximum Load Rating: The contains a whitewall, bears Rim: A metal support for a tire
load rating for a tire at the white lettering, or bears and upon which the tire beads
maximum permissible inflation manufacturer, brand, and/or are seated.
pressure for that tire. model name molding that is
higher or deeper than the same Sidewall: The portion of a tire
Maximum Loaded Vehicle moldings on the other sidewall between the tread and the bead.
Weight: The sum of curb of the tire. Speed Rating: An
weight, accessory weight, alphanumeric code assigned to
vehicle capacity weight, and Passenger (P-Metric) Tire: A
tire used on passenger cars and a tire indicating the maximum
production options weight. speed at which a tire can
some light duty trucks and
Normal Occupant Weight: The multipurpose vehicles. operate.
number of occupants a vehicle Traction: The friction between
is designed to seat multiplied by Recommended Inflation
Pressure: Vehicle the tire and the road surface.
68 kg (150 lbs). See Vehicle The amount of grip provided.
Load Limits on page 9‑12. manufacturer's recommended
tire inflation pressure as shown
Occupant Distribution : on the tire placard. See Tire
Designated seating positions. Pressure on page 10‑50
andVehicle Load Limits on
page 9‑12.
10-50 Vehicle Care
Tread: The portion of a tire that Vehicle Capacity Weight: The Tire Pressure
comes into contact with number of designated seating
the road. positions multiplied by Tires need the correct amount of
68 kg (150 lbs) plus the rated air pressure to operate
Treadwear Indicators: Narrow effectively.
bands, sometimes called wear cargo load. See Vehicle Load
bars, that show across the tread Limits on page 9‑12. Notice: Do not let anyone tell
of a tire when only 1.6 mm Vehicle Maximum Load on the you that underinflation or
(1/16 in) of tread remains. See Tire: Load on an individual tire overinflation is all right. It is
When It Is Time for New Tires due to curb weight, accessory not. If the tires do not have
on page 10‑58. weight, occupant weight, and enough air (underinflation),
cargo weight. you can get the following:
UTQGS (Uniform Tire Quality
Grading Standards): Vehicle Placard: A label
. Tire overloading and
A tire information system that permanently attached to a over-heating which could
provides consumers with vehicle showing the vehicle lead to a blowout.
ratings for a tire's traction, capacity weight and the original . Premature or
temperature, and treadwear. equipment tire size and irregular wear.
Ratings are determined by recommended inflation pressure. . Poor handling.
tire manufacturers using See “Tire and Loading
government testing procedures. Information Label” under Vehicle . Reduced fuel economy.
The ratings are molded into the Load Limits on page 9‑12. If the tires have too much air
sidewall of the tire. See Uniform (overinflation), you can get the
Tire Quality Grading on following:
page 10‑62. . Unusual wear.
. Poor handling.
Vehicle Care 10-51

. Rough ride. comfort. Never load the vehicle the vehicle has been sitting for
. Needless damage from with more weight than it was at least three hours or driven no
road hazards. designed to carry. more than 1.6 km (1 mile).
A vehicle-specific Tire and When to Check Remove the valve cap from the
Loading Information label is tire valve stem. Press the tire
Check the tires once a month or
attached to the vehicle. This gauge firmly onto the valve to
more. Do not forget to check the
label shows the vehicle's original get a pressure measurement.
compact spare tire, if the vehicle
equipment tires and the correct If the cold tire inflation pressure
has one. The compact spare
inflation pressures for the tires matches the recommended
should be at 420 kPa (60 psi).
when they are cold. The pressure on the Tire and
For additional information
recommended cold tire inflation Loading Information label, no
regarding the compact spare
pressure, shown on the label, is further adjustment is necessary.
tire, seeCompact Spare Tire on
the minimum amount of air If the inflation pressure is low,
page 10‑83.
pressure needed to support the add air until you reach the
vehicle's maximum load carrying How to Check recommended amount.
capacity. Use a good quality pocket-type If you overfill the tire, release air
For additional information gauge to check tire pressure. by pushing on the metal stem in
regarding how much weight the You cannot tell if the tires are the center of the tire valve.
vehicle can carry, and an properly inflated simply by Re‐check the tire pressure with
example of the Tire and Loading looking at them. Radial tires may the tire gauge.
Information label, see Vehicle look properly inflated even when Be sure to put the valve caps
Load Limits on page 9‑12. How they are under‐inflated. Check back on the valve stems. They
you load the vehicle affects the tire's inflation pressure when help prevent leaks by keeping
vehicle handling and ride the tires are cold. Cold means out dirt and moisture.
10-52 Vehicle Care
Tire Pressure Monitor pressure telltale when one or The TPMS malfunction indicator is
more of your tires is significantly combined with the low tire pressure
System under‐inflated. telltale. When the system detects a
The Tire Pressure Monitor System Accordingly, when the low tire malfunction, the telltale will flash for
(TPMS) uses radio and sensor pressure telltale illuminates, you approximately one minute and then
technology to check tire pressure should stop and check your tires as remain continuously illuminated.
levels. The TPMS sensors monitor soon as possible, and inflate them This sequence will continue upon
the air pressure in your tires and to the proper pressure. Driving on a subsequent vehicle start‐ups as
transmit tire pressure readings to a significantly under‐inflated tire long as the malfunction exists.
receiver located in the vehicle. causes the tire to overheat and can When the malfunction indicator is
Each tire, including the spare lead to tire failure. Under‐inflation illuminated, the system may not be
(if provided), should be checked also reduces fuel efficiency and tire able to detect or signal low tire
monthly when cold and inflated to tread life, and may affect the pressure as intended. TPMS
the inflation pressure recommended vehicle's handling and stopping malfunctions may occur for a variety
by the vehicle manufacturer on the ability. of reasons, including the installation
vehicle placard or tire inflation Please note that the TPMS is not a of replacement or alternate tires or
pressure label. (If your vehicle has substitute for proper tire wheels on the vehicle that prevent
tires of a different size than the size maintenance, and it is the driver's the TPMS from functioning properly.
indicated on the vehicle placard or responsibility to maintain correct tire Always check the TPMS malfunction
tire inflation pressure label, you pressure, even if under‐inflation has telltale after replacing one or more
should determine the proper tire not reached the level to trigger tires or wheels on your vehicle to
inflation pressure for those tires.) illumination of the TPMS low tire ensure that the replacement or
pressure telltale. alternate tires and wheels allow the
As an added safety feature, your
TPMS to continue to function
vehicle has been equipped with a Your vehicle has also been properly.
tire pressure monitoring system equipped with a TPMS malfunction
(TPMS) that illuminates a low tire indicator to indicate when the See Tire Pressure Monitor
system is not operating properly. Operation on page 10‑53 for
additional information.
Vehicle Care 10-53
Federal Communications and details about the DIC operation

Commission (FCC) and and displays see Driver Information
Industry Canada Center (DIC) on page 5‑24.
See Radio Frequency Statement on The low tire pressure warning light
page 13‑16 for information may come on in cool weather when
regarding Part 15 of the Federal the vehicle is first started, and then
Communications Commission (FCC) When a low tire pressure condition turn off as you start to drive. This
rules and Industry Canada is detected, the TPMS illuminates could be an early indicator that the
Standards RSS-210/220/310. the low tire pressure warning light air pressure in the tire(s) is getting
located on the instrument panel low and must be inflated to the
cluster. If the warning light comes proper pressure.
Tire Pressure Monitor on, stop as soon as possible and
Operation A Tire and Loading Information
inflate the tires to the recommended
label, attached to your vehicle,
This vehicle may have a Tire pressure shown on the Tire and
shows the size of your vehicle's
Pressure Monitor System (TPMS). Loading Information label. See
original equipment tires and the
The TPMS is designed to warn the Vehicle Load Limits on page 9‑12.
correct inflation pressure for your
driver when a low tire pressure At the same time, a message to vehicle's tires when they are cold.
condition exists. TPMS sensors are check the pressure in a specific tire See Vehicle Load Limits on
mounted onto each tire and wheel appears on the Driver Information page 9‑12, for an example of the
assembly, excluding the spare tire Center (DIC) display. The low tire Tire and Loading Information label
and wheel assembly. The TPMS pressure warning light and the DIC and its location on your vehicle.
sensors monitor the air pressure in warning message come on at each Also see Tire Pressure on
the vehicle's tires and transmit the ignition cycle until the tires are page 10‑50.
tire pressure readings to a receiver inflated to the correct inflation
located in the vehicle. pressure. Using the DIC, tire
pressure levels can be viewed by
the driver. For additional information
10-54 Vehicle Care
Your vehicle's TPMS can warn you TPMS Malfunction Light and sucessfully. See “TPMS Sensor
about a low tire pressure condition Message Matching Process” later in this
but it does not replace normal tire section.
maintenance. See Tire Inspection The TPMS will not function properly
if one or more of the TPMS sensors . The TPMS sensor matching
on page 10‑56, Tire Rotation on process was started but not
page 10‑57 and Tires on are missing or inoperable. When the
system detects a malfunction, the completed or not completed
page 10‑42. successfully after rotating the
low tire pressure warning light
Notice: Tire sealant materials are flashes for about one minute and vehicle's tires. The DIC message
not all the same. A non-approved then stays on for the remainder of and malfunction light should go
tire sealant could damage the Tire the ignition cycle. A DIC warning off once the TPMS sensor
Pressure Monitor System (TPMS) message is also displayed. The matching process is performed
sensors. TPMS sensor damage malfunction light and DIC warning successfully. See “TPMS Sensor
caused by using an incorrect tire message come on at each ignition Matching Process” later in this
sealant is not covered by the cycle until the problem is corrected. section.
vehicle warranty. Always use only Some of the conditions that can . One or more TPMS sensors are
the GM approved tire sealant cause the malfunction light and DIC missing or damaged. The DIC
available through your dealer or message to come on are: message and the malfunction
included in the vehicle. light should go off when the
. One of the road tires has been
Factory-installed Tire Inflator Kits replaced with the spare tire. The TPMS sensors are installed and
use a GM-approved liquid tire spare tire does not have a the sensor matching process is
sealant. Using non-approved tire TPMS sensor. The malfunction performed successfully. See
sealants could damage the TPMS light and DIC message should your dealer for service.
sensors. See Tire Sealant and go off once you re‐install the . Replacement tires or wheels do
Compressor Kit on page 10‑68 for road tire containing the TPMS not match your vehicle's original
information regarding the inflator kit sensor and the sensor matching equipment tires or wheels. Tires
materials and instructions. process is performed and wheels other than those
recommended for your vehicle
Vehicle Care 10-55
could prevent the TPMS from malfunction light and the DIC five minutes to match all four tire
functioning properly. See Buying message to go off at the next and wheel positions, the matching
New Tires on page 10‑59. ignition cycle. The sensors are process stops and you need to
. Operating electronic devices or matched to the tire/wheel positions start over.
being near facilities using radio in the following order: driver side The TPMS sensor matching process
wave frequencies similar to the front tire, passenger side front tire, is outlined below:
TPMS could cause the TPMS passenger side rear tire, and driver
side rear tire using a TPMS 1. Set the parking brake.
sensors to malfunction.
diagnostic tool. See your dealer for 2. Turn the ignition to ON/RUN with
If the TPMS is not functioning it service. the engine off.
cannot detect or signal a low tire
condition. See your dealer for The TPMS sensors can also be 3. Use the MENU button to select
service if the TPMS malfunction matched to each tire/wheel position the Vehicle Information menu in
light and DIC message come on by increasing or decreasing the the Driver Information
and stay on. tire's air pressure. If increasing the Center (DIC).
tire's air pressure, do not exceed
TPMS Sensor Matching the maximum inflation pressure 4. Use the thumbwheel to scroll to
indicated on the tire's sidewall. the Tire Pressure menu item
Process
screen.
Each TPMS sensor has a unique To decrease air pressure out of a
tire you can use the pointed end of 5. Press the SET/CLR button to
identification code. Any time you
the valve cap, a pencil-style air begin the sensor matching
rotate your vehicle's tires or replace
pressure gauge, or a key. process.
one or more of the TPMS sensors,
the identification codes need to be You have two minutes to match the A message asking if you are
matched to the new tire/wheel first tire/wheel position, and sure you want to begin this
position. Also, the TPMS sensor five minutes overall to match all four process should appear.
matching process should be tire/wheel positions. If it takes longer
performed after replacing a spare than two minutes to match the first
tire with a road tire containing the tire and wheel, or more than
TPMS sensor in order for the
10-56 Vehicle Care
6. Press the SET/CLR button again 10. Proceed to the passenger side Tire Inspection
to confirm the selection. rear tire, and repeat the
procedure in Step 8. We recommend that you
The horn sounds twice to signal
regularly inspect the vehicle's
the receiver is in relearn mode 11. Proceed to the driver side rear
and the TIRE LEARNING tire, and repeat the procedure tires, including the spare tire,
ACTIVE message displays on in Step 8. The horn sounds if the vehicle has one, for signs
the DIC screen. two times to indicate the of wear or damage at least once
sensor identification code has a month.
7. Start with the driver side
front tire. been matched to the driver Always remove the tires if any of
side rear tire, and the TPMS
8. Remove the valve cap from the sensor matching process is no
the following statements
valve cap stem. Activate the longer active. The TIRE are true:
TPMS sensor by increasing or LEARNING ACTIVE message . You can see the indicators at
decreasing the tire's air pressure on the DIC display screen three or more places around
for five seconds, or until a horn goes off.
chirp sounds. The horn chirp,
the tire.
12. Turn the ignition to LOCK/OFF.
which may take up to . You can see cord or fabric
30 seconds to sound, confirms 13. Set all four tires to the showing through the tire's
that the sensor identification recommended air pressure rubber.
code has been matched to this level as indicated on the Tire
tire and wheel position. and Loading Information label. . The tread or sidewall is
cracked, cut, or snagged
9. Proceed to the passenger side 14. Put the valve caps back on the
front tire, and repeat the valve stems. deep enough to show cord or
procedure in Step 8. fabric.
Vehicle Care 10-57

. The tire has a bump, bulge, Any time you notice unusual Do not include the compact
or split. wear, rotate the tires as soon as spare tire in the tire rotation.
. The tire has a puncture, cut, possible and check wheel After the tires have been
or other damage that cannot alignment. Also check for rotated, adjust the front and rear
be repaired well because of damaged tires or wheels. inflation pressures as shown on
the size or location of the SeeWhen It Is Time for New the Tire and Loading Information
damage. Tires on page 10‑58 and Wheel label. See Tire Pressure on
Replacement on page 10‑64. page 10‑50 and Vehicle Load
Tire Rotation Limits on page 9‑12.
Tires should be rotated every Reset the Tire Pressure Monitor
12 000 km (7,500 miles). See System. See Tire Pressure
Scheduled Maintenance on Monitor Operation on
page 11‑2. page 10‑53.
The purpose of a regular tire
rotation is to achieve a uniform
wear for all tires on the vehicle.
This will ensure that the vehicle
continues to perform most like it
did when the tires were new.
When rotating the vehicle's tires,
always use the correct rotation
pattern shown here.
10-58 Vehicle Care
Make certain that all wheel nuts Lightly coat the center of the
are properly tightened. See wheel hub with wheel bearing
“Wheel Nut Torque” under grease after a wheel change or
Capacities and Specifications on tire rotation to prevent corrosion
page 12‑2. or rust build-up. Do not get
grease on the flat wheel
{ WARNING mounting surface or on the
wheel nuts or bolts.
Rust or dirt on a wheel, or on the
parts to which it is fastened, can When It Is Time for New
make wheel nuts become loose
after time. The wheel could come
Tires
off and cause an accident. When Various factors, such as One way to tell when it is time for
changing a wheel, remove any maintenance, temperatures, driving new tires is to check the treadwear
rust or dirt from places where the speeds, vehicle loading, and road indicators, which appear when the
wheel attaches to the vehicle. In conditions influence when you need tires have only 1.6 mm (1/16 in) or
an emergency, use a cloth or a new tires. less of tread remaining. See Tire
Inspection on page 10‑56 and Tire
paper towel to do this; but be sure
Rotation on page 10‑57 for
to use a scraper or wire brush
additional information.
later, if needed, to get all the rust
or dirt off. See If a Tire Goes Flat The rubber in tires age over time.
on page 10‑65. This is also true for the spare tire,
if the vehicle has one, even if it is
not being used. Multiple conditions
affect how fast this aging takes
place, including temperatures,
loading conditions, and inflation
pressure maintenance. Tires will
Vehicle Care 10-59
typically need to be replaced due to Buying New Tires GM's exclusive TPC Spec
wear before they may need to be system considers over a dozen
replaced due to age. Consult the tire GM has developed and matched critical specifications that impact
manufacturer for more information specific tires for the vehicle. The the overall performance of the
on when tires should be replaced. original equipment tires installed vehicle, including brake system
on the vehicle, when it was new, performance, ride and handling,
Vehicle Storage
were designed to meet General traction control, and tire
Tires age when stored normally Motors Tire Performance Criteria
mounted on a parked vehicle. Park pressure monitoring
Specification (TPC Spec) performance. GM's TPC Spec
a vehicle that will be stored for at system rating. If you need
least a month in a cool, dry, clean number is molded onto the tire's
area away from direct sunlight to
replacement tires, GM strongly sidewall near the tire size. If the
slow aging. This area should be free recommends that you get tires tires have an all‐season tread
of grease, gasoline, or other with the same TPC Spec rating. design, the TPC Spec number
substances that can deteriorate This way, the vehicle will will be followed by an MS for
rubber. continue to have tires that are mud and snow. See Tire
Parking for an extended period can designed to give the same Sidewall Labeling on page 10‑44
cause flat spots on the tires that performance and vehicle safety, for additional information.
may result in vibrations while during normal use, as the
driving. When storing a vehicle for original tires.
at least a month, remove the tires or
raise the vehicle to reduce the
weight from the tires.
10-60 Vehicle Care
GM recommends replacing tires

in sets of four. This is because { WARNING { WARNING
uniform tread depth on all tires Mixing tires could cause you If you use bias-ply tires on the
will help keep the vehicle to lose control while driving. vehicle, the wheel rim flanges
performing most like it did when If you mix tires of different could develop cracks after
the tires were new. Replacing sizes, brands, or types (radial many miles of driving. A tire
less than a full set of tires can and bias-belted tires), the and/or wheel could fail
affect the braking and handling vehicle may not handle suddenly, causing a crash.
performance of the vehicle. See properly, and you could have Use only radial-ply tires with
Tire Inspection on page 10‑56 a crash. Using tires of different the wheels on the vehicle.
and Tire Rotation on page 10‑57 sizes, brands, or types may
for information on proper tire also cause damage to the
rotation. If you must replace the vehicle's
vehicle. Be sure to use the tires with those that do not have
correct size, brand, and type a TPC Spec number, make sure
{ WARNING of tires on all wheels. It is all they are the same size, load
Tires could explode during
right to drive with the compact range, speed rating, and
improper service. You or others spare temporarily, as it was construction type (radial and
could be injured or killed if you developed for use on the bias‐belted tires) as the vehicle's
attempt to mount or dismount a vehicle. See Compact Spare original tires.
tire. Only your dealer or an Tire on page 10‑83.
authorized tire service center
should mount and dismount the
tires.
Vehicle Care 10-61
Vehicles that have a tire Different Size Tires and

pressure monitoring system Wheels
{ WARNING
could give an inaccurate If you add different sized
low‐pressure warning if non‐TPC If you add wheels or tires that are a
different size than the original wheels, the vehicle may not
Spec rated tires are installed on provide an acceptable level of
equipment wheels and tires, this
the vehicle. Non‐TPC Spec could affect the way the vehicle performance and safety if tires not
rated tires may give a performs, including its braking, ride recommended for those wheels
low‐pressure warning that is and handling characteristics, are selected. You may increase
higher or lower than the proper stability, and resistance to rollover. the chance that you will crash and
warning level you would get with Additionally, if the vehicle has suffer serious injury. Only use GM
TPC Spec rated tires. See Tire electronic systems such as antilock specific wheel and tire systems
Pressure Monitor System on brakes, rollover airbags, traction developed for the vehicle, and
page 10‑52. control, and electronic stability have them properly installed by a
control, the performance of these GM certified technician.
The vehicle's original equipment systems can be affected.
tires are listed on the Tire and
Loading Information label. See See Buying New Tires on
Vehicle Load Limits on page 10‑59 and Accessories and
Modifications on page 10‑3 for
page 9‑12 for more information additional information.
about the Tire and Loading
Information label and its location
on the vehicle.
10-62 Vehicle Care
Uniform Tire Quality use spare tires, tires with Treadwear

Grading nominal rim diameters of The treadwear grade is a
10 to 12 inches (25 to 30 cm), comparative rating based on the
Quality grades can be found or to some limited-production
where applicable on the tire wear rate of the tire when tested
tires. under controlled conditions on a
sidewall between tread shoulder
and maximum section width. For While the tires available on specified government test
example: General Motors passenger cars course. For example, a tire
and light trucks may vary with graded 150 would wear one and
Treadwear 200 Traction AA respect to these grades, they a half (1½) times as well on the
Temperature A must also conform to federal government course as a tire
The following information relates safety requirements and graded 100. The relative
to the system developed by the additional General Motors Tire performance of tires depends
United States National Highway Performance Criteria (TPC) upon the actual conditions of
Traffic Safety Administration standards. their use, however, and may
(NHTSA), which grades tires by All Passenger Car Tires Must depart significantly from the
treadwear, traction, and Conform to Federal Safety norm due to variations in driving
temperature performance. This Requirements In Addition To habits, service practices and
applies only to vehicles sold in These Grades. differences in road
the United States. The grades characteristics and climate.
are molded on the sidewalls of
most passenger car tires. The
Uniform Tire Quality Grading
(UTQG) system does not apply
to deep tread, winter-type snow
tires, space-saver, or temporary
Vehicle Care 10-63
Traction – AA, A, B, C conditions on a specified indoor Wheel Alignment and Tire

The traction grades, from laboratory test wheel. Sustained Balance
highest to lowest, are AA, A, B, high temperature can cause the
material of the tire to degenerate The tires and wheels on the vehicle
and C. Those grades represent were aligned and balanced carefully
the tire's ability to stop on wet and reduce tire life, and
at the factory to give the longest tire
pavement as measured under excessive temperature can lead life and best overall performance.
controlled conditions on to sudden tire failure. The grade Adjustments to wheel alignment and
specified government test C corresponds to a level of tire balancing will not be necessary
surfaces of asphalt and performance which all on a regular basis. However, if there
concrete. A tire marked C may passenger car tires must meet is unusual tire wear or the vehicle
have poor traction performance. under the Federal Motor Safety pulls to one side or the other, the
Standard No. 109. Grades B and alignment should be checked. If the
Warning: The traction grade vehicle vibrates when driving on a
assigned to this tire is based on A represent higher levels of
performance on the laboratory smooth road, the tires and wheels
straight-ahead braking traction might need to be rebalanced. See
tests, and does not include test wheel than the minimum
your dealer for proper diagnosis.
acceleration, cornering, required by law. Warning: The
hydroplaning, or peak traction temperature grade for this tire is
characteristics. established for a tire that is
properly inflated and not
Temperature – A, B, C overloaded. Excessive speed,
The temperature grades are A underinflation, or excessive
(the highest), B, and C, loading, either separately or in
representing the tire's resistance combination, can cause heat
to the generation of heat and its buildup and possible tire failure.
ability to dissipate heat when
tested under controlled
10-64 Vehicle Care
Wheel Replacement Used Replacement Wheels

{ WARNING
Replace any wheel that is bent,
cracked, or badly rusted or Using the wrong replacement { WARNING
corroded. If wheel nuts keep coming wheels, wheel bolts, or wheel
Putting a used wheel on the
loose, the wheel, wheel bolts, and nuts on the vehicle can be
vehicle is dangerous. You cannot
wheel nuts should be replaced. dangerous. It could affect the
If the wheel leaks air, replace it, know how it has been used or
braking and handling of the
except some aluminum wheels, how far it has been driven.
vehicle, make the tires lose air
which can sometimes be repaired. It could fail suddenly and cause a
and make you lose control. You
See your dealer if any of these crash. If you have to replace a
could have a collision in which
conditions exist. wheel, use a new GM original
you or others could be injured.
equipment wheel.
Your dealer will know the kind of Always use the correct wheel,
wheel you need. wheel bolts, and wheel nuts for
Each new wheel should have the replacement.
same load-carrying capacity,
diameter, width, offset, and be Notice: The wrong wheel can
mounted the same way as the one it also cause problems with bearing
replaces. life, brake cooling, speedometer
If you need to replace any of the or odometer calibration,
wheels, wheel bolts, wheel nuts, headlamp aim, bumper height,
or Tire Pressure Monitor System vehicle ground clearance, and tire
(TPMS) sensors, replace them only or tire chain clearance to the
with new GM original equipment body and chassis.
parts. This way, you will be sure to See If a Tire Goes Flat on
have the right wheel, wheel bolts, page 10‑65 for more information.
wheel nuts, and TPMS sensors for
the vehicle.
Vehicle Care 10-65
Tire Chains WARNING (Continued)

If a Tire Goes Flat
It is unusual for a tire to blowout
{ WARNING Follow that manufacturer's while you are driving, especially if
instructions. To help avoid you maintain your vehicle's tires
Do not use tire chains. There is properly. If air goes out of a tire, it is
not enough clearance. Tire chains damage to the vehicle, drive
slowly, re‐adjust or remove the much more likely to leak out slowly.
used on a vehicle without the But if you should ever have a
proper amount of clearance can device if it is contacting the
vehicle, and do not spin the blowout, here are a few tips about
cause damage to the brakes, what to expect and what to do:
suspension, or other vehicle wheels. If you do find traction
devices that will fit, install them on If a front tire fails, the flat tire
parts. The area damaged by the
the rear tires. creates a drag that pulls the vehicle
tire chains could cause you to toward that side. Take your foot off
lose control of the vehicle and the accelerator pedal and grip the
you or others may be injured in a steering wheel firmly. Steer to
crash. Use another type of maintain lane position, and then
traction device only if its gently brake to a stop, well off the
manufacturer recommends it for road, if possible.
use on the vehicle and tire size
combination and road conditions.
(Continued)
10-66 Vehicle Care
A rear blowout, particularly on a

curve, acts much like a skid and { WARNING { WARNING
may require the same correction
you would use in a skid. In any rear Lifting a vehicle and getting under Changing a tire can be
blowout remove your foot from the it to do maintenance or repairs is dangerous. The vehicle can slip
accelerator pedal. Get the vehicle dangerous without the off the jack and roll over or fall on
under control by steering the way appropriate safety equipment and you or other people. You and they
you want the vehicle to go. It may training. If a jack is provided with could be badly injured or even
be very bumpy and noisy, but you the vehicle, it is designed only for killed. Find a level place to
can still steer. Gently brake to a changing a flat tire. If it is used for change the tire. To help prevent
stop, well off the road, if possible. anything else, you or others could the vehicle from moving:
be badly injured or killed if the 1. Set the parking brake firmly.
{ WARNING vehicle slips off the jack. If a jack
is provided with the vehicle, only 2. Put an automatic
Driving on a flat tire will cause use it for changing a flat tire. transmission shift lever in
permanent damage to the tire. P (Park), or shift a manual
Re-inflating a tire after it has been transmission to 1 (First) or
If a tire goes flat, avoid further tire R (Reverse).
driven on while severely and wheel damage by driving slowly
underinflated or flat may cause a to a level place, well off the road, 3. Turn off the engine and do
blowout and a serious crash. if possible. Turn on the hazard not restart while the vehicle
Never attempt to re-inflate a tire warning flashers. See Hazard is raised.
that has been driven on while Warning Flashers on page 6‑3. 4. Do not allow passengers to
severely underinflated or flat. remain in the vehicle.
Have your dealer or an authorized (Continued)
tire service center repair or
replace the flat tire as soon as
possible.
Vehicle Care 10-67
WARNING (Continued)
To be certain the vehicle will not

move, put blocks at the front and
rear of the tire farthest away from
the one being changed. That
would be the tire on the other
side, at the opposite end of the
vehicle.
This vehicle may come with a jack,

spare tire, and wheel block(s) or a To use the wheel blocks, lift the A. Wheel Block
tire sealant and compressor kit. To wheel block and lock into place. B. Flat Tire
use the jacking equipment to When the vehicle has a flat tire (B), The following information explains
change a spare tire safely, follow use the following example as a how to repair or change a tire.
the instructions below. Then see guide to assist you in the placement
Tire Changing on page 10‑75. To of wheel blocks (A).
use the tire sealant and compressor
kit, see Tire Sealant and
Compressor Kit on page 10‑68.
10-68 Vehicle Care
Tire Sealant and If this vehicle has a tire sealant and

Compressor Kit
{ WARNING compressor kit, there may not be a
spare tire, tire changing equipment,
Overinflating a tire could cause and on some vehicles there may not
{ WARNING the tire to rupture and you or
others could be injured. Be sure
be a place to store a tire.
Idling a vehicle in an enclosed to read and follow the tire sealant The tire sealant and compressor
area with poor ventilation is and compressor kit instructions can be used to temporarily seal
dangerous. Engine exhaust may and inflate the tire to its punctures up to 6 mm (¼ inch) in
enter the vehicle. Engine exhaust the tread area of the tire. It can also
recommended pressure. Do not
be used to inflate an under
contains Carbon Monoxide (CO) exceed the recommended
inflated tire.
which cannot be seen or smelled. pressure.
It can cause unconsciousness If the tire has been separated from
and even death. Never run the the wheel, has damaged sidewalls,
engine in an enclosed area that or has a large puncture, the tire is
has no fresh air ventilation. For { WARNING too severely damaged for the tire
more information, see Engine sealant and compressor kit to be
Storing the tire sealant and effective. See Roadside Assistance
Exhaust on page 9‑24. compressor kit or other Program on page 13‑6.
equipment in the passenger
Read and follow all of the tire
compartment of the vehicle could
sealant and compressor kit
cause injury. In a sudden stop or
instructions.
collision, loose equipment could
strike someone. Store the tire
sealant and compressor kit in its
original location.
Vehicle Care 10-69
The kit includes: Tire Sealant Using the Tire Sealant and
Read and follow the safe handling Compressor Kit to Temporarily
instructions on the label adhered to Seal and Inflate a
the sealant canister. Punctured Tire
Check the tire sealant expiration
date on the sealant canister. The
sealant canister should be replaced
before its expiration date.
Replacement sealant canisters are
available at your local dealer. See
“Removal and Installation of the
Sealant Canister” following.
There is only enough sealant to seal
A. Air Compressor one tire. After usage, the sealant
B. Tire Sealant Canister canister and sealant/air hose
assembly must be replaced. See
C. Power Plug “Removal and Installation of the
Sealant Canister” following. When using the tire sealant and
D. On/Off Button compressor kit during cold
E. Pressure Gauge temperatures, warm the kit in a
F. Air Only Hose (Black) heated environment for five minutes.
This will help to inflate the tire
G. Sealant/Air Hose (Clear) faster.
10-70 Vehicle Care
If a tire goes flat, avoid further tire 4. Remove the valve stem cap from The compressor will inject
and wheel damage by driving slowly the flat tire by turning it sealant and air into the tire.
to a level place. Turn on the hazard counterclockwise. The pressure gauge (E) will
warning flashers. See Hazard 5. Attach the sealant/air hose (G) initially show a high pressure
Warning Flashers on page 6‑3. onto the tire valve stem. Turn it while the compressor pushes the
See If a Tire Goes Flat on clockwise until it is tight. sealant into the tire. Once the
page 10‑65 for other important 6. Plug the power plug (C) into the sealant is completely dispersed
safety warnings. accessory power outlet in the into the tire, the pressure will
Do not remove any objects that vehicle. Unplug all items from quickly drop and start to rise
have penetrated the tire. other accessory power outlets. again as the tire inflates with
See Power Outlets on page 5‑5. air only.
1. Remove the tire sealant and
compressor kit from its storage If the vehicle has an accessory 9. Inflate the tire to the
location. See Storing the Tire power outlet, do not use the recommended inflation pressure
Sealant and Compressor Kit on cigarette lighter. using the pressure gauge (E).
page 10‑75. The recommended inflation
If the vehicle only has a cigarette pressure can be found on the
Make sure the on/off button (D) lighter, use the cigarette lighter. Tire and Loading Information
is in the off (O) position. Do not pinch the power plug label. See Tire Pressure on
2. Unwrap the sealant/air hose (G) cord in the door or window. page 10‑50.
and the power plug (C). 7. Start the vehicle. The vehicle The pressure gauge (E) may
3. Place the kit on the ground. must be running while using the read higher than the actual tire
air compressor. pressure while the compressor is
Make sure the tire valve stem is on. Turn the compressor off to
positioned close to the ground 8. Press the on/off (D) button to get an accurate pressure
so the hose will reach it. turn the tire sealant and reading. The compressor may
compressor kit on. be turned on/off until the correct
pressure is reached.
Vehicle Care 10-71
Notice: If the recommended 11. Unplug the power plug (C) from Do not exceed the speed on
pressure cannot be reached after the accessory power outlet in this label until the damaged tire
approximately 25 minutes, the the vehicle. is repaired or replaced.
vehicle should not be driven 12. Turn the sealant/air hose (G) 16. Return the equipment to its
farther. The tire is too severely counterclockwise to remove it original storage location in the
damaged and the tire sealant and from the tire valve stem. vehicle.
compressor kit cannot inflate the
tire. Remove the power plug from 13. Replace the tire valve 17. Immediately drive the vehicle
the accessory power outlet and stem cap. 8 km (5 miles) to distribute the
unscrew the inflating hose from 14. Replace the sealant/air sealant in the tire.
the tire valve. See Roadside hose (G), and the power 18. Stop at a safe location and
Assistance Program on plug (C) back in their original check the tire pressure. Refer
page 13‑6. location. to Steps 1 through 11 under
10. Press the on/off button (D) to “Using the Tire Sealant and
turn the tire sealant and Compressor Kit without Sealant
compressor kit off. to Inflate a Tire (Not
Punctured).”
The tire is not sealed and will
continue to leak air until the If the tire pressure has fallen
vehicle is driven and the more than 68 kPa (10 psi)
sealant is distributed in the tire. below the recommended
Therefore, Steps 11 through 15. If the flat tire was able to inflate inflation pressure, stop driving
17 must be done immediately to the recommended inflation the vehicle. The tire is too
after Step 10. pressure, remove the severely damaged and the tire
maximum speed label from the sealant cannot seal the tire.
Be careful while handling the sealant canister (B) and place See Roadside Assistance
tire sealant and compressor kit it in a highly visible location. Program on page 13‑6.
as it could be warm after
usage.
10-72 Vehicle Care
If the tire pressure has not Using the Tire Sealant and See If a Tire Goes Flat on
dropped more than 68 kPa Compressor Kit without page 10‑65 for other important
(10 psi) from the recommended Sealant to Inflate a Tire safety warnings.
inflation pressure, inflate the (Not Punctured) 1. Remove the tire sealant and
tire to the recommended compressor kit from its storage
inflation pressure. To use the air compressor to inflate
a tire with air only and not sealant: location. See Storing the Tire
19. Wipe off any sealant from the Sealant and Compressor Kit on
wheel, tire or vehicle. page 10‑75.
20. Dispose of the used sealant 2. Unlock the air only hose (F) from
canister (B) and sealant/air the sealant canister (B) by
hose (G) assembly at a local pulling up on the lever.
dealer or in accordance with 3. Pull the air only hose (F) from
local state codes and practices. the sealant canister (B).
21. Replace it with a new canister 4. Remove the power plug (C) from
available from your dealer. the air compressor (A).
22. After temporarily sealing a tire 5. Place the kit on the ground.
using the tire sealant and
compressor kit, take the Make sure the tire valve stem is
vehicle to an authorized dealer positioned close to the ground
within 161 km (100 miles) of If a tire goes flat, avoid further tire so the hose will reach it.
driving to have the tire repaired and wheel damage by driving slowly
6. Remove the tire valve stem cap
or replaced. to a level place. Turn on the hazard
by turning it counterclockwise.
warning flashers. See Hazard
Warning Flashers on page 6‑3. 7. Attach the air only hose (F) onto
the tire valve stem and press the
lever down to secure it.
Vehicle Care 10-73
8. Plug the power plug (C) into the on the Tire and Loading 15. Replace the air only hose (F)
accessory power outlet in the Information label. See Tire and the power plug (C) back in
vehicle. Unplug all items from Pressure on page 10‑50. its original location.
other accessory power outlets. The pressure gauge (E) may 16. Place the equipment in the
See Power Outlets on page 5‑5. read higher than the actual tire original storage location in the
If the vehicle has an accessory pressure while the compressor vehicle.
power outlet, do not use the is on. Turn the compressor off
cigarette lighter. to get an accurate reading. The
If the vehicle only has a cigarette compressor may be turned on/
lighter, use the cigarette lighter. off until the correct pressure is
reached.
Do not pinch the power plug
cord in the door or window. 12. Press the on/off button (D) to
turn the tire sealant and
9. Start the vehicle. The vehicle compressor kit off.
must be running while using the
air compressor. Be careful while handling the
tire sealant and compressor kit
10. Press the on/off (D) button to as it could be warm after
turn the compressor on. usage.
The compressor will inflate the 13. Unplug the power plug (C) from The tire sealant and compressor kit
tire with air only. the accessory power outlet in has an accessory adapter located in
11. Inflate the tire to the the vehicle. a compartment on the bottom of its
recommended inflation 14. Disconnect the air only housing that may be used to inflate
pressure using the pressure hose (F) from the tire valve air mattresses, balls, etc.
gauge (E). The recommended stem by lifting the lever.
inflation pressure can be found Replace the tire valve
stem cap.
10-74 Vehicle Care
Removal and Installation of the To install a new sealant canister:

Sealant Canister 1. Align the sealant/air hose (G)
To remove the sealant canister: with the slot in the air
compressor.
2. Push the sealant canister (B)
down and turn it clockwise.
3. Wrap the sealant/air hose (G)
around the air compressor
channel to stow it in its original
location.
1. Unlock the air only hose (F) from
the sealant canister (B) by 4. Push the air only hose (F) onto
pulling up on the lever. 4. Turn the sealant canister (B) so the sealant canister inlet and
the inflator filling hose is aligned push the lever down.
2. Pull the air only hose (F) from with the slot in the compressor.
the sealant canister (B).
5. Lift the sealant canister (B) from
3. Unwrap the sealant/air hose (G) the compressor and replace with
from the compressor (A). a new sealant canister. See your
dealer for more information.
Vehicle Care 10-75
Storing the Tire Sealant the same time. Then pull the Tire Changing
access panel rearward and up to
and Compressor Kit remove it. Removing the Spare Tire and
The tire sealant and compressor kit Tools
is located in the trunk, under the To access the spare tire and tools:
load floor, behind an access panel.
1. Open the trunk. See Trunk on
To remove the kit:
page 2‑8.
1. Open the trunk. See Trunk on
2. Lift the load floor.
page 2‑8.
3. Pull the inflator kit rearward.

Squeeze the two tabs of the
quick release buckle to remove
the tire sealant and
compressor kit.
To store the inflator kit, reverse the
2. Turn the left knob steps.
counterclockwise and the right
knob clockwise, 90 degrees, at
10-76 Vehicle Care
3. Turn the retainer nut (A) 4. Remove the jack handle This vehicle will have either a
counterclockwise to remove it. extension (B) and jack (A). coin/pierce jack (D) and a jack
Then remove the tool bag handle extension (C) or a hex
tether (B) from the stow rod , the head jack (B) and a jack lift
tool bag containing the wheel assist tool (A).
wrench and wheel blocks (C), Place the tools next to the tire
and the spare tire (D). being changed.
5. Place the spare tire next to the
tire being changed.
Vehicle Care 10-77
Removing the Flat Tire and If needed, finish loosening them

Installing the Spare Tire with your fingers. The plastic nut
caps will not come off.
This vehicle may have aluminum
wheels with exposed wheel nuts. If needed, use the flat end of the
Use the wheel wrench to loosen all wheel wrench and pry along the
the wheel nuts. Do not remove edge of the cover until it comes off.
them yet. The edge of the wheel cover could
be sharp, so do not try to remove it
Or, this vehicle may have steel with your bare hands. Do not drop
wheels with plastic covers. the cover or lay it face down, as it
could become scratched or
damaged. Store the wheel cover in
the trunk until the flat tire is repaired 2. Turn the wheel wrench
or replaced. counterclockwise once on each
Once you have removed the wheel wheel nut to loosen it. Do not
cover, use the following procedure remove them yet.
to remove the flat tire and install the 3. Place the jack near the flat tire.
spare tire.
4. Place the wheel blocks on both
1. Do a safety check before sides of the tire at the opposite
proceeding. See If a Tire Goes corner of the tire being changed.
Flat on page 10‑65 for more See If a Tire Goes Flat on
information. page 10‑65 for proper wheel
To remove the plastic covers and block placement.
wheel nut caps, loosen the plastic
nut caps with the wheel wrench in a
counterclockwise direction.
10-78 Vehicle Care
6. Place the jack under the vehicle.

7. If you have a coin/pierce jack,
attach the jack handle extension
to the jack by sliding the hook
through the end of the jack.
If you have a hex-head jack,
attach the jack lift-assist tool by
placing the hex of the jack
lift-assist tool over the hex head
of the jack.
Notice: Make sure that the jack
5. If this vehicle is the RS model, lift head is in the correct position 8. Position the jack lift head at the
locate the front or rear jack or you may damage your vehicle. jack location nearest the flat tire.
cover on the rocker molding The repairs would not be covered The location is indicated by a
near the tire being changed. by your warranty. notch in the flange. The jack
Place your hand behind the must not be used in any other
edge of the cover on the rocker position.
molding. Pull down and out to
remove the cover. { WARNING
The cover will remain attached Getting under a vehicle when it is
to the molding by a tether. jacked up is dangerous. If the
vehicle slips off the jack, you
could be badly injured or killed.
Never get under a vehicle when it
is supported only by a jack.
Vehicle Care 10-79
{ WARNING
Raising the vehicle with the jack
improperly positioned can
damage the vehicle and even
make the vehicle fall. To help
avoid personal injury and vehicle
damage, be sure to fit the jack lift
head into the proper location
before raising the vehicle.
Coin Pierce Jack Shown, Hex Make sure the jack lift head
{ WARNING Head Jack Similar notch is placed in the flange
9. Raise the jack by turning the notch.
Lifting a vehicle and getting under handle clockwise until it comes Raise the vehicle far enough off
it to do maintenance or repairs is in contact with the notch in the the ground so there is enough
dangerous without the flange. room for the road tire to clear the
appropriate safety equipment and ground.
training. If a jack is provided with
the vehicle, it is designed only for
changing a flat tire. If it is used for
anything else, you or others could
be badly injured or killed if the
vehicle slips off the jack. If a jack
is provided with the vehicle, only
use it for changing a flat tire.
10-80 Vehicle Care
{ WARNING
Rust or dirt on a wheel, or on the
parts to which it is fastened, can
make wheel nuts become loose
after time. The wheel could come
off and cause an accident. When
changing a wheel, remove any
rust or dirt from places where the
wheel attaches to the vehicle. In
an emergency, use a cloth or a
paper towel to do this; but be sure
10. Remove all of the wheel nuts. 12. Remove any rust or dirt from
to use a scraper or wire brush
11. Remove the flat tire. the wheel bolts, mounting
later, if needed, to get all the rust surfaces, and spare wheel.
or dirt off. See If a Tire Goes Flat
on page 10‑65. 13. Place the compact spare tire
on the wheel-mounting surface.
{ WARNING
Never use oil or grease on bolts
or nuts because the nuts might
come loose. The vehicle's wheel
could fall off, causing a crash.
Vehicle Care 10-81
14. Reinstall the wheel nuts. Notice: Improperly tightened 17. Lower the jack all the way and
Tighten each nut by hand until wheel nuts can lead to brake remove the jack from under the
the wheel is held against pulsation and rotor damage. To vehicle.
the hub. avoid expensive brake repairs, 18. Tighten the wheel nuts firmly
15. Lower the vehicle by turning evenly tighten the wheel nuts in with the wheel wrench.
the jack handle the proper sequence and to the
counterclockwise. proper torque specification. See
Capacities and Specifications on
page 12‑2 for the wheel nut
{ WARNING torque specification.
Wheel nuts that are improperly or
incorrectly tightened can cause
the wheels to become loose or
come off. The wheel nuts should
be tightened with a torque wrench
to the proper torque specification
after replacing. Follow the torque
specification supplied by the Front Jack Cover Shown, Rear
aftermarket manufacturer when Jack Cover Similar
using accessory locking wheel
nuts. See Capacities and 19. If this vehicle is the RS model,
Specifications on page 12‑2 for snap the jack cover back into
place.
original equipment wheel nut
16. Tighten the wheel nuts firmly in
torque specifications. 20. Remove the wheel blocks and
a crisscross sequence, as
return them to their proper
shown.
storage location.
10-82 Vehicle Care
When reinstalling the wheel cover or Storing the Flat Tire and Tools 5. Place the foam container inside
center cap on the full-size tire, 1. Replace the wheel wrench and the flat tire. Align the hole with
tighten all five plastic caps hand wheel blocks in the tool bag. the stow rod.
snug with the aid of the wheel 6. Place the tool bag tether over
wrench and tighten them with the 2. Remove the foam container from
the rear storage compartment. the stow rod.
wheel wrench an additional
one‐quarter of a turn. 7. Turn the retainer nut clockwise
until tight.
Notice: Wheel covers will not fit
on the vehicle's compact spare. 8. Replace the load floor.
If you try to put a wheel cover on The load floor may not lay flat.
the compact spare, the cover or
the spare could be damaged. The compact spare is for temporary
use only. Replace the compact
Storing a Flat or Spare Tire spare tire with a full-size tire as
and Tools soon as you can.
Storing the Compact Spare Tire
{ WARNING and Tools
Storing a jack, a tire, or other Reverse the instructions for
equipment in the passenger 3. Place the flat tire in the storage removing the spare tire and tools to
compartment of the vehicle could compartment with the valve store the compact spare tire.
cause injury. In a sudden stop or stem down.
collision, loose equipment could 4. Place the jack and jack handle
strike someone. Store all these in extension in the foam container.
the proper place.
Vehicle Care 10-83
Compact Spare Tire After installing the compact spare Notice: When the compact spare
on the vehicle, stop as soon as is installed, do not take the
possible and make sure the spare vehicle through an automatic car
{ WARNING tire is correctly inflated. The wash with guide rails. The
Driving with more than one compact spare is made to perform compact spare can get caught on
well at speeds up to 105 km/h the rails which can damage the
compact spare tire at a time could
(65 mph) for distances up to tire, wheel and other parts of the
result in loss of braking and
5 000 km (3,000 miles), so you can vehicle.
handling. This could lead to a finish your trip and have the full-size
crash and you or others could be Do not use the compact spare on
tire repaired or replaced at your other vehicles.
injured. Use only one compact convenience. Of course, it is best to
spare tire at a time. replace the spare with a full-size tire Do not mix the compact spare tire or
as soon as possible. The spare tire wheel with other wheels or tires.
If this vehicle has a compact spare will last longer and be in good They will not fit. Keep the spare tire
tire, it was fully inflated when the shape in case it is needed again. and its wheel together.
vehicle was new; however, it can Notice: Tire chains will not fit the
lose air after a time. Check the compact spare. Using them can
inflation pressure regularly. It should damage the vehicle and can
be 420 kPa (60 psi). damage the chains too. Do not
use tire chains on the compact
spare.
10-84 Vehicle Care
Jump Starting Notice: Ignoring these steps

could result in costly damage to
The jump start negative grounding
point (D) is the engine block or an
For more information about the the vehicle that would not be engine mounting bolt. Connect to a
vehicle battery, see Battery on covered by the warranty. spot as far away from the
page 10‑26. discharged battery as possible.
Trying to start the vehicle by
If the battery has run down, try to pushing or pulling it will not These locations are used instead of
use another vehicle and some work, and it could damage the a direct connection to the battery.
jumper cables to start your vehicle. vehicle. The positive jump start connection
Be sure to use the following steps to
is under a trim cover. Open the
do it safely.
cover door to expose the terminal.
{ WARNING 1. Check the other vehicle. It must

have a 12-volt battery with a
Batteries can hurt you. They can negative ground system.
be dangerous because: Notice: Only use a vehicle that
. They contain acid that can has a 12-volt system with a
burn you. negative ground for jump
starting. If the other vehicle does
. They contain gas that can not have a 12-volt system with a
explode or ignite. negative ground, both vehicles
. They contain enough can be damaged.
electricity to burn you. The jump start positive post (B) is 2. Position the two vehicles so that
If you do not follow these steps located in the engine compartment they are not touching.
exactly, some or all of these on the driver side of the vehicle.
things can hurt you.
Vehicle Care 10-85
3. Set the parking brake firmly and

put the shift lever in P (Park) { WARNING WARNING (Continued)
with an automatic transmission,
or neutral with a manual An electric fan can start up even add water to take care of that
transmission. See Shifting Into when the engine is not running first. If you don't, explosive gas
Park (Automatic Transmission) and can injure you. Keep hands, could be present.
on page 9‑22 with an automatic clothing and tools away from any Battery fluid contains acid that
transmission, or Parking on underhood electric fan. can burn you. Do not get it on
page 9‑24 with a manual you. If you accidentally get it in
transmission. your eyes or on your skin, flush
Notice: If the radio or other
accessories are left on during the
{ WARNING the place with water and get
medical help immediately.
jump starting procedure, they Using a match near a battery can
could be damaged. The repairs cause battery gas to explode.
would not be covered by the People have been hurt doing this,
warranty. Always turn off the and some have been blinded. { WARNING
radio and other accessories when Use a flashlight if you need more
jump starting the vehicle. Fans or other moving engine
light. parts can injure you badly. Keep
4. Turn the ignition to LOCK/OFF. Be sure the battery has enough your hands away from moving
Turn off all lights and water. You do not need to add parts once the engine is running.
accessories in both vehicles, water to the battery installed in
except the hazard warning your new vehicle. But if a battery
flashers if needed.
has filler caps, be sure the right
amount of fluid is there. If it is low,
(Continued)
10-86 Vehicle Care
8. Connect the other end of the

black negative (–) cable to the
negative (–) grounding point (D).
9. Start the engine in the vehicle
with the good battery and run
the engine at idle speed for at
least four minutes.
10. Try to start the vehicle that had
the dead battery. If it will not
start after a few tries, it
probably needs service.
5. Connect one end of the red Notice: If the jumper cables are Jumper Cable Removal
positive (+) cable to the jump connected or removed in the
A. Heavy, Unpainted Metal Engine
start positive (+) post (B). wrong order, electrical shorting
Part or Remote Negative (–)
may occur and damage the
6. Connect the other end of the red Terminal
vehicle. The repairs would not be
positive (+) cable to the
covered by the vehicle warranty. B. Good Battery or Remote
positive (+) terminal of the good
Always connect and remove the Positive (+) and Remote
battery (A).
jumper cables in the correct Negative (–) Terminals
7. Connect one end of the black order, making sure that the C. Dead Battery or Remote
negative (–) cable to the cables do not touch each other or Positive (+) Terminal
negative (–) terminal of the good other metal.
battery (C).
Vehicle Care 10-87
To disconnect the jumper cables Towing Recreational Vehicle

from both vehicles:
Towing
1. Disconnect the black Towing the Vehicle Recreational vehicle towing refers to
negative (−) cable from the
vehicle that had the dead Notice: To avoid damage, the towing the vehicle behind another
battery. disabled vehicle should be towed vehicle – such as behind a motor
with all four wheels off the home. The two most common types
2. Disconnect the black ground. Care must be taken with of recreational vehicle towing are
negative (−) cable from the vehicles that have low ground known as dinghy towing and dolly
vehicle with the good battery. clearance and/or special towing. Dinghy towing is towing the
3. Disconnect the red positive (+) equipment. Always flatbed on a vehicle with all four wheels on the
cable from the vehicle with the car carrier. ground. Dolly towing is towing the
good battery. vehicle with two wheels on the
Consult your dealer or a
ground and two wheels up on a
4. Disconnect the red positive (+) professional towing service if the
device known as a dolly.
cable from the other vehicle. disabled vehicle needs to be towed.
See Roadside Assistance Program Here are some important things to
5. Return the covers over the on page 13‑6. consider before recreational vehicle
positive (+) and negative (–) towing:
terminals to their original To tow the vehicle behind another
positions. vehicle such as behind a . The towing capacity of the
motorhome, for recreational towing vehicle. Be sure to read
purposes, see Recreational Vehicle the tow vehicle manufacturer's
Towing following. recommendations.
. How far will the vehicle be
towed. Some vehicles have
restrictions on how far and how
long they can tow.
10-88 Vehicle Care

. Does the vehicle have the 4. To prevent the battery from
proper towing equipment. See draining while the vehicle is
your dealer or trailering being towed, remove the
professional for additional advice following fuse from the
and equipment instrument panel fuse block:
recommendations. (IGN SENSOR). See Instrument
. Is the vehicle ready to be towed. Panel Fuse Block on page 10‑41
Just as preparing the vehicle for for more information.
a long trip, make sure the 5. Turn the ignition to ON/RUN.
vehicle is prepared to be towed.
6. Shift the automatic transmission
Dinghy Towing to N (Neutral) or a manual
When dinghy towing a vehicle with transmission to neutral.
To dinghy tow the vehicle from the
an automatic transmission, the front with all four wheels on the 7. Turn the ignition to ACC/
vehicle should be run at the ground: ACCESSORY.
beginning of each day and at each 8. Release the parking brake.
RV fuel stop for about five minutes. 1. Position the vehicle to tow and
This will ensure proper lubrication of then secure it to the towing Remember to reinstall the IGN
transmission components. vehicle. SENSOR fuse once the destination
2. Shift the automatic transmission has been reached.
to P (Park) or a manual Notice: If 105 km/h (65 mph) is
transmission into first gear and exceeded while towing the
turn the ignition to LOCK/OFF. vehicle, it could be damaged.
3. Set the parking brake. Never exceed 105 km/h (65 mph)
while towing the vehicle.
Vehicle Care 10-89
Dolly Towing 4. Clamp the steering wheel in a

straight-ahead position with a
clamping device designed for
towing.
5. Remove the key from the
ignition.
6. Secure the vehicle to the dolly.
7. Release the parking brake.
Notice: Towing the vehicle from

the rear could damage it. Also,
repairs would not be covered by Tow the vehicle with the two rear
the vehicle warranty. Never have wheels on the ground and the front
the vehicle towed from the rear. wheels on a dolly:
To tow the vehicle with two wheels
on the ground and a dolly:
1. Put the front wheels on a dolly.
2. Shift the automatic transmission
into P (Park) or a manual Notice: Towing the vehicle from
transmission into first gear. the rear could damage it. Also,
repairs would not be covered by
3. Set the parking brake. the vehicle warranty. Never have
the vehicle towed from the rear.
10-90 Vehicle Care
Appearance Care Notice: Machine compounding or

aggressive polishing on a
Protecting Exterior Bright Metal
Parts
basecoat/clearcoat paint finish Bright metal parts should be
Exterior Care may damage it. Use only cleaned regularly to keep their
Cleaning Exterior Lamps/ non-abrasive waxes and polishes luster. Wash with water or use
that are made for a basecoat/
Lenses chrome polish on chrome or
clearcoat paint finish on the stainless steel trim, if necessary.
Use only lukewarm or cold water, a vehicle.
soft cloth, and a car washing soap Use special care with aluminum
Foreign materials such as calcium trim. To avoid damaging protective
to clean exterior lamps and lenses.
chloride and other salts, ice melting trim, never use auto or chrome
Follow instructions under “Washing
agents, road oil and tar, tree sap, polish, steam, or caustic soap to
the Vehicle” later in this section.
bird droppings, chemicals from clean aluminum. A coating of wax,
Finish Care industrial chimneys, etc., can rubbed to high polish, is
damage the vehicle's finish if they recommended for all bright metal
Occasional waxing or mild polishing remain on painted surfaces. Wash
of the vehicle by hand may be parts.
the vehicle as soon as possible.
necessary to remove residue from If necessary, use non-abrasive Washing the Vehicle
the paint finish. Approved cleaning cleaners that are marked safe for
products can be obtained from your To preserve the vehicle's finish,
painted surfaces to remove foreign
dealer. keep it clean by washing it often.
matter.
If the vehicle has a basecoat/ Do not wash the vehicle in direct
Exterior painted surfaces are
clearcoat paint finish, the clearcoat sunlight and use a car
subject to aging, weather, and
gives more depth and gloss to the washing soap.
chemical fallout that can take their
colored basecoat. Always use toll over a period of years. To keep Notice: Certain cleaners contain
waxes and polishes that are the paint finish looking new, keep chemicals that can damage the
non-abrasive and made for a the vehicle garaged or covered emblems or nameplates on the
basecoat/clearcoat paint finish. whenever possible. vehicle. Check the cleaning
product label. If it states that it
Vehicle Care 10-91
should not be used on plastic Dry the finish with a soft, clean Shutter System Cleaning
parts, do not use it on the vehicle chamois or an all-cotton towel to
or damage may occur and it avoid surface scratches and water
would not be covered by the spotting.
warranty. High pressure car washes could
Do not use cleaning agents that are cause water to enter the vehicle.
petroleum based or that contain Avoid using high pressure washes
acid or abrasives, as they can closer than 30 cm (12 in) to the
damage the paint, metal, or plastic surface of the vehicle. Use of power
on the vehicle. Approved cleaning washers exceeding 8,274 kPa
products can be obtained from your (1,200 psi) can result in damage or
dealer. Follow all manufacturer removal of paint and decals.
directions regarding correct product Notice: Conveyor systems on
usage, necessary safety some automatic car washes could
precautions, and appropriate damage the vehicle. There may A. Shutter System
disposal of any vehicle care not be enough clearance for the The vehicle may have a shutter
product. undercarriage. Check with the car system designed to help increase
Rinse the vehicle well, before wash manager before using the fuel economy. Keep the shutter
washing and after, to remove all automatic car wash. system clean for proper operation.
cleaning agents completely. If they
are allowed to dry on the surface,
they could stain.
10-92 Vehicle Care
Weatherstrips conditions such as ice and dust. Notice: Using chrome polish on
Always wash the vehicle's aluminum wheels could damage
Silicone grease on weatherstrips will
chrome with soap and water after the wheels. The repairs would not
make them last longer, seal better,
exposure. be covered by the vehicle
and not stick or squeak. Apply
Notice: Using strong soaps, warranty. Use chrome polish on
silicone grease with a clean cloth.
chemicals, abrasive polishes, chrome wheels only.
During very cold, damp weather
frequent application may be cleaners, brushes, or cleaners Use chrome polish only on
required. See Recommended Fluids that contain acid on aluminum or chrome-plated wheels, but avoid
and Lubricants on page 11‑6. chrome-plated wheels, could any painted surface of the wheel,
damage the surface of the and buff off immediately after
Wheels and Trim — Aluminum wheel(s). The repairs would not application.
or Chrome be covered by the vehicle Notice: Driving the vehicle
The vehicle may have either warranty. Use only approved through an automatic car wash
aluminum or chrome-plated wheels. cleaners on aluminum or that has silicone carbide tire
chrome-plated wheels. cleaning brushes, could damage
Keep the wheels clean using a soft,
clean cloth with mild soap and The surface of these wheels is the aluminum or chrome-plated
water. Rinse with clean water. After similar to the painted surface of the wheels. The repairs would not be
rinsing thoroughly, dry with a soft, vehicle. Do not use strong soaps, covered by the vehicle warranty.
clean towel. A wax may then be chemicals, abrasive polishes, Never drive a vehicle that has
applied. abrasive cleaners, cleaners with aluminum or chrome-plated
acid, or abrasive cleaning brushes wheels through an automatic car
Notice: Chrome wheels and other on them because the surface could wash that uses silicone carbide
chrome trim may be damaged if be damaged. Do not use chrome tire cleaning brushes.
the vehicle is not washed after polish on aluminum wheels.
driving on roads that have been
sprayed with magnesium, calcium
or sodium chloride. These
chlorides are used on roads for
Vehicle Care 10-93
Windshield and Wiper Blades Notice: Using petroleum-based Minor chips and scratches can be
tire dressing products on the repaired with touch-up materials
Clean the outside of the windshield
vehicle may damage the paint available from your dealer. Larger
with glass cleaner.
finish and/or tires. When applying areas of finish damage can be
Clean the rubber blades using a a tire dressing, always wipe off corrected in your dealer's body and
lint‐free cloth or paper towel soaked any overspray from all painted paint shop.
with windshield washer fluid or a surfaces on the vehicle.
mild detergent. Wash the windshield Underbody Maintenance
thoroughly when cleaning the Sheet Metal Damage Chemicals used for ice and snow
blades. Bugs, road grime, sap, and If the vehicle is damaged and removal and dust control can collect
a buildup of vehicle wash/wax requires sheet metal repair or on the underbody. If these are not
treatments may cause wiper replacement, make sure the body removed, corrosion and rust can
streaking. Replace the wiper blades repair shop applies anti-corrosion develop on the underbody parts
if they are worn or damaged. material to parts repaired or such as fuel lines, frame, floor pan,
Wipers can be damaged by: replaced to restore corrosion and exhaust system even though
protection. they have corrosion protection.
. Extreme dusty conditions
Original manufacturer replacement At least every spring, flush these
. Sand and salt parts will provide the corrosion materials from the underbody with
. Heat and sun protection while maintaining the plain water. Clean any areas where
.
vehicle warranty. mud and debris can collect. Dirt
Snow and ice, without proper packed in close areas of the frame
removal Finish Damage should be loosened before being
Tires Any stone chips, fractures, or deep flushed. Your dealer or an
scratches in the finish should be underbody car washing system
Use a stiff brush with tire cleaner to repaired right away. Bare metal will can do this.
clean the tires. corrode quickly and may develop
into major repair expense.
10-94 Vehicle Care
Chemical Paint Spotting Remove dust from small buttons Cleaners can contain solvents that
and knobs with a small brush with can become concentrated in the
Some weather and atmospheric
soft bristles. vehicles interior. Before using
conditions can create a chemical
Your dealer has products for cleaners, read and adhere to all
fallout. Airborne pollutants can fall
cleaning the vehicles interior. When safety instructions on the label.
upon and attack painted surfaces on
cleaning the vehicles interior, only While cleaning the vehicles interior,
the vehicle. This damage can take
use cleaners specifically designed maintain adequate ventilation by
two forms: blotchy, ring-shaped
for the surfaces that are being opening the vehicles doors and
discolorations, and small, irregular
cleaned. Permanent damage can windows.
dark spots etched into the paint
surface. result from using cleaners on Do not clean the interior using the
surfaces for which they were not following cleaners or techniques:
Interior Care intended. Apply the cleaner directly . Never use a knife or any other
to the cleaning cloth to prevent sharp object to remove a soil
The vehicles interior will continue to over-spray. Remove any accidental
look its best if it is cleaned often. from any interior surface.
over-spray from other surfaces
Dust and dirt can accumulate on the immediately. . Never use a stiff brush. It can
upholstery and cause damage to cause damage.
the carpet, fabric, leather, and Notice: Using abrasive cleaners
when cleaning glass surfaces on . Never apply heavy pressure or
plastic surfaces. Stains should be
the vehicle, could scratch the rub aggressively with a cleaning
removed quickly as extreme heat
glass and/or cause damage to the cloth. Use of heavy pressure can
could cause them to set rapidly.
rear window defogger. When damage the interior and does
Lighter colored interiors may cleaning the glass on the vehicle, not improve the effectiveness of
require more frequent cleaning. use only a soft cloth and glass soil removal.
Newspapers and garments that can cleaner.
transfer color to home furnishings
can also transfer color to the
vehicles interior.
Vehicle Care 10-95

. Avoid laundry detergents or cleaning, gently remove as much of 4. Continue to gently rub the
dishwashing soaps with the soil as possible using one of the soiled area.
degreasers. Using too much following techniques:
soap will leave a residue that 5. If the soil is not completely
leaves streaks and attracts dirt.
. For liquids: gently blot the removed, use a mild soap
For liquid cleaners, about remaining soil with a paper solution and repeat the cleaning
20 drops per 3.78 L (1 gal) of towel. Allow the soil to absorb process with plain water.
water is a good guide. Use only into the paper towel until no If any of the soil remains, a
mild, neutral-pH soaps. more can be removed. commercial fabric cleaner or spot
. Do not heavily saturate the
. For solid dry soils: remove as lifter may be necessary. Test a small
upholstery while cleaning. much as possible and then hidden area for colorfastness before
vacuum. using a commercial upholstery
. Cleaners that contain solvents cleaner or spot lifter. If the locally
can damage the vehicles To clean:
cleaned area gives any impression
interior. 1. Saturate a lint-free, clean white that a ring formation may result,
cloth with water or club soda. clean the entire surface.
Fabric/Carpet
2. Remove excess moisture. A paper towel can be used to blot
Use a vacuum cleaner with a soft
brush attachment to remove dust 3. Start on the outside edge of the excess moisture from the fabric or
and loose dirt. A canister vacuum soil and gently rub toward the carpet after the cleaning process.
with rotating brushes in the nozzle center. Continue cleaning, using
may only be used on floor carpet a clean area of the cloth each
and carpeted floor mats. For soils, time it becomes soiled.
always try to remove them first with
plain water or club soda. Before
10-96 Vehicle Care
Leather to clean the vehicles interior Some commercial products may

because they can alter the increase gloss on the instrument
Leather, and lighter colored leather
appearance by increasing the gloss panel. The increase in gloss may
in particular, will need more frequent
in a non-uniform manner. cause annoying reflections in the
cleaning to prevent the buildup of
windshield and even make it difficult
dust, dirt, and colors transferred Instrument Panel, Vinyl, and to see through the windshield under
from other items so that these do Other Plastic Surfaces certain conditions.
not become permanent stains.
To remove dust, a soft cloth Care of Safety Belts
To remove dust, a soft cloth dampened with water can be used.
dampened with water can be used. If a more thorough cleaning is Keep belts clean and dry.
If a more thorough cleaning is necessary, a clean soft cloth
necessary, a soft cloth dampened
with a mild soap solution can be
dampened with a mild soap solution
can be used to gently remove dust
{ WARNING
used. Your dealer has a GM and dirt. Never use spot lifters or Do not bleach or dye safety belts.
approved leather cleaner available removers on plastic surfaces. Many It may severely weaken them. In
that provides superior cleaning commercial cleaners and coatings a crash, they might not be able to
performance when used regularly that are sold to preserve and protect provide adequate protection.
on finished automotive leathers. soft plastic surfaces may Clean safety belts only with mild
Allow the leather to dry naturally. Do permanently change the soap and lukewarm water.
not use heat, steam, spot lifters or appearance and feel of the interior
spot removers, or shoe polish on and are not recommended. Do not
leather. Many commercial leather use silicone or wax-based products,
cleaners and coatings that are sold or those containing organic solvents
to preserve and protect leather may to clean the vehicles interior
permanently change the because they can alter the
appearance and feel of the leather appearance by increasing the gloss
and are not recommended. Do not in a non-uniform manner.
use silicone or wax-based products,
or those containing organic solvents
Vehicle Care 10-97
Floor Mats Use the following guidelines for Removing and Replacing the
proper floor mat usage. Floor Mats
{ WARNING . The original equipment floor
mats were designed for your
Pull up on the rear of the floor mat
to unlock each retainer and remove.
If a floor mat is the wrong size or vehicle. If the floor mats need
is not properly installed, it can replacing, it is recommended
interfere with the accelerator that GM certified floor mats be
pedal and/or brake pedal. purchased. Non-GM floor mats
Interference with the pedals can may not fit properly and may
cause unintended acceleration interfere with the accelerator or
and/or increased stopping brake pedal. Always check that
distance which can cause a crash the floor mats do not interfere
and injury. Make sure the floor with the pedals.
mat does not interfere with the . Use the floor mat with the
accelerator or brake pedal. correct side up. Do not turn
it over.
. Do not place anything on top of
the driver side floor mat. Reinstall by lining up the floor mat
retainer openings over the carpet
. Use only a single floor mat on
retainers and snap into position.
the driver side.
Make sure the floor mat is properly
. Do not place one floor mat on
secured in place.
top of another.
Verify the floor mat does not
interfere with the accelerator or the
brake pedal.
10-98 Vehicle Care
2 NOTES
Service and Maintenance 11-1
Service and General Information Scheduled Maintenance. To keep

the vehicle in good condition, see
Maintenance Notice: Maintenance intervals,
checks, inspections,
your dealer.
The maintenance schedule is for
recommended fluids, and
vehicles that:
General Information lubricants are necessary to keep
General Information . . . . . . . . . . 11-1 this vehicle in good working . Carry passengers and cargo
condition. Damage caused by within recommended limits on
Scheduled Maintenance failure to follow scheduled the Tire and Loading Information
Scheduled Maintenance . . . . . 11-2 maintenance might not be label. See Vehicle Load Limits
covered by the vehicle warranty. on page 9‑12.
Recommended Fluids,
Lubricants, and Parts As the vehicle owner, you are . Are driven on reasonable road
Recommended Fluids and responsible for the scheduled surfaces within legal driving
Lubricants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-6 maintenance in this section. We limits.
Maintenance Replacement recommend having your dealer . Use the recommended fuel. See
Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-8 perform these services. Proper Recommended Fuel on
vehicle maintenance helps to keep page 9‑40.
Maintenance Records the vehicle in good working
Maintenance Records . . . . . . . . 11-9 condition, improves fuel economy,
and reduces vehicle emissions for
better air quality.
Because of all the different ways
people use vehicles, maintenance
needs vary. The vehicle might need
more frequent checks and services.
Please read the information under
11-2 Service and Maintenance
The proper replacement parts, Scheduled

{ WARNING fluids, and lubricants to use are
Performing maintenance work can
listed in Recommended Fluids and Maintenance
Lubricants on page 11‑6 and
be dangerous. Some jobs can Maintenance Replacement Parts on When the Change Engine Oil
cause serious injury. Perform page 11‑8. We recommend the use Soon Message Displays
maintenance work only if you of genuine parts from your dealer. Change engine oil and filter. See
have the required know-how and Engine Oil on page 10‑9. An
the proper tools and equipment. Rotation of New Tires
Emission Control Service.
If in doubt, see your dealer to To maintain ride, handling, and
have a qualified technician do the performance of the vehicle, it is When the CHANGE ENGINE OIL
work. See Doing Your Own important that the first rotation SOON DIC message or Code 82
Service Work on page 10‑4. service for new tires be performed. DIC message displays, service is
Tires should be rotated every required for the vehicle as soon as
12 000 km/7,500 miles. See Tire possible, within the next 1 000 km/
At your dealer, you can be certain Rotation on page 10‑57. 600 mi. If driving under the best
that you will receive the highest conditions, the engine oil life system
level of service available. Your might not indicate the need for
dealer has specially trained service vehicle service for more than a year.
technicians, uses genuine The engine oil and filter must be
replacement parts, as well as, changed at least once a year and
up‐to‐date tools and equipment to the oil life system must be reset.
ensure fast and accurate
diagnostics.
Your dealer has trained service

. Windshield washer fluid level . Engine air cleaner filter
technicians who will perform this check. See Washer Fluid on inspection. See Engine Air
work and reset the system. If the page 10‑22. Cleaner/Filter on page 10‑15.
engine oil life system is reset . Windshield wiper blade . Brake system inspection
accidentally, service the vehicle inspection for wear, cracking, (or every 12 months, whichever
within 5 000 km/3,000 mi since the or contamination and windshield occurs first).
last service. Reset the oil life and wiper blade cleaning,
system whenever the oil is changed.
. Steering and suspension
if contaminated. See Exterior inspection. Visual inspection for
See Engine Oil Life System on Care on page 10‑90. Worn or
page 10‑12. damaged, loose, or missing
damaged wiper blade parts or signs of wear.
replacement. See Wiper Blade
Every Engine Oil Change . Body hinges and latches, key
Replacement on page 10‑29.
. Change engine oil and filter. lock cylinders, and folding seat
. Tire inflation pressures check. hardware lubrication. See
Reset oil life system. See
See Tire Pressure on Recommended Fluids and
Engine Oil on page 10‑9 and
page 10‑50. Lubricants on page 11‑6. More
Engine Oil Life System on
page 10‑12. An Emission . Tire wear inspection. See Tire frequent lubrication may be
Control Service. Inspection on page 10‑56. required when the vehicle is
. . Rotate tires if necessary. See exposed to a corrosive
Engine coolant level check. See
Tire Rotation on page 10‑57. environment. Applying silicone
Engine Coolant on page 10‑17.
grease on weatherstrips with a
. Engine cooling system . Fluids visual leak check (or clean cloth makes them last
inspection. Visual inspection of every 12 months, whichever longer, seal better, and not stick
hoses, pipes, fittings, and occurs first). A leak in any or squeak.
clamps and replacement, system must be repaired and the
if needed. fluid level checked.

. Restraint system component At Each Fuel Stop Once a Year
check. See Safety System
Check on page 3‑23.
. Engine oil level check. See . See Starter Switch Check on
Engine Oil on page 10‑9. page 10‑26.
. Fuel system inspection for
damage or leaks.
. Engine coolant level check. See . See Automatic Transmission
Engine Coolant on page 10‑17. Shift Lock Control Function
. Exhaust system and nearby heat Check on page 10‑27.
shields inspection for loose or
. Windshield washer fluid level
check. See Washer Fluid on . See Ignition Transmission Lock
damaged components.
page 10‑22. Check on page 10‑28.
Additional Required Services . See Park Brake and P (Park)
Once a Month
Every 12 000 km/7,500 Miles Mechanism Check on
. Tire inflation check. See Tire page 10‑28.
. Rotate tires. Tires should be Pressure on page 10‑50.
rotated every 12 000 km/ . Accelerator pedal check for
. Tire wear inspection. See Tire damage, high effort, or binding.
7,500 mi. See Tire Rotation on Inspection on page 10‑56.
page 10‑57. Replace if needed.
. Sunroof track and seal . If the vehicle has a Tire Sealant
inspection, if equipped. See and Compressor Kit, check the
Sunroof on page 2‑17. sealant expiration date printed
on the instruction label of the kit.
See Tire Sealant and
Compressor Kit on page 10‑68.

. Underbody flushing service. Agency or the California Air First Engine Oil Change After
. Hood/Decklid/Liftgate/Liftglass Resources Board has Every 240 000 km/150,000 Miles
Support Gas Strut Service: determined that the failure to . Engine cooling system drain,
Visually inspect gas strut, perform this maintenance item flush, and refill (or every five
if equipped, for signs of wear, will not nullify the emission years, whichever occurs first).
cracks, or other damage. Check warranty or limit recall liability See Cooling System on
the hold open ability of the gas prior to the completion of the page 10‑16. An Emission
strut. Contact your dealer if vehicle's useful life. We, Control Service.
service is required. however, urge that all
recommended maintenance . Engine drive belts inspection for
First Engine Oil Change After services be performed at the fraying, excessive cracks,
Every 80 000 km/50,000 Miles indicated intervals and the or obvious damage (or every
. Engine air cleaner filter maintenance be recorded. 10 years, whichever occurs
replacement. first). Replace, if needed.
First Engine Oil Change After
. Evaporative control system Every 160 000 km/100,000 Miles
inspection. Check all fuel and . Spark plug replacement and
vapor lines and hoses for proper spark plug wires inspection. An
hook‐up, routing, and condition. Emission Control Service.
Check that the purge valve,
if the vehicle has one, works . 1.8L L4 engine only: Timing belt
properly. Replace as needed. An replacement.
Emission Control Service. The
U.S. Environmental Protection
Recommended Fluids, Lubricants, and Parts

Recommended Fluids and Lubricants
Usage Fluid/Lubricant
The engine requires engine oil approved to the dexos™ specification. Oils
meeting this specification can be identified with the dexos™ certification
Engine Oil mark. Look for and use only an engine oil that displays the dexos™
certification mark of the proper viscosity grade. See Engine Oil on
page 10‑9.
50/50 mixture of clean, drinkable water and use only DEX-COOL Coolant.
Engine Coolant
See Engine Coolant on page 10‑17.
DOT 3 Hydraulic Brake Fluid (GM Part No. 88862806, in
Hydraulic Brake System
Canada 88862807).
Windshield Washer Optikleen® Washer Solvent.
Automatic Transmission DEXRON®-VI Automatic Transmission Fluid.
Usage Fluid/Lubricant
DOT 3 Hydraulic Brake Fluid (GM Part No. 12377967, in
Hydraulic Clutch System
Canada 89021320).
Manual Transmission Castrol BOT 0402 Transmission Fluid (GM Part No. 9986259).
Multi-Purpose Lubricant, Superlube (GM Part No. 12346241, in
Key Lock Cylinders
Canada 10953474).
Hood Latch Assembly, Secondary
Lubriplate Lubricant Aerosol (GM Part No. 12346293, in Canada 992723)
Latch, Pivots, Spring Anchor, and
or lubricant meeting requirements of NLGI #2, Category LB or GC-LB.
Release Pawl
Multi-Purpose Lubricant, Superlube (GM Part No. 12346241, in
Hood, Door, and Folding Seat Hinges
Canada 10953474).
Weatherstrip Lubricant (GM Part No. 3634770, in Canada 10953518) or
Weatherstrip Conditioning
Dielectric Silicone Grease (GM Part No. 12345579, in Canada 992887).
Maintenance Replacement Parts

Replacement parts identified here by name, part number, or specification can be obtained from your dealer.
Part GM Part Number ACDelco Part Number
Engine Air Cleaner/Filter
1.4L L4 Engine 13272719 AC3144C
1.8L L4 Engine 13272720 AC3145C
Engine Oil Filter
1.4L L4 Engine 93185674 PF2257G
1.8L L4 Engine 93185674 PF2257G
Passenger Compartment Air Filter Element 13271191 CF176
Spark Plugs
1.4L L4 Engine 55576026 —
1.8L L4 Engine 55576026 —
Wiper Blades
Driver – 60.0 cm (23.6 in) 96910777 —
Passenger – 45.0 cm (17.7 in) 96910780 —
Maintenance Records
After the scheduled services are performed, record the date, odometer reading, who performed the service, and the
type of services performed in the boxes provided. Retain all maintenance receipts.
Maintenance Record
Odometer
Date Serviced By Services Performed
Reading
Maintenance Record (cont'd)

Odometer
Reading

Odometer
Reading

Odometer
Reading
Technical Data 12-1
Technical Data Vehicle Identification Engine Identification

The eighth character in the VIN is
Vehicle Identification the engine code. This code
Vehicle Identification Number (VIN) identifies the vehicle's engine,
Vehicle Identification specifications, and replacement
Number (VIN) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-1 parts. See “Engine Specifications”
Service Parts Identification under Capacities and Specifications
Label . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-1 on page 12‑2 for the vehicle's
engine code.
Vehicle Data
Capacities and
Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-2
Service Parts
Engine Drive Belt Routing . . . 12-4 Identification Label
This legal identifier is in the front
corner of the instrument panel, on This label, on the inside of the glove
the left side of the vehicle. It can be box, has the following information:
seen through the windshield from . Vehicle Identification
outside. The VIN also appears on Number (VIN).
the Vehicle Certification and Service
Parts labels and certificates of title
. Model designation.
and registration. . Paint information.
. Production options and special
equipment.
Do not remove this label from the
vehicle.
12-2 Technical Data
Vehicle Data
Capacities and Specifications
The following approximate capacities are given in English and metric conversions. Please refer to Recommended
Fluids and Lubricants on page 11‑6 for more information.
Capacities
Application
Metric English
For the air conditioning system refrigerant charge
Air Conditioning Refrigerant R134a amount, see the refrigerant label located under the
hood. See your dealer for more information.
Cooling System
1.4L L4 Engine 5.5 L 5.8 qt
1.8L L4 Engine 6.5 L 6.9 qt
Engine Oil with Filter
1.4L L4 Engine 4.0 L 4.25 qt
1.8L L4 Engine 4.5 L 4.76 qt
Fuel Tank
Fuel Economy Model with (MH8) Automatic Transmission 59.0 L 15.6 gal
Fuel Economy Model with (MF3) Manual Transmission 59.0 L 15.6 gal
Technical Data 12-3
Capacities
Application
Metric English
Except Fuel Economy Model 48.0 L 12.6 gal
Transmission Fluid
Automatic — 6 Speed 4.0 L 4.2 qt
Wheel Nut Torque 140 Y 100 lb ft
All capacities are approximate. When adding, be sure to fill to the approximate level, as recommended in this
manual.
Engine Specifications
Engine VIN Code Transmission Spark Plug Gap
Automatic
1.4L L4 Engine 9 0.70 mm (0.028 in)
Manual
Automatic
1.8L L4 Engine H 0.70 mm (0.028 in)
Manual
12-4 Technical Data
Engine Drive Belt Routing
1.8L L4 Engine (with Air 1.8L L4 Engine (without Air

Conditioning) Conditioning)
1.4L L4 Engine
Customer Information 13-1
Customer Reporting Safety Defects

Reporting Safety Defects to
Customer Information
Information the United States
Government . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-13 Customer Satisfaction
Reporting Safety Defects to Procedure
Customer Information the Canadian Your satisfaction and goodwill are
Customer Satisfaction Government . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-14 important to the dealer and to
Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-1 Reporting Safety Defects to Chevrolet. Normally, any concerns
Customer Assistance General Motors . . . . . . . . . . . 13-14
with the sales transaction or the
Offices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-3 Vehicle Data Recording and operation of the vehicle will be
Customer Assistance for Text resolved by the dealer's sales or
Telephone (TTY) Users . . . . . 13-4
Privacy
Vehicle Data Recording and service departments. Sometimes,
Online Owner Center . . . . . . . . 13-4 however, despite the best intentions
GM Mobility Reimbursement Privacy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-14
Event Data Recorders . . . . . . 13-15 of all concerned, misunderstandings
Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-5 can occur. If your concern has not
Roadside Assistance OnStar® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-16
Navigation System . . . . . . . . . 13-16 been resolved to your satisfaction,
Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-6 the following steps should be taken:
Scheduling Service Radio Frequency
Appointments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-8 Identification (RFID) . . . . . . . 13-16 STEP ONE: Discuss your concern
Courtesy Transportation Radio Frequency with a member of dealership
Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-8 Statement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-16 management. Normally, concerns
Collision Damage Repair . . . 13-10 can be quickly resolved at that level.
Service Publications If the matter has already been
Ordering Information . . . . . . 13-12 reviewed with the sales, service,
or parts manager, contact the owner
of the dealership or the general
manager.
13-2 Customer Information
STEP TWO: If after contacting a When contacting Chevrolet, 40 days. If you do not agree with the
member of dealership management, remember that your concern will decision given in your case, you
it appears your concern cannot be likely be resolved at a dealer's may reject it and proceed with any
resolved by the dealership without facility. That is why we suggest other venue for relief available
further help, in the U.S., call the following Step One first. to you.
Chevrolet Customer Assistance STEP THREE — U.S. Owners: You may contact the BBB Auto Line
Center at 1-800-222-1020. In Both General Motors and the dealer Program using the toll-free
Canada, call General Motors of are committed to making sure you telephone number or write them at
Canada Customer Communication are completely satisfied with the the following address:
Centre at 1-800-263-3777 (English), new vehicle. However, if you
or 1-800-263-7854 (French). BBB Auto Line Program
continue to remain unsatisfied after Council of Better Business
We encourage you to call the following the procedure outlined in Bureaus, Inc.
toll-free number in order to give your Steps One and Two, you can file 4200 Wilson Boulevard
inquiry prompt attention. Have the with the Better Business Bureau Suite 800
following information available to (BBB) Auto Line® Program to Arlington, VA 22203-1838
give the Customer Assistance enforce your rights.
representative: Telephone: 1-800-955-5100
The BBB Auto Line Program is an www.dr.bbb.org/goauto
. Vehicle Identification Number out of court program administered
(VIN). This is available from the by the Council of Better Business This program is available in all
vehicle registration or title, or the Bureaus to settle automotive 50 states and the District of
plate at the top left of the disputes regarding vehicle repairs or Columbia. Eligibility is limited by
instrument panel and visible the interpretation of the New Vehicle vehicle age, mileage, and other
through the windshield. Limited Warranty. Although you may factors. General Motors reserves
be required to resort to this informal the right to change eligibility
. Dealership name and location. limitations and/or discontinue its
dispute resolution program prior to
. Vehicle delivery date and filing a court action, use of the participation in this program.
present mileage. program is free of charge and your
case will generally be heard within
STEP THREE — Canadian For further information concerning Customer Assistance

Owners: In the event that you do eligibility in the Canadian Motor
not feel your concerns have been Vehicle Arbitration Plan (CAMVAP),
Offices
addressed after following the call toll-free 1-800-207-0685, or call Chevrolet encourages customers to
procedure outlined in Steps One the General Motors Customer call the toll-free number for
and Two, General Motors of Canada Communication Centre, assistance. However, if a customer
Limited wants you to be aware of its 1-800-263-3777 (English), wishes to write or e-mail Chevrolet,
participation in a no-charge 1-800-263-7854 (French), the letter should be addressed to:
Mediation/Arbitration Program. or write to:
General Motors of Canada Limited United States
The Mediation/Arbitration Program
has committed to binding arbitration c/o Customer Communication Chevrolet Motor Division
of owner disputes involving Centre Chevrolet Customer Assistance
factory-related vehicle service General Motors of Canada Limited Center
claims. The program provides for Mail Code: CA1-163-005 P.O. Box 33170
the review of the facts involved by 1908 Colonel Sam Drive Detroit, MI 48232-5170
an impartial third party arbiter, and Oshawa, Ontario L1H 8P7 www.Chevrolet.com
may include an informal hearing
before the arbiter. The program is The inquiry should be accompanied 1-800-222-1020
designed so that the entire dispute by the Vehicle Identification 1-800-833-2438 (For Text
settlement process, from the time Number (VIN). Telephone Devices (TTYs))
you file your complaint to the final Roadside Assistance:
decision, should be completed in 1-800-243-8872
about 70 days. We believe our From Puerto Rico:
impartial program offers advantages 1-800-496-9992 (English)
over courts in most jurisdictions 1-800-496-9993 (Spanish)
because it is informal, quick, and
free of charge. From U.S. Virgin Islands:
1-800-496-9994
Canada Mexico, Central America, and Online Owner Center

General Motors of Canada Limited Caribbean Islands/Countries
(Except Puerto Rico and U.S. Chevrolet Owner Center (U.S.)
Customer Communication Centre,
Mail Code: CA1-163-005 Virgin Islands) www.chevyownercenter.com
1908 Colonel Sam Drive General Motors de Mexico, S. de Information and services
Oshawa, Ontario L1H 8P7 R.L. de C.V. customized for your specific
www.gm.ca Customer Assistance Center vehicle — all in one convenient
Av. Ejercito Nacional #843 place.
1-800-263-3777 (English)
1-800-263-7854 (French) Col. Granada . Digital owner manual, warranty
1-800-263-3830 (For Text C.P. 11520, Mexico, D.F. information, and more.
Telephone devices (TTYs)) 01-800-466-0800 . Store online service and
Roadside Assistance: Long Distance: 011-52-53 29 0800 maintenance records.
1-800-268-6800
. Chevrolet dealer locator for
Overseas Customer Assistance for service nationwide.
Please contact the local General Text Telephone (TTY) . Exclusive privileges and offers.
Motors Business Unit. Users . Recall notices for your specific
To assist customers who are deaf, vehicle.
hard of hearing, or speech-impaired . OnStar and GM Cardmember
and who use Text Telephones
Services Earnings summaries.
(TTYs), Chevrolet has TTY
equipment available at its Customer
Assistance Center. Any TTY user in
the U.S. can communicate with
Chevrolet by dialing:
1-800-833-2438. TTY users in
Canada can dial 1-800-263-3830.
Other Helpful Links Here are a few of the valuable tools GM Mobility
and services you will have
Chevrolet — www.chevrolet.com
access to:
Reimbursement Program
Chevrolet Merchandise —
www.chevymall.com
. My Showroom: Find and save
information on vehicles and
Help Center — www.chevrolet.com/ current offers in your area.
pages/mds/helpcenter/faq.do . My Dealers: Save details such
. FAQ as address and phone number
. Contact Us for each of your preferred GM
dealers. This program is available to
My GM Canada — www.gm.ca qualified applicants for cost
. My Driveway: Access quick links
My GM Canada is a to parts and service estimates, reimbursement of eligible
password-protected section of check trade-in values, aftermarket adaptive equipment
www.gm.ca where you can save or schedule a service required for the vehicle, such as
information on GM vehicles, get appointment by adding the hand controls or a wheelchair/
personalized offers, and use handy vehicles you own to your scooter lift for the vehicle.
tools and forms with greater ease. driveway profile. For more information on the limited
. My Preferences: Manage your offer, visit www.gmmobility.com or
profile and use tools and forms call the GM Mobility Assistance
with greater ease. Center at 1-800-323-9935. Text
To sign up, visit the My GM.ca Telephone (TTY) users, call
section within www.gm.ca. 1-800-833-9935.
General Motors of Canada also

. Location of the vehicle Chevrolet and General Motors of
has a Mobility Program. Call . Model, year, color, and license Canada Limited reserve the right to
1-800-GM-DRIVE (463-7483) for plate number of the vehicle limit services or payment to an
details. TTY users call owner or driver if they decide the
1-800-263-3830.
. Odometer reading, Vehicle claims are made too often, or the
Identification Number (VIN), and same type of claim is made many
delivery date of the vehicle
Roadside Assistance times.
Program
. Description of the problem
Services Provided
For U.S.‐purchased vehicles, call Coverage . Emergency Fuel Delivery:
1‐800‐243‐8872; (Text Telephone Services are provided up to 5 years/ Delivery of enough fuel for the
(TTY): 1‐888‐889‐2438). 160 000 km (100,000 miles), vehicle to get to the nearest
For Canadian‐purchased vehicles, whichever comes first. service station.
call 1-800-268-6800. In the U.S., anyone driving the . Lock‐Out Service: Service to
Service is available 24 hours a day, vehicle is covered. In Canada, a unlock the vehicle if you are
365 days a year. person driving the vehicle without locked out. A remote unlock may
permission from the owner is not be available if you have OnStar.
Calling for Assistance covered. For security reasons, the driver
When calling Roadside Assistance, must present identification
Roadside Assistance is not a part of
have the following information before this service is given.
the New Vehicle Limited Warranty.
ready: Chevrolet and General Motors of
. Your name, home address, and Canada Limited reserve the right to
home telephone number make any changes or discontinue
the Roadside Assistance program at
. Telephone number of your any time without notification.
location

. Emergency Tow From a Public . Mounting, dismounting, . Trip Interruption Benefits and
Road or Highway: Tow to the or changing of snow tires, Assistance: Must be over
nearest Chevrolet dealer for chains, or other traction devices. 250 kilometers from where your
warranty service, or if the vehicle . Towing or services for vehicles trip was started to qualify.
was in a crash and cannot be driven on a non-public road or General Motors of Canada
driven. Assistance is also given highway. Limited requires
when the vehicle is stuck in the pre-authorization, original
sand, mud, or snow. Services Specific to detailed receipts, and a copy of
. Flat Tire Change: Service to Canadian-Purchased Vehicles the repair orders. Once
change a flat tire with the spare authorization has been received,
. Fuel Delivery: Reimbursement the Roadside Assistance advisor
tire. The spare tire, if equipped, is approximately $5 Canadian.
must be in good condition and will help to make arrangements
Diesel fuel delivery may be and explain how to receive
properly inflated. It is the owner's restricted. Propane and other
responsibility for the repair or payment.
fuels are not provided through
replacement of the tire if it is not this service. . Alternative Service: If
covered by the warranty. assistance cannot be provided
. Lock-Out Service: Vehicle right away, the Roadside
. Battery Jump Start: Service to registration is required.
jump start a dead battery. Assistance advisor may give
. Trip Routing Service: Detailed permission to get local
Services Not Included in maps of North America are emergency road service. You will
Roadside Assistance provided when requested either receive payment, up to $100,
with the most direct route or the after sending the original receipt
. Impound towing caused by most scenic route. There is a to Roadside Assistance.
violation of any laws. limit of six requests per year. Mechanical failures may be
. Legal fines. Additional travel information is covered, however any cost for
also available. Allow three parts and labor for repairs not
weeks for delivery. covered by the warranty are the
owner responsibility.
Scheduling Service Courtesy Transportation Transportation Options

Appointments Program Warranty service can generally be
completed while you wait. However,
When the vehicle requires warranty To enhance your ownership
if you are unable to wait, GM helps
service, contact the dealer and experience, we and our participating
to minimize your inconvenience by
request an appointment. By dealers are proud to offer Courtesy
providing several transportation
scheduling a service appointment Transportation, a customer support
options. Depending on the
and advising the service consultant program for vehicles with the
circumstances, the dealer can offer
of your transportation needs, the Bumper to Bumper (Base Warranty
you one of the following:
dealer can help minimize your Coverage period in Canada),
inconvenience. extended powertrain, and/or hybrid‐ Shuttle Service
If the vehicle cannot be scheduled specific warranties in both the U.S.
Shuttle service is the preferred
into the service department and Canada.
means of offering Courtesy
immediately, keep driving it until it Several Courtesy Transportation Transportation. Dealers may provide
can be scheduled for service, options are available to assist in shuttle service to get you to your
unless, of course, the problem is reducing your inconvenience when destination with minimal interruption
safety related. If it is, please call the warranty repairs are required. of your daily schedule. This includes
dealership, let them know this, and Courtesy Transportation is not a one‐way or round‐trip shuttle service
ask for instructions. part of the New Vehicle Limited within reasonable time and distance
If the dealer requests you to bring Warranty. A separate booklet parameters of the dealer's area.
the vehicle for service, you are entitled “Warranty and Owner
urged to do so as early in the work Assistance Information” furnished
day as possible to allow for the with each new vehicle provides
same day repair. detailed warranty coverage
information.
Public Transportation or Fuel Courtesy Rental Vehicle Additional Program

Reimbursement The dealer may arrange to provide Information
If the vehicle requires overnight you with a courtesy rental vehicle or All program options, such as shuttle
warranty repairs, and public reimburse you for a rental vehicle service, may not be available at
transportation is used instead of the that you obtain if the vehicle is kept every dealer. Please contact the
dealer's shuttle service, the expense for an overnight warranty repair. dealer for specific information
must be supported by original Rental reimbursement will be limited about availability. All Courtesy
receipts and can only be up to the and must be supported by original Transportation arrangements will be
maximum amount allowed by GM receipts. This requires that you sign administered by appropriate dealer
for shuttle service. In addition, for and complete a rental agreement personnel.
U.S. customers, should you arrange and meet state/provincial, local, and
transportation through a friend or rental vehicle provider requirements. General Motors reserves the
relative, limited reimbursement for Requirements vary and may include right to unilaterally modify, change,
reasonable fuel expenses may be minimum age requirements, or discontinue Courtesy
available. Claim amounts should insurance coverage, credit card, etc. Transportation at any time and to
reflect actual costs and be You are responsible for fuel usage resolve all questions of claim
supported by original receipts. See charges and may also be eligibility pursuant to the terms and
the dealer for information regarding responsible for taxes, levies, usage conditions described herein at its
the allowance amounts for fees, excessive mileage, or rental sole discretion.
reimbursement of fuel or other usage beyond the completion of the
transportation costs. repair.
It may not be possible to provide a
like vehicle as a courtesy rental.
Collision Damage Repair vehicles that were total losses in Repair Facility
prior crashes. In most cases, the
If the vehicle is involved in a GM also recommends that you
parts being recycled are from
collision and it is damaged, have the choose a collision repair facility that
undamaged sections of the vehicle.
damage repaired by a qualified meets your needs before you ever
A recycled original equipment GM
technician using the proper need collision repairs. The dealer
part may be an acceptable choice to
equipment and quality replacement may have a collision repair center
maintain the vehicle's originally
parts. Poorly performed collision with GM-trained technicians and
designed appearance and safety
repairs diminish the vehicle resale state‐of‐the‐art equipment, or be
performance; however, the history of
value, and safety performance can able to recommend a collision repair
these parts is not known. Such parts
be compromised in subsequent center that has GM-trained
are not covered by the GM New
collisions. technicians and comparable
Vehicle Limited Warranty, and any
equipment.
Collision Parts related failures are not covered by
that warranty. Insuring The Vehicle
Genuine GM Collision parts are new
parts made with the same materials Aftermarket collision parts are also Protect your investment in the GM
and construction methods as the available. These are made by vehicle with comprehensive and
parts with which the vehicle was companies other than GM and may collision insurance coverage. There
originally built. Genuine GM not have been tested for the vehicle. are significant differences in the
Collision parts are the best choice to As a result, these parts may fit quality of coverage afforded by
ensure that the vehicle's designed poorly, exhibit premature durability/ various insurance policy terms.
appearance, durability, and safety corrosion problems, and may not Many insurance policies provide
are preserved. The use of Genuine perform properly in subsequent reduced protection to the GM
GM parts can help maintain the GM collisions. Aftermarket parts are not vehicle by limiting compensation for
New Vehicle Limited Warranty. covered by the GM New Vehicle damage repairs by using
Limited Warranty, and any vehicle aftermarket collision parts. Some
Recycled original equipment parts failure related to such parts is not insurance companies will not
may also be used for repair. These covered by that warranty. specify aftermarket collision parts.
parts are typically removed from When purchasing insurance, we
recommend that you ensure that the Give only the necessary information Choose a reputable repair facility
vehicle will be repaired with GM to police and other parties involved that uses quality replacement parts.
original equipment collision parts. in the crash. See “Collision Parts” earlier in this
If such insurance coverage is not For emergency towing see section.
available from your current Roadside Assistance Program on If the airbag has inflated, see What
insurance carrier, consider switching page 13‑6. Will You See After an Airbag
to another insurance carrier. Inflates? on page 3‑31 What Will
Gather the following information:
If the vehicle is leased, the leasing You See After an Airbag Inflates? .
company may require you to have . Driver name, address, and
insurance that ensures repairs with telephone number. Managing the Vehicle Damage
Genuine GM Original Equipment Repair Process
. Driver license number.
Manufacturer (OEM) parts or In the event that the vehicle requires
Genuine Manufacturer replacement
. Owner name, address, and
damage repairs, GM recommends
parts. Read the lease carefully, as telephone number.
that you take an active role in its
you may be charged at the end of . Vehicle license plate number. repair. If you have a pre-determined
the lease for poor quality repairs. repair facility of choice, take the
. Vehicle make, model, and
If a Crash Occurs model year. vehicle there, or have it towed there.
Specify to the facility that any
. Vehicle Identification
If there has been an injury, call required replacement collision parts
emergency services for help. Do not Number (VIN). be original equipment parts, either
leave the scene of a crash until all . Insurance company and policy new Genuine GM parts or recycled
matters have been taken care of. number. original GM parts. Remember,
Move the vehicle only if its position recycled parts will not be covered by
puts you in danger, or you are
. General description of the the GM vehicle warranty.
instructed to move it by a police damage to the other vehicle.
officer.
Insurance pays the bill for the repair, Service Publications Owner Information
but you must live with the repair.
Depending on your policy limits,
Ordering Information Owner publications are written
specifically for owners and intended
your insurance company may Service Manuals to provide basic operational
initially value the repair using
Service Manuals have the diagnosis information about the vehicle. The
aftermarket parts. Discuss this with
and repair information on the Owner Manual includes the
the repair professional, and insist on
engines, transmission, axle, Maintenance Schedule for all
Genuine GM parts. Remember,
suspension, brakes, electrical, models.
if the vehicle is leased, you may be
obligated to have the vehicle steering, body, etc. In-Portfolio: Includes a Portfolio,
repaired with Genuine GM parts, Service Bulletins Owner Manual, and Warranty
even if your insurance coverage Booklet.
does not pay the full cost. Service Bulletins give additional
technical service information RETAIL SELL PRICE:
If another party's insurance needed to knowledgeably service $35.00 (U.S.) plus handling and
company is paying for the repairs, General Motors cars and trucks. shipping fees.
you are not obligated to accept a Each bulletin contains instructions Without Portfolio: Owner
repair valuation based on that to assist in the diagnosis and Manual only.
insurance company's collision policy service of the vehicle.
repair limits, as you have no RETAIL SELL PRICE:
contractual limits with that company. $25.00 (U.S.) plus handling and
In such cases, you can have control shipping fees.
of the repair and parts choices as
long as the cost stays within
reasonable limits.
Current and Past Models Reporting Safety To contact NHTSA, you may call
Technical Service Bulletins and the Vehicle Safety Hotline
Manuals are available for current
Defects toll-free at 1-888-327-4236
and past model GM vehicles. (TTY: 1-800-424-9153); go to
Reporting Safety Defects http://www.safercar.gov; or
ORDER TOLL FREE: to the United States write to:
1-800-551-4123 Monday - Friday
8:00 AM - 6:00 PM Eastern Time Government Administrator, NHTSA
For Credit Card Orders Only If you believe that your vehicle 1200 New Jersey Avenue, S.E.
(VISA-MasterCard-Discover), visit has a defect which could cause Washington, D.C. 20590
Helm, Inc. at: www.helminc.com. a crash or could cause injury or You can also obtain other
Or you can write to: death, you should immediately information about motor
inform the National Highway vehicle safety from
Helm, Incorporated
P.O. Box 07130 Traffic Safety Administration http://www.safercar.gov.
Detroit, MI 48207 (NHTSA) in addition to notifying
General Motors.
Prices are subject to change without
notice and without incurring If NHTSA receives similar
obligation. Allow ample time for complaints, it may open an
delivery. investigation, and if it finds that
All listed prices are quoted in U.S. a safety defect exists in a group
funds. Make checks payable in U.S. of vehicles, it may order a recall
funds. and remedy campaign.
However, NHTSA cannot
become involved in individual
problems between you, your
dealer, or General Motors.
Reporting Safety Defects Reporting Safety Defects Vehicle Data

to the Canadian to General Motors Recording and
Government In addition to notifying NHTSA Privacy
If you live in Canada, and you (or Transport Canada) in a situation
believe that the vehicle has a safety like this, notify General Motors. This GM vehicle has a number of
defect, notify Transport Canada sophisticated computers that record
Call 1-800-222-1020, or write:
immediately, and notify General information about the vehicle’s
Chevrolet Motor Division performance and how it is driven.
Motors of Canada Limited. Call
Chevrolet Customer Assistance For example, the vehicle uses
them at 1-800-333-0510 or write to:
Center computer modules to monitor and
Transport Canada P.O. Box 33170 control engine and transmission
Road Safety Branch Detroit, MI 48232-5170 performance, to monitor the
2780 Sheffield Road conditions for airbag deployment
In Canada, call 1-800-263-3777
Ottawa, Ontario K1B 3V9 and deploy airbags in a crash, and,
(English) or 1-800-263-7854
(French), or write: if so equipped, to provide antilock
braking to help the driver control the
General Motors of Canada Limited vehicle. These modules may store
Customer Communication Centre, data to help the dealer technician
Mail Code: CA1-163-005 service the vehicle. Some modules
1908 Colonel Sam Drive may also store data about how you
Oshawa, Ontario L1H 8P7 operate the vehicle, such as rate of
fuel consumption or average speed.
These modules may also retain the
owner’s personal preferences, such
as radio pre-sets, seat positions,
and temperature settings.
Event Data Recorders This data can help provide a better GM will not access this data or
understanding of the circumstances share it with others except: with the
This vehicle has an Event Data in which crashes and injuries occur. consent of the vehicle owner or,
Recorder (EDR). The main purpose if the vehicle is leased, with the
of an EDR is to record, in certain Important: EDR data is recorded
by the vehicle only if a non-trivial consent of the lessee; in response
crash or near crash-like situations, to an official request by police or
such as an airbag deployment or crash situation occurs; no data is
recorded by the EDR under normal similar government office; as part of
hitting a road obstacle, data that will GM's defense of litigation through
assist in understanding how a driving conditions and no personal
data (e.g., name, gender, age, and the discovery process; or, as
vehicle's systems performed. The required by law. Data that GM
EDR is designed to record data crash location) is recorded.
However, other parties, such as law collects or receives may also be
related to vehicle dynamics and used for GM research needs or may
safety systems for a short period of enforcement, could combine the
EDR data with the type of be made available to others for
time, typically 30 seconds or less. research purposes, where a need is
The EDR in this vehicle is designed personally identifying data routinely
acquired during a crash shown and the data is not tied to a
to record such data as: specific vehicle or vehicle owner.
investigation.
. How various systems in the
vehicle were operating. To read data recorded by an EDR,
special equipment is required, and
. Whether or not the driver and access to the vehicle or the EDR is
passenger safety belts were needed. In addition to the vehicle
buckled/fastened. manufacturer, other parties, such as
. How far, if at all, the driver was law enforcement, that have the
pressing the accelerator and/or special equipment, can read the
brake pedal. information if they have access to
the vehicle or the EDR.
. How fast the vehicle was
traveling.
OnStar® Radio Frequency Radio Frequency

If the vehicle is equipped with an Identification (RFID) Statement
active OnStar system, that system RFID technology is used in some This vehicle has systems that
may also record data in crash or vehicles for functions such as tire operate on a radio frequency that
near crash‐like situations. The pressure monitoring and ignition comply with Part 15 of the Federal
OnStar Terms and Conditions system security, as well as in Communications Commission (FCC)
provides information on data connection with conveniences such rules and with Industry Canada
collection and use and is available as key fobs for remote door locking/ Standards RSS‐210/220/310.
in the OnStar glove box kit, at unlocking and starting, and
www.onstar.com (U.S.) or Operation is subject to the following
in-vehicle transmitters for garage two conditions:
www.onstar.ca (Canada), or by door openers. RFID technology in
pressing the Q button and GM vehicles does not use or record 1. The device may not cause
speaking to an advisor. personal information or link with any interference.
other GM system containing 2. The device must accept any
Navigation System personal information. interference received, including
If the vehicle has a navigation interference that may cause
system, use of the system may undesired operation of the
result in the storage of destinations, device.
addresses, telephone numbers, and Changes or modifications to any of
other trip information. Refer to the these systems by other than an
navigation system operating manual authorized service facility could void
for information on stored data and authorization to use this equipment.
for deletion instructions.
INDEX i-1
A Airbags Audio System

Adding Equipment to the Radio Reception . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-16
Accessories and
Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-38 Theft-Deterrent Feature . . . . . . . . 7-2
Modifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-3
Passenger Status Indicator . . .5-12 Automatic
Accessory Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-22
Readiness Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-11 Climate Control System . . . . . . . . 8-3
Add-On Electrical
Servicing Airbag-Equipped Door Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7
Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-52
Vehicles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-38 Headlamp System . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-3
Air Cleaner/Filter, Engine . . . . . 10-15
System Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-25 Automatic Transmission . . . . . . . 9-26
Air Conditioning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-3
Alarm Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-13
Air Vents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-6
Vehicle Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-9 Manual Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-28
Airbag System
AM-FM Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-11 Automatic Transmission
Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-39
Antenna Shift Lock Control
How Does an Airbag
Multi-Band . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-17 Function Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-27
Restrain? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-31
Satellite Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-17 Auxiliary Devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-20
Passenger Sensing
Antilock Brake
System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-33
What Makes an Airbag
System (ABS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-31 B
Warning Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-17 Battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-26
Inflate? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-30
Appearance Care Jump Starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-84
What Will You See After
Exterior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-90 Power Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-6
an Airbag Inflates? . . . . . . . . . .3-31
Interior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-94 Voltage and Charging
When Should an Airbag
Ashtrays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-6 Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-28
Inflate? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-29
Assistance Program, Blade Replacement, Wiper . . . 10-29
Where Are the Airbags? . . . . . .3-27
Roadside . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-6
Audio Players . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-18
CD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-18
i-2 INDEX
Bluetooth . . . . . . . . . . 7-23, 7-24, 7-28 C Check

Brake System Warning Light . . . 5-16 Engine Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-13
Calibration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-4
Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-23 Ignition
California
Antilock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-31 Transmission Lock . . . . . . . . 10-28
Fuel Requirements . . . . . . . . . . .9-41
Assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-33 Child Restraints
Perchlorate Materials
Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-24 Infants and Young
Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-3
Parking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-32 Children . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-43
Warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-3
System Messages . . . . . . . . . . . .5-29 Lower Anchors and
Canadian Vehicle Owners . . . . . . . . iii
Braking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-3 Tethers for Children . . . . . . . . .3-49
Capacities and
Break-In, New Vehicle . . . . . . . . . 9-17 Older Children . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-40
Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-2
Bulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-36 Securing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-56, 3-58
Carbon Monoxide
Headlamp Aiming . . . . . . . . . . . 10-30 Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-45
Engine Exhaust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-24
Headlamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-30 Cigarette Lighter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-6
Trunk . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8
Headlamps, Front Turn Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-37
Winter Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-9
Signal, Sidemarker, and Cleaning
Cargo
Parking Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-30 Exterior Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-90
Tie Downs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2
License Plate Lamps . . . . . . . 10-35 Interior Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-94
Cautions, Danger, and
Taillamps, Turn Signal, Climate Control Systems . . . . . . . 8-1
Warnings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . iv
Sidemarker, Stoplamps, Air Conditioning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-1
CD Player . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-18
and Backup Lamps . . . . . . . . 10-32 Automatic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-3
Center Console Storage . . . . . . . . 4-2
Buying New Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-59 Heating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-1
Chains, Tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-65
Clock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-5
Charging
Cluster, Instrument . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-8
System Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-13
INDEX i-3
Clutch, Hydraulic . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-14 Customer Assistance . . . . . . . . . . 13-4 Door

Collision Damage Repair . . . . . 13-10 Offices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13-3 Ajar Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-24
Compact Spare Tire . . . . . . . . . . 10-83 Text Telephone (TTY) Ajar Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-29
Compass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-4 Users . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13-4 Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-6
Compass Messages . . . . . . . . . . . 5-29 Customer Information Power Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7
Compressor Kit, Tire Service Publications Driver Information
Sealant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-68 Ordering Information . . . . . . 13-12 Center (DIC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-24
Control of a Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-3 Customer Satisfaction Driving
Convex Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-11 Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-1 Characteristics and
Coolant Towing Tips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-46
Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-17 D Defensive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-2
Engine Temperature Damage Repair, Collision . . . . . 13-10 Drunk . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-2
Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-10 Danger, Warnings, and Highway Hypnosis . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-8
Cooling System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-16 Cautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . iv Hill and Mountain Roads . . . . . . . 9-8
Engine Messages . . . . . . . . . . . .5-30 Data Recorders, Event . . . . . . . 13-15 If the Vehicle is Stuck . . . . . . . . . 9-11
Courtesy Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-5 Daytime Running Loss of Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-6
Courtesy Transportation Lamps (DRL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2 Off-Road Recovery . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-5
Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-8 Daytime Running Lamps Vehicle Load Limits . . . . . . . . . . .9-12
Cruise Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-36 (DRL) Indicator Light . . . . . . . . . 5-23 Winter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-9
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-23 Defensive Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-2 Driving for Better Fuel
Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-29 Devices, Auxiliary . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-20 Economy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-22
Cupholders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1 Dome Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-5 Driving on Wet Roads . . . . . . . . . . 9-7
i-4 INDEX
E Engine (cont.) Fluid

Power Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-31 Automatic Transmission . . . . 10-13
Electrical Equipment,
Pressure Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-21 Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-24
Add-On . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-52
Reduced Power Light . . . . . . . . .5-22 Power Steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-22
Electrical System
Running While Parked . . . . . . . .9-25 Washer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-22
Engine Compartment
Starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-19 Fog Lamps
Fuse Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-37
Engine Heater . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-21 Front . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-4
Fuses and Circuit
Engine Oil Folding Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-12
Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-37
Life System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-12 Front Fog Lamps
Instrument Panel Fuse
Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-30 Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-23
Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-41
Entry Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-6 Front Seats
Overload . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-36
Equipment, Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-51 Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3
Engine
Event Data Recorders . . . . . . . . 13-15 Heated . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-7
Air Cleaner/Filter . . . . . . . . . . . 10-15
Exit Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-6 Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-40
Check and Service Engine
Extender, Safety Belt . . . . . . . . . . 3-23 Additives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-42
Soon Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-13
Exterior Lamp Controls . . . . . . . . . 6-1 Filling a Portable Fuel
Compartment Overview . . . . . . .10-6
Container . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-44
Coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-17
Coolant Temperature F Filling the Tank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-43
Filter Fuels in Foreign Countries . . . .9-41
Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-10
Engine Air Cleaner . . . . . . . . . 10-15 Gasoline Specifications . . . . . . .9-41
Cooling System . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-16
Flash-to-Pass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2 Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-9
Cooling System Messages . . .5-30
Flashers, Hazard Warning . . . . . . 6-3 Low Fuel Warning Light . . . . . . .5-21
Drive Belt Routing . . . . . . . . . . . .12-4
Flat Tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-65 Recommended . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-40
Exhaust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-24
Flat Tire, Changing . . . . . . . . . . . 10-75 Requirements, California . . . . .9-41
Overheated Protection
Floor Mats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-97 System Messages . . . . . . . . . . . .5-31
Operating Mode . . . . . . . . . . . 10-22
Overheating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-20
INDEX i-5
Fuel Economy General Information Headlamps (cont.)

Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-22 Service and Maintenance . . . . . 11-1 High-Beam On Light . . . . . . . . . .5-22
Fuses Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-45 High/Low Beam Changer . . . . . . 6-2
Engine Compartment Vehicle Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-2 Lamps On Reminder . . . . . . . . .5-23
Fuse Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-37 Glove Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1 Heated Front Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-7
Fuses and Circuit GM Mobility Reimbursement Heated Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-12
Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-37 Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-5 Heater
Instrument Panel Fuse Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-21
Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-41 H Heating and Air
Hazard Warning Flashers . . . . . . . 6-3 Conditioning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-1, 8-3
G Head Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2 High-Beam On Light . . . . . . . . . . . 5-22
Gasoline Headlamps Highway Hypnosis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-8
Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-41 Aiming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-30 Hill and Mountain Roads . . . . . . . . 9-8
Gauges Automatic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-3 Hood . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-4
Engine Coolant Bulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . 10-30 Horn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-3
Temperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-10 Daytime Running How to Wear Safety Belts
Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-9 Lamps (DRL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2 Properly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-13
Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-9 Daytime Running Lamps Hydraulic Clutch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-14
Speedometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-9 (DRL) Indicator Light . . . . . . . .5-23
Tachometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-9 Flash-to-Pass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2 I
Trip Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-9 Headlamps, Front Turn Ignition Positions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-18
Warning Lights and Signal, Sidemarker, and Ignition Transmission Lock
Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-7 Parking Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-30 Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-28
Immobilizer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-10
Infants and Young Children,
Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-43
i-6 INDEX
Instrument Cluster . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-8 Lamps (cont.) Lights (cont.)

Instrument Panel Front Fog . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-4 Charging System . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-13
Storage Area . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1 License Plate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-35 Cruise Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-23
Instrument Panel Overview . . . . . 1-2 Malfunction Indicator . . . . . . . . .5-13 Daytime Running
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . iii On Reminder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-23 Lamps (DRL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-23
Reading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-6 Door Ajar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-24
J Lap-Shoulder Belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-18 Engine Oil Pressure . . . . . . . . . .5-21
Jump Starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-84 LATCH System Flash-to-Pass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2
Replacing Parts After a Front Fog Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-23
Crash . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-56 High-Beam On . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-22
K Latch, Lower Anchors and High/Low Beam Changer . . . . . . 6-2
Key and Lock Messages . . . . . . . 5-31 Tethers for Children . . . . . . . . . . 3-49 Low Fuel Warning . . . . . . . . . . . .5-21
Keyless Entry Light Reduced Engine Power . . . . . .5-22
Remote (RKE) System . . . . . . . . 2-3 StabiliTrak® OFF . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-19 Safety Belt Reminders . . . . . . . .5-10
Keys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2 Lighter, Cigarette . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-6 Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-22
Lighting Service Vehicle Soon . . . . . . . . .5-16
L Entry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-6 Tire Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-20
Labeling, Tire Sidewall . . . . . . . . 10-44 Exit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-6 Traction Control System
Lamp Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-31 Illumination Control . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-5 (TCS)/StabiliTrak® . . . . . . . . . .5-19
Lamps Lights Traction Off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-19
Courtesy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-5 Airbag Readiness . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-11 Ultrasonic Parking Sensor . . . .5-18
Daytime Running (DRL) . . . . . . . 6-2 Antilock Brake System Up-Shift . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-18
Dome . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-5 (ABS) Warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-17 Warning, Power Steering . . . . .5-18
Exterior Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-1 Brake System Warning . . . . . . .5-16
INDEX i-7
Locks Messages Mirrors

Automatic Door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7 Airbag System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-32 Automatic Dimming
Door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-6 Battery Voltage and Rearview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-13
Power Door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7 Charging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-28 Convex . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-11
Safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7 Brake System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-29 Folding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-12
Loss of Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-6 Compass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-29 Heated . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-12
Low Fuel Warning Light . . . . . . . . 5-21 Door Ajar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-29 Manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-11
Low-Profile Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-44 Engine Cooling System . . . . . . .5-30 Manual Rearview . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-12
Lower Anchors and Tethers Engine Oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-30 Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-12
for Children (LATCH Engine Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-31 Monitor System, Tire
SYSTEM) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-49 Fuel System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-31 Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-52
Key and Lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-31 Multi-Band Antenna . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-17
M Lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-31
Maintenance Object Detection System . . . . .5-32 N
Records . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-9 Ride Control System . . . . . . . . . .5-32 Navigation
Maintenance Schedule Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-32 Vehicle Data Recording
Recommended Fluids and Service Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-32 and Privacy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-16
Lubricants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-6 Starting the Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . .5-33 New Vehicle Break-In . . . . . . . . . . 9-17
Scheduled Maintenance . . . . . . 11-2 Tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-33
Malfunction Indicator Lamp . . . . 5-13 Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-34
Manual Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-11 Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-27, 5-28
Manual Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-28 Vehicle Reminder . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-34
Manual Transmission . . . . . . . . . . 9-29
Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-14
i-8 INDEX
O P Power
Door Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7
Object Detection System Park
Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-12
Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-32 Shifting Into . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-22
Outlets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-5
Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-9 Shifting Out of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-23
Protection, Battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-6
Trip . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-9 Parking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-24
Reduced Engine Light . . . . . . . .5-22
Off-Road Assist, Ultrasonic . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-38
Retained Accessory (RAP) . . .9-22
Recovery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-5 Brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-32
Seat Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4
Oil Brake and P (Park)
Steering Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-22
Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-9 Mechanism Check . . . . . . . . 10-28
Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-14
Engine Oil Life System . . . . . 10-12 Over Things That Burn . . . . . . .9-24
Power Steering Warning
Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-30 Ultrasonic Sensor Light . . . . . . .5-18
Lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-18
Pressure Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-21 Passenger Airbag Status
Pregnancy, Using Safety
Older Children, Restraints . . . . . 3-40 Indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-12
Belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-23
Online Owner Center . . . . . . . . . . 13-4 Passenger Sensing System . . . 3-33
Privacy
OnStar® System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-23 Perchlorate Materials
Radio Frequency
Operation, Infotainment Requirements, California . . . . . 10-3
Identification (RFID) . . . . . . . 13-16
System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-6 Personalization
Program
Outlets Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-34
Courtesy Transportation . . . . . .13-8
Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-5 Phone
Proposition 65 Warning,
Overheated Engine Bluetooth . . . . . . . . . 7-23, 7-24, 7-28
California . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-3
Protection
Operating Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-22
Overheating, Engine . . . . . . . . . . 10-20
Overview, Infotainment
System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-2, 7-4
INDEX i-9
R Reimbursement Program, Ride Control Systems

GM Mobility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-5 Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-32
Radio Frequency
Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) Roads
Identification (RFID) . . . . . . . . 13-16
System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-3 Driving, Wet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-7
Statement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-16
Remote Vehicle Start . . . . . . . . . . . 2-5 Roadside Assistance
Radios
Replacement Bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . 10-36 Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-6
AM-FM Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-11
Replacement Parts Roof
Reception . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-16
Airbags . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-40 Sunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-17
Satellite . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-13
Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-8 Rotation, Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-57
Reading Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-6
Replacing Airbag System . . . . . . 3-40 Routing, Engine Drive Belt . . . . . 12-4
Rear Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-8
Replacing LATCH System Running the Vehicle While
Rearview Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-12
Parts After a Crash . . . . . . . . . . . 3-56 Parked . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-25
Automatic Dimming . . . . . . . . . . .2-13
Replacing Safety Belt
Reclining Seatbacks . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-5
Recommended Fluids and
System Parts After a S
Crash . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-24 Safety Belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-9
Lubricants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-6
Reporting Safety Defects Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-24
Recommended Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . 9-40
Canadian Government . . . . . . 13-14 Extender . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-23
Records
General Motors . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-14 How to Wear Safety Belts
Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-9
U.S. Government . . . . . . . . . . . 13-13 Properly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-13
Recreational Vehicle
Restraints Lap-Shoulder Belt . . . . . . . . . . . .3-18
Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-87
Where to Put . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-47 Reminders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-10
Reduced Engine Power
Retained Accessory Replacing After a Crash . . . . . .3-24
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-22
Power (RAP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-22 Use During Pregnancy . . . . . . . .3-23
i-10 INDEX
Safety Defects Reporting Service Spare Tire

Canadian Government . . . . . . 13-14 Accessories and Compact . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-83
General Motors . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-14 Modifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-3 Specifications and
U.S. Government . . . . . . . . . . . 13-13 Doing Your Own Work . . . . . . . .10-4 Capacities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-2
Safety Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7 Engine Soon Light . . . . . . . . . . . .5-13 Speedometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-9
Safety System Check . . . . . . . . . . 3-23 Maintenance Records . . . . . . . . 11-9 StabiliTrak® OFF Light . . . . . . . . . 5-19
Satellite Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-13 Maintenance, General StabiliTrak® System . . . . . . . . . . . 9-34
Scheduled Maintenance . . . . . . . 11-2 Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-1 Start Vehicle, Remote . . . . . . . . . . 2-5
Scheduling Appointments . . . . . . 13-8 Parts Identification Label . . . . .12-1 Starter Switch Check . . . . . . . . . 10-26
Sealant Kit, Tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-68 Publications Ordering Starting the Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-19
Seats Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-12 Starting the Vehicle
Adjustment, Front . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3 Scheduling Appointments . . . . .13-8 Messsages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-33
Head Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2 Vehicle Messages . . . . . . . . . . . .5-32 Steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-4
Heated Front . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-7 Vehicle Soon Light . . . . . . . . . . . .5-16 Fluid, Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-22
Power Adjustment, Front . . . . . . 3-4 Servicing the Airbag . . . . . . . . . . . 3-38 Power, Warning Lights . . . . . . . .5-18
Rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-8 Shift Lock Control Function Wheel Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-2
Reclining Seatbacks . . . . . . . . . . . 3-5 Check, Automatic Wheel Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-2
Securing Child Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-27 Stoplamps and Back-Up Lamps
Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-56, 3-58 Shifting Bulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . 10-32
Security Into Park . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-22 Storage Areas
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-22 Out of Park . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-23 Center Console . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2
Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-32 Sidemarker Glove Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1
Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-9 Bulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . 10-32 Instrument Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1
Vehicle Alarm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-9 Signals, Turn and Storing the Tire Sealant
Lane-Change . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-4 and Compressor Kit . . . . . . . . . 10-75
Stuck Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-11
INDEX i-11
Sun Visors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-16 Tires (cont.) Towing (cont.)

Sunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-17 Pressure Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-20 Recreational Vehicle . . . . . . . . 10-87
Symbols . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . iv Pressure Monitor System . . . 10-52 Trailer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-50, 9-51
System Rotation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-57 Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-87
Infotainment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-1 Sealant and Traction
Compressor Kit . . . . . . . . . . . 10-68 Control System (TCS) . . . . . . . .9-33
T Sealant and Compressor Control System (TCS)/
Tachometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-9 Kit, Storing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-75 StabiliTrak® Light . . . . . . . . . . . .5-19
Taillamps Sidewall Labeling . . . . . . . . . . . 10-44 Off Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-19
Bulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . 10-32 Terminology and Trailer Towing . . . . . . . . . . . 9-50, 9-51
Text Telephone (TTY) Users . . . 13-4 Definitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-47 Transmission
Theft-Deterrent Systems . . . . . . . 2-10 Uniform Tire Quality Automatic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-26
Immobilizer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-10 Grading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-62 Fluid, Automatic . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-13
Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-5 Wheel Alignment and Tire Fluid, Manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-14
Tires Balance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-63 Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-34
Buying New Tires . . . . . . . . . . . 10-59 Wheel Replacement . . . . . . . . 10-64 Transportation Program,
Chains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-65 When It Is Time for New Courtesy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-8
Changing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-75 Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-58 Trip Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-9
Compact Spare . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-83 Winter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-43 Trunk . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8
Designations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-47 Towing Turn and Lane-Change
Different Size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-61 Driving Characteristics . . . . . . . .9-46 Signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-4
If a Tire Goes Flat . . . . . . . . . . 10-65 Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-51 Turn Signal
Inflation Monitor System . . . . 10-53 General Information . . . . . . . . . .9-45 Bulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . 10-32
Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-56
Low Profile . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-44
Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-33
i-12 INDEX
U Vehicle Care When It Is Time for New

Storing the Tire Sealant Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-58
Ultrasonic Parking Assist . . . . . . 9-38
and Compressor Kit . . . . . . . 10-75 Where to Put the Restraint . . . . 3-47
Ultrasonic Parking Sensor
Tire Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-50 Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-13
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-18
Vehicle Identification Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-14
Uniform Tire Quality
Service Parts Identification Windshield
Grading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-62
Label . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .12-1 Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-29
Up-Shift Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-18
Ventilation, Air . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-6 Wiper/Washer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-3
Using this Manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . iv
Visors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-16 Winter Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-9
Winter Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-43
V W Wiper Blade Replacement . . . . 10-29
Vehicle
Warning
Canadian Owners . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .iii
Brake System Light . . . . . . . . . . .5-16
Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-3
Warning Lights, Gauges, and
Identification
Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-7
Number (VIN) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .12-1
Warnings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . iv
Load Limits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-12
Cautions and Danger . . . . . . . . . . . .iv
Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-27, 5-28
Hazard Flashers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-3
Personalization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-34
Washer Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-22
Reminder Messages . . . . . . . . . .5-34
Wheels
Remote Start . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-5
Alignment and Tire
Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-9
Balance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-63
Service Soon Light . . . . . . . . . . .5-16
Different Size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-61
Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-87
Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-64
Vehicle Alarm System . . . . . . . . . . 2-9

2011 Chevrolet Cruze Manual en CA

Загружено:

Сведения о документе

Авторское право

Доступные форматы

Поделиться этим документом

Поделиться или встроить документ

Параметры публикации

Этот документ был вам полезен?

Это неприемлемый материал?

Авторское право:

Доступные форматы

2011 Chevrolet Cruze Manual en CA

Загружено:

Авторское право:

Доступные форматы

Chevrolet Cruze Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (1,1)

2011 Chevrolet Cruze Owner Manual M

In Brief . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1 Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1 Driving and Operating . . . . . . . . 9-1

2011 Chevrolet Cruze Owner Manual M

Service and Maintenance . . . 11-1

This manual describes features that Canadian Vehicle Owners

Using this Manual Symbols

Vehicle Symbol Chart # : Fog Lamps

In Brief Vehicle Features

A. Exterior Lamp Controls on H. Windshield Wiper/Washer on Q. Steering Wheel Adjustment on

Y. Climate Control Systems on Initial Drive

Z. Passenger Airbag Status For more detailed information, refer

Seat Adjustment Seat Height Adjuster

Manual Front Seats

Press v to activate the safety locks

If available, move the lever up or To recline the seatback:

To adjust a power driver seat,

Head Restraint Safety Belts Sensing System for

Vehicles with a manual mirror

Steering Wheel Interior Lighting Reading Lamps

The reading lamps are located in

Instrument Panel Illumination Exterior Lighting ; : Turns on the parking lamps,

Windshield Wiper/Washer Windshield Washer

Climate Controls G. Rear Window Defogger G. Rear Window Defogger

F. Driver and Passenger Heated Transmission Up‐Shift Light

Vehicle Features Storing a Favorite Station 4. Press the MENU or MENU/SEL

Satellite Radio Portable Audio Devices Bluetooth®

Steering Wheel Controls $ i: Press to silence the Cruise Control

Performance and StabiliTrak® System Tire Pressure Monitor

OnStar® ] : Push this red emergency For a full description of OnStar

Keys, Doors and Windows 2-1

Keys, Doors and Exterior Mirrors

2-2 Keys, Doors and Windows

Keys and Locks

Keys, Doors and Windows 2-3

2-4 Keys, Doors and Windows

Keys, Doors and Windows 2-5

2-6 Keys, Doors and Windows

Keys, Doors and Windows 2-7

2-8 Keys, Doors and Windows

Doors WARNING (Continued)

Keys, Doors and Windows 2-9

Remote Trunk Release as it could damage the handle. Vehicle Security

2-10 Keys, Doors and Windows

Disarming the System Immobilizer Operation

Keys, Doors and Windows 2-11

The passenger side mirror is convex

2-12 Keys, Doors and Windows

Power Mirrors Folding Mirrors Interior Mirrors

The vehicle may have heated

Keys, Doors and Windows 2-13

Automatic Dimming Windows

2-14 Keys, Doors and Windows

Power Windows The switches work when the ignition

Keys, Doors and Windows 2-15

2-16 Keys, Doors and Windows

Window Lockout can still be raised or lowered using Sun Visors

Keys, Doors and Windows 2-17

Roof To open or close the sunroof, press

2-18 Keys, Doors and Windows

Sunshade To initialize the sunroof:

Seats and Restraints 3-1

Seats and Airbag System

Inflate? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-29 Parts After a Crash . . . . . . . . . 3-56